Home

Avaya Configuring IP Services User's Manual

1. I Il j 10 0 0 50 Boston ECL 15 0 0 20 BNEW York h Chicago NAT router El Atlanta L Santa Clara 10 0 0 1 10 0 0 15 ws 0 AAA Unregistered source address IP0051A Figure 12 1 Dynamic Translation Example The network administrator in company A has configured NAT to detect the following ranges of unregistered local addresses e 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 e 15 0 0 0 to 15 255 255 255 e 50 1 1 0 to 50 1 1 255 The network administrator has also configured the following ranges of registered global addresses e 192 55 10 0 to 192 55 10 255 e 192 20 10 0 to 192 20 10 255 12 4 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Network Address Translation NAT software detects a packet on a NAT interface that contains the address 10 0 0 15 Figure 12 2 NAT router Current local global mapping entry list Local address 7 Global address range list range list 10 0 0 1 192 55 10 1 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 192 55 10 0 to 192 55 10 255 10 0 0 2 192 55 10 2 15 0 0 0 to 15 255 255 255 192 20 10 0 to 192 20 10 255 50 1 1 0 to 50 1 1 225 IP packet 10 0 0 15 192 55 10 20 Source address Destination address TPO0S2A Figure 12 2 NAT Detects the Unregistered Source Address NAT software dynamically translates the unreg
2. Topic Page Peer to Peer Sessions 8 3 Stub and Multihomed Autonomous Systems 8 4 Interior BGP Routing 8 4 IBGP Route Reflector 85 BGP Updates 8 6 BGP 4 Local Preference Calculation 8 8 Best Route Selection 8 9 BGP OSPF Interaction 8 9 BGP Implementation Notes 8 10 Peer to Peer Sessions A BGP router employs a BGP speaker which is an entity within the router that transmits and receives BGP messages and acts upon them A BGP speaker forms a neighbor relationship with another BGP speaker by establishing a peer to peer session For instructions see Establishing a Peer to Peer Session on page 8 34 117356 D Rev 00 8 3 Configuring IP Services Stub and Multihomed Autonomous Systems An autonomous system can include one or more BGP speakers that establish peer to sessions with BGP speakers in other autonomous systems to provide external route information for the networks within the AS An AS containing multiple BGP speakers is considered to be a multihomed AS An AS containing a single BGP speaker that establishes a peer to peer session with a single external BGP speaker is a stub AS The BGP speaker provides external route information for the networks contained within its AS only Interior BGP Routing Bay Networks implements Interior BGP IBGP intra AS routing Under IBGP each router in the AS runs an interior gateway protocol IGP for internal routing updates and also maintains an IBGP connection to e
3. 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The OSPF Interfaces window opens 5 Click on the OSPF interface to which you The parameter values for that interface want to add a neighbor appear in the OSPF Interfaces window 6 Click on Neighbors The OSPF Neighbors window opens 7 Click on Add The OSPF Neighbor Configuration window opens 8 Set the Neighbor s IP Address parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 83 9 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the OSPF Neighbors window 10 Set the following parameters Enable Priority Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 84 11 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the OSPF Interfaces window 7 46 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Defining an Area You define an OSPF by setting parameters as described under the following topics Topic Page Supplying an ID for the Area 7 47 Disabling and Reenabling an Area 7 48 Modifying an Area ID 7 49 Configuring Authentication 7 49 Configuring a Summary Route 7 51 Configuring a Stub Area 7 52 Supplying an ID for the Area Each area has a unique identifier You can use the BCC to supply the ID of the OSPF area you want to define Navigate to the OSPF global prompt and enter area area id lt area id gt
4. 117356 D Rev 00 8 97 Configuring IP Services Configuring an RR Client An RR client is a BGP IBGP speaker with a peer to peer session with a route reflector and one or more peer to peer sessions with external BGP speakers You can use the BCC or Site Manager to establish a peer to peer session with one or more route reflectors in the same cluster Using the BCC Navigate to the global BGP prompt and enter peer local lt client_address gt remote lt reflector_address gt as lt as_number gt client_address is the IP address of an interface on the local client reflector_address is the IP address of an interface on the remote reflector as_number is an integer identifying the AS in which the client and the server are located When the session specific prompt appears enter the following command peer mode none For example the following command sequence defines a peer to peer session between an RR client and RR represented by addresses 2 2 2 2 and 2 2 2 3 ip bgp bgp peer local 2 2 2 2 remote 2 2 2 3 as 2 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 peer mode none peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 8 98 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing BGP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose Peers The I
5. Local source address 55 0 0 1 Global source address 192 1 1 1 Port 2001 Port X12Y Host A Host B LJ C SS SS NAT E N to 1 translator M W Local source address 55 0 0 2 Global source address 192 1 1 1 Port 2222 Port X54Y IP0075A Figure 12 5 N to 1 Address Translation Local to Global When NAT receives a packet from a remote source on the global interface the following events occur 1 NAT determines that the destination address on the packet is a global N to 1 address NAT uses the address and the port number to identify the destination host NAT attaches the local IP address to the packet and transmits it on the local interface In Figure 12 6 for example the following events occur 1 NAT receives a packet on the global interface with the destination address 192 1 1 1 and port number X12Y Determining that the destination address is an N to 1 address NAT uses the address and the port number to locate the destination host host A NAT attaches the local address to the packet and transmits the packet on the local interface Subsequently NAT receives a packet on the global interface with the destination address 192 1 1 1 and port number X54Y 12 26 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Network Address Translation 4 Determining that the destination address is an N to 1 address NAT uses
6. 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Table 11 2 BFE X 25 Network Service Record Parameter Settings Parameter Required Setting Enable Enable Type DDN Connection ID Parameter is ignored Remote IP Address Specify the IP address of the remote system Remote X 121 Address Parameter is ignored Broadcast Parameter is ignored Max Connections Any valid setting Precedence Any valid setting The BFE will accept but not act on the DDN Precedence facility Max Idle Any valid setting Call Retry Any valid setting Flow Facility Set to on if you want to use a value other than the default window size and packet size configured in the BFE Window Size Range is 2 to 7 If you want to use a value other than the default window size configured in the BFE set Flow Facility to on You must coordinate this value with the packet level value Packet Size Options include 128 256 512 and 1024 If you want to use a value other than the default packet size configured in the BFE set Flow Facility to on If the IP interface is configured to support multiple IP security levels then set to 1024 You must coordinate this value with the packet level value Fast Select Request Off Fast Select Accept Off Reverse Charge Request Off Reverse Charge Accept Off User Facility Null DDN BFE Enable CUG Facility Format None continued 117356 D R
7. 117356 D Rev 00 4 57 Configuring IP Services Using the BCC Navigate to the global IP prompt and enter static route address lt destination gt mask lt ip_mask gt next hop address lt next_hop gt destination is the destination IP address jp_mask is the mask the of destination IP address next_hop is the next hop IP address The static route prompt appears The BCC configures a static route with default values for all static route parameters and displays a static route specific prompt You customize a static route by modifying static route parameters Navigate to the static route specific prompt and enter lt parameter gt lt value gt parameter value is one of the parameter value pairs described in Table 4 5 Table 4 5 BCC Static Route Parameters Parameter Values Defaults Meaning Instructions State Enabled default Specifies the state active or inactive of the Disabled static route record in the IP routing tables Select Disable to make the static route record inactive in the IP routing table the IP router will not consider this static route Select Enable to make the static route record active again in the IP routing table continued 4 58 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Table 4 5 BCC Static Route Parameters continued Parameter Values Defaults Meaning Instructions Address The destination IP Specifies the IP address of the network to address you
8. OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast 117356 D Rev 00 E 3 Configuring IP Services Table E 2 Area Border Router 2 Site Manager Window Parameter Setting Interface F31 OSPF Interface Ritr Priority IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 2 2 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 248 OSPF Global Rtr ID 128 10 2 2 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 0 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast 2 or greater Interface E21 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 3 2 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 0 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 1 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast Interface S21 WAN Protocol IP Configuration IP Address Standard 128 10 4 2 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 252 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 1 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Point to point E 4 117356 D Rev 00 Table E 3 Area Border Router 3 IP OSPF Configuration Site Manager Window Parameter Interface F31 Setting IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 2 3 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 248 OSPF Global Rtr ID 128 10 2 3 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 0 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast Interface O21 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 5 3 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 0 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 1 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast Interface S21 WAN Protocol Standard IP Configuration IP Address IP Configura
9. 117356 D Rev 00 D 1 Configuring IP Services 3 Select one route from the following list Direct 0 OSPF intra area Internal 0 OSPF inter area Internal 1 OSPF type 1 external 2 OSPF type 2 external 3 Non OSPF external RIP 3 EGP BGP Static 3 4 Multiply the value associated with the route by the following decimal or hexadecimal value 16777216 x or 0x1000000 x 5 Select one route from the following list Direct OSPF internal OSPF type 2 external w ASE metric support enabled EBGP 2 RIP 4 EGP 5 Static 6 OSPF type 2 external wASE 7 metric support disabled D 2 117356 D Rev 00 Route Weight Worksheet 6 Multiply the value associated with the route by the following decimal or hexadecimal value 2097152 x or 0x200000 x 7 Select one route from the following list and calculate the associated value using the formulas supplied Direct OSPF interface OSPF interface metric 0 OSPF imported OSPF TOS 0 Metric BGP 3 imported Calculate a decimal or hexadecimal value using one of the following formulas 8192 16 BGP3 Import BGP3 Preference IGP Origin 0 4096 AS Weighted Path Length lt 4095 AS Weighted Path Length 4095 or 0x2000 16 BGP3 Import BGP3 Preference IGP Origin 0 0x1000 AS Weighted Path Length lt OxOfff AS Weighted Path Length OxOfff BGP 4 imported Calc
10. Parameter Values Function protocol source Any default Specifies one or more route source identifiers Direct If you select a route source ID a route from Static that source that meets the other criteria of this RIP policy matches the policy OSPF EGP BGP bgp as List of AS numbers Specifies one or more autonomous system numbers This policy applies to BGP advertisements received from BGP peers in an AS on this list and applies only to BGP sourced routes and if BGP is included as a route source continued 117356 D Rev 00 7 71 Configuring IP Services Table 7 11 BCC Matching Parameters for OSPF Announce Policies continued Parameter Values Function bgp next hop List of IP Specifies one or more IP addresses This addresses policy applies to BGP advertisements whose Next Hop attribute matches an IP address on this list and applies only to BGP sourced routes and if BGP is included as a route source bgp peer List of IP Specifies the IP address of one or more BGP addresses peers This policy applies to BGP advertisements authored by a router on this list and applies only to BGP sourced routes and if BGP is included as a route source egp as List of AS numbers Specifies one or more autonomous system numbers This policy applies to EGP advertisements received from EGP peers in an AS on this list and applies only to EGP sourced routes and if EGP is included as a route source
11. 117356 D Rev 00 7 49 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Areas The OSPF Areas window opens 5 Click on the area you want The parameter values for that area appear in the OSPF Areas window 6 Set the Authentication Type parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 85 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window If you chose Simplepassword as the Authentication Type proceed to step 8 to specify a password otherwise you are done 8 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 9 Choose IP The IP menu opens 10 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 11 Choose Interfaces The OSPF Interfaces window opens 12 Click on the OSPF interface The parameter values for that interface appear in the OSPF Interfaces window 13 Set the Password parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 81 14 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 7 50 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Configuring a Summary Route Border routers generate summary advertiseme
12. AN1 AN2 IP0016A Figure 7 4 Point to Multipoint Topology Specifying Router Priority for a Multiaccess Network The router priority value is used in multiaccess networks broadcast NBMA or point to multipoint to elect the designated router A router with a priority of 0 is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network In the case of equal router priority values the router ID will determine which router will become the designated router However if there already is a designated router on the network when you start this router it will remain the designated router no matter what your priority or router ID 117356 D Rev 00 7 33 Configuring IP Services By default each OSPF interface has a router priority of 1 You can use the BCC or Site Manager to do the following Using the BCC Specify a priority value for the interface Make the router ineligible to be a designated router on this interface Navigate to an interface specific OSPF prompt and enter priority lt priority gt priority is O the router is ineligible to become a designated router or an integer indicating the priority level For example the following command assigns a priority of 2 to interface 2 2 2 2 ospf 2 2 2 2 priority 2 ospf 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protoc
13. 117356 D Rev 00 7 65 Configuring IP Services Defining an OSPF Announce Policy To define a new OSPF announce policy you must do the following e Supply a name for the policy e Set the state of the policy enabled or disabled e Specify whether OSPF advertises or ignores an update that matches the policy e Rank the policy according to precedence and other criteria You can use the BCC or Site Manager to define an OSPF announce policy Using the BCC To define a new OSPF announce policy navigate to the BGP global prompt and enter announce lt policy_name gt policy_name is a unique name for the announce policy A policy specific prompt appears indicating that the BCC has created the policy using default values for all parameters For example the following command creates an announce policy named pol_1 ospf announce pol_1 announce pol_1 ospf At the policy specific prompt enter lt parameter gt lt value gt parameter value is one of the parameter value pairs shown in Table 7 9 7 66 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Table 7 9 BCC Definition Parameters for OSPF Announce Policies Parameter Values Function state Enabled default Enables and disables the policy you have Disabled created action Ignore default Specifies whether the protocol ignores a route Accept that matches the policy or forwards the route to the routing table manager precedence 0 default to any
14. Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Black Hole Routes parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 8 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 8 29 Configuring IP Services Disabling and Reenabling the BGP 4 MED Attribute By default BGP 4 considers the multiexit discriminator MED attribute in the route selection process see Table 8 2 on page 8 7 You can use the BCC or Site Manager to configure BGP 4 so that it disregards the MED attribute in the route selection process Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP prompt and enter med comparison lt state gt state is one of the following enabled default disabled For example the following command causes BGP 4 to disregard the MED attribute in an update when selecting a route bgp med comparison disabled bgp 8 30 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing BGP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Cho
15. The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on the peer for which you want to edit The parameters for that peer appear in parameters the window 8 Set the Peer EBGP ECMP parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 17 9 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 8 110 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Configuring EBGP Route Flap Dampening The frequent change of network reachability information that can be caused by an unstable route is commonly referred to as route flap Route flap dampening is a technique for suppressing information about unstable routes BayRS supports dampening of unstable EBGP routes The route flap dampening mechanism performs the following functions e Determines the stability of an EBGP route e Suppresses the use and advertisement of unstable EBGP routes e Unsuppresses a route that has regained stability To determine the stability of a route in the IP routing table BGP maintains a penalty value for the route based on its recent history Each time the route flaps that is each time it is withdrawn from the routing table BGP increments this penalty value During the period of time that the route does not flap BGP decrements the penalty value In this way as the instability of the route increases the penalty value rises As the route becomes more stable the penalty value
16. Using the BCC To establish a peer to peer session with another route reflector in the same cluster navigate to the global BGP prompt and enter peer local lt ocal_reflector_address gt remote lt remote_reflector_address gt as lt as_number gt local_reflector_address is the IP address of an interface on the local route reflector remote_reflector_address is the IP address of an interface on the remote route reflector as_number is an integer identifying the AS in which remote reflector is located Because the reflector and the client are located in the same AS BGP recognizes that this is an IBGP session When the session specific prompt appears enter the following command to specify that the remote route reflector is an internal peer that is located in the same cluster peer mode reflector internal For example the following command sequence defines a peer to peer session between two route reflectors represented by addresses 2 2 2 2 and 2 2 2 3 located in the same cluster in AS 2 bgp peer local 2 2 2 2 remote 2 2 2 3 as 2 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 peer mode server internal peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing BGP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4
17. e Animplicit label which the router uses to label unlabeled inbound datagrams when required e A default label which the router uses to label unlabeled outbound datagrams when required e Anerror label which the router uses to label ICMP error messages associated with processing security options Security Label Format A RIPSO security label is three or more bytes long and specifies the security classification level and protection authority values for the datagram Figure 10 1 1 octet 1 octet 1 octet 1 octet or more 1P0013A Figure 10 1 RIPSO Security Label 10 2 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring RIPSO on an IP Interface The format of the security label is as follows e Octet 1 contains a type value of 8216 identifying the basic security option format e Octet 2 specifies the length of the option three or more octets depending on the presence or absence of authority flags e Octet 3 specifies the security classification levels for the datagrams Valid security classification levels include 3D 46 Top Secret 5A 16 Secret 96 16 Confidential ABi6 Unclassified e Octet 4 and beyond identify the protection authorities under whose rules the datagram is classified at the specified level If no authorities have been identified then this field is not used The first 7 bits 0 to 6 are flags Each flag represents a protection authority The flags defined for octet 4 are as follows BitO GENS
18. Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import AS Extern Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas Yes Yes No Indicates whether or not this area imports AS external link state advertisements If this area does not import AS external link state advertisements it is a stub area If it does import AS external link state advertisements it is not a stub area Set to No if this area functions as a stub area Otherwise accept the default value Yes 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 6 Stub Default Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas 1 1 to 255 When an area border router is connected to a stub area it generates a default link summary into the area specifying a default route The stub metric is the cost of that route By default Stub Metric equals 1 This parameter has meaning only when the Import AS Extern parameter is set to No Either accept the stub metric default value 1 or supply the appropriate Stub Metric value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 7 Cost for PtP Links Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas Enabled Enabled Disabled Indicates the formula that OSPF uses to calculate the cost for a point to point link Enable or disable cost calculation as required 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 10 A 86 117356 D Rev 00 Site Manager Parameters Area Ran
19. MTU Size Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 1 112 a number up to 10 000 Specifies the maximum transmission unit MTU size of OSPF updates on this interface Accept the default value 1 to use the IP MTU size for that physical interface Enter 2 to send packets no larger than the IP MTU size for Ethernet 1 500 Enter a number up to 10 000 to specify an MTU size directly the number you enter must be less than the IP MTU size for that physical interface When running OSPF over a synchronous PPP link set the MTU size to a value less than the sync MTU size 1 200 This allows all OSPF routes to be learned over the link 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 29 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Multicast Forwarding Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces Blocked Blocked Multicast Unicast Specifies the way multicasts should be forwarded on this interface not forwarded forwarded as data link multicasting or forwarded as data link unicasts Data link multicasting is not meaningful on point to point and NBMaA interfaces and setting ospfMulticastForwarding to 0 effectively disables all multicast forwarding If you configured MOSPF globally specify the way you want IP to forward multica
20. Specifies which types of OSPF routes match this policy and applies only to OSPF sourced routes and if OSPF is included as a route source To match any route type enter Any To match any non ASE route enter Internal To match any ASE route enter External To match any external type 1 route enter Type 1 To match any external type 2 route enter Type 2 RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 14 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 14 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 14 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 14 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 14 117356 D Rev 00 B 35 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Received OSPF Tag Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of tag values Specifies tag values that could be present in an OSPF ASE advertisement This policy applies to OSPF ASE advertisements that
21. Use duplication or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph c 1 Gi of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 Notwithstanding any other license agreement that may pertain to or accompany the delivery of this computer software the rights of the United States Government regarding its use reproduction and disclosure are as set forth in the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52 227 19 Statement of Conditions In the interest of improving internal design operational function and or reliability Bay Networks Inc reserves the right to make changes to the products described in this document without notice Bay Networks Inc does not assume any liability that may occur due to the use or application of the product s or circuit layout s described herein Portions of the code in this software product may be Copyright 1988 Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms of such portions are permitted provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation advertising materials and other materials related to such distribution and use acknowledge that such portions of the software were developed by the University of California Berkeley The name of the University may not be used to endorse
22. 10 14 dynamic policy configuration for BGP 8 23 EGP 9 6 equal cost multipath support 4 18 error labels for outbound ICMP error datagrams 10 15 global ARP 5 4 global IP 4 5 ICMP address mask replies 4 38 ICMP redirect messages 4 39 IP interface on a circuit 4 32 ISP mode 4 23 MTU discovery on an interface 4 37 multihop connections for BGP 8 22 OSFP 7 28 OSPF 7 10 OSPF area 7 48 OSPF boundary function 7 14 redundant connections for BGP 8 20 RIP 6 7 RIP listening 6 16 RIPSO 10 6 route filter support 4 17 source routing over token ring 4 44 UDP checksum processing 4 42 enabling NAT 12 9 A 99 equal cost multipath IP 4 18 RIP 4 20 Error Authority parameter 10 15 A 66 Error Label parameter 10 15 A 66 Estimated Hosts parameter 4 14 A 47 117356 D Rev 00 Estimated Networks parameter 4 14 A 47 estimating size of routing table 4 14 Ethernet Arp Encaps parameter 5 8 A 36 External Advertisement Timer parameter 8 44 A 13 external route tag OSPF 7 18 F filters IP traffic 1 18 Forward Cache Size parameter 4 50 A 40 forwarding command 4 6 Forwarding parameter global IP 4 7 A 43 forwarding table maximum size of 4 49 frame relay network WAN address for 4 48 FRM Broadcast parameter 4 48 A 37 FRM Cast 1 DLCI parameter 4 48 A 38 FRM Cast 2 DLCI parameter 4 48 A 38 G Gateway Mode parameter EGP neighbor 3 12 9 10 A 24 Generic Routing Encapsulation GRE 13 6
23. 117356 D Rev 00 4 3 Configuring IP Services Opening the Site Manager Window for IP Global Parameters Use the following Site Manager procedure to open the IP Global Parameters window which displays all IP global parameters and their current values Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IP Global Parameters window opens 4 4 117356 D Rev 00 Disabling and Reenabling Global IP Configuring and Customizing IP IP is enabled on the slot by default You can change the state of IP as required Using the BCC Navigate to the IP global prompt and enter state lt state gt state is one of the following enabled default disabled For example the following command disables IP on the router ip state disabled ip Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Global 4 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 43 The Edit IP Global Parameters window opens 5 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 4 5 Configuring IP Services Configu
24. BGP AS Weight and Weight Class Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights Null 1 to 65 535 Identifies the autonomous system to which you want to assign a weight Enter the appropriate AS number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 4 Weight Value 1 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the class 1 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 Weight Value 2 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the class 2 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS wei
25. Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NAT gt Global Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether NAT will perform network address translation Set to Enable if you want to enable NAT on the entire router Set to Disable to disable NAT 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 7 1 2 Soloist Slot Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NAT gt Global All slots enabled except for slot 1 Enable selected slots using bit mask Specifies the slots on which NAT can run as a soloist Set the bits on the soloist slot mask by entering a 1 in the correct bit position in the mask The leftmost bit represents the slot with the lowest number For example if a router has five slots you can configure a slot mask to allow NAT to run as a soloist on slots 3 and 5 by entering the binary value 00101 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 7 1 4 Log Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NAT gt Global All message types enabled Enable selected log message types using bit mask Specifies the types of log messages that are reported by NAT software Set the bits on the log mask by entering a 1 in the correct bit position in the mask bit position 0 is the rightmost bit 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 7 1 6 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path
26. Configuration Manager window 4 34 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Specifying a Subnet Broadcast Address You configure a broadcast address for a subnet differently from the way you configure a broadcast address for a network When you extend the network portion of the IP address to create a subnet address you automatically take away from the host portion of the address To configure a subnet broadcast you take the subnet mask for that subnet and invert it For example if the IP address of the subnet is 10 4 2 3 and the mask is 255 255 0 0 then the subnet broadcast address is either 10 4 255 255 or 10 4 0 0 Specifying the Cost of an Interface Each IP interface has an assigned cost The interface cost is added to routes learned on this interface through RIP and is specified in subsequent RIP packets transmitted out other interfaces If the interface is configured for RIP keep in mind that increasing the cost causes the upper bound set by the RIP Network Diameter parameter to be attained more rapidly By default an IP interface has a cost of 1 You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify another value as required Using the BCC Navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter cost lt cost gt cost is an integer indicating the cost of interface For example the following command assigns a cost of 2 to IP interface 2 2 2 2 ip 2 2 2 2 cost2 ip 2 2 2 2 117356 D Rev 00 4 35 Co
27. Configuring IP Services Table 11 1 BFE X 25 Packet Level Parameter Settings Parameter Setting Enable Enable Network Address Type BFE_NETWORK PDN X 121 Address Parameter is ignored DDN IP Address Specify the IP address assigned to your BFE connection Sequence Size MOD8 Restart Procedure Type Default Tx Rx Window Size Default Tx Rx Packet Length DTE_RESTART Range is 2 to 7 This setting should match the default value configured in the BFE This value should be coordinated with the X 25 service record value Options include 128 256 512 and 1024 This setting should match the default value configured in the BFE This value should be coordinated with the X 25 service record value Number of incoming SVC channels Zero 0 BFE does not support the one way logical channel incoming facility Incoming SVC LCN Start Parameter is ignored Number of outgoing SVC channels Any valid nonzero setting Bidirectional SVC LCN Number of outgoing SVC channels Any valid nonzero setting Zero 0 BFE does not support the one way logical channel outgoing facility Outgoing SVC LCN Start Parameter is ignored Number of PVC channels Zero 0 BFE does not support PVCs PVC LCN Start Parameter is ignored T1 Timer T2 Timer T3 Timer T4 Timer BFE has no special requirements for any of these four parameters Flow Control Negotiation S
28. Configuring IP Services BayRS Version 13 10 Site Manager Software Version 7 10 BCC Version 4 10 Part No 117356 D Rev 00 November 1998 Bay Networks Where Information Flows Bay Networks Where Information Flows 4401 Great America Parkway 8 Federal Street Santa Clara CA 95054 Billerica MA 01821 Copyright 1998 Bay Networks Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA November 1998 The information in this document is subject to change without notice The statements configurations technical data and recommendations in this document are believed to be accurate and reliable but are presented without express or implied warranty Users must take full responsibility for their applications of any products specified in this document The information in this document is proprietary to Bay Networks Inc The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement and may only be used in accordance with the terms of that license A summary of the Software License is included in this document Trademarks ACE AFN AN BCN BLN BN BNX CN FRE LN Optivity PPX and Bay Networks are registered trademarks and Advanced Remote Node ANH ARN ASN BayRS BaySecure BayStack BayStream BCC BCNX BLNX FN SPEX System 5000 and the Bay Networks logo are trademarks of Bay Networks Inc All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners Restricted Rights Legend
29. In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols System responds The Protocols menu opens want to edit BGP peer parameters 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens 5 Click on the IP interface for which you 6 Click on BGP Peers 7 Click on the peer for which you want to edit parameters The BGP Peer List window opens The parameters for that peer appear in the window Set the Connect Retry Timer parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 13 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 8 38 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Negotiating the BGP Version BGP peers negotiate the version of BGP that they will use to exchange routing information If you enable both BGP 3 and BGP 4 the router first attempts to use BGP 4 If the BGP peer is not a BGP 4 speaker the router uses BGP 3 By default BGP considers BGP 4 as both the minimum and maximum acceptable version for negotiation You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify BGP 3 as the minimum or maximum acceptable version Using the BCC To specify the minimum version navigate to a BGP peer prompt and enter min version lt version gt version is one of the following bgp3 bgp4 default To specify the maximu
30. Otherwise accept the default value No 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 7 A 70 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Hold Down Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global 1 second 0 to 10 seconds Prevents the algorithm to compute a route from running more than once per holddown time Its purpose is to free up the CPU Note that a value of 0 means there is no holddown time Either accept the default value of 1 second or enter a new value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 9 OSPF Slot Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global All slots Any slot on the router Indicates which slots the OSPF soloist is eligible to run on If the slot on which the OSPF soloist is running goes down the router will attempt to run OSPF on another slot specified by this parameter Select all of the appropriate slots Use caution when selecting the slots on which OSPF may run If you choose an empty slot and it is the only slot you choose OSPF will not run if you choose a slot that becomes disabled and it is the only slot you choose OSPF will not restart 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 10 ASE Metric Support Configuration Manager gt Pro
31. area id is an area identifier in dotted decimal notation To display area parameters and their current values enter info OSPF displays all area attributes and their current values For example the following command sequence creates OSPF area 0 0 0 0 and displays area attributes ospf area area id 0 0 0 0 area 0 0 0 0 info on ospf state enabled area id 0 0 0 0 stub false authentication type none stub metric 1 import summaries true area 0 0 0 0 117356 D Rev 00 7 47 Configuring IP Services Disabling and Reenabling an Area When you define an OSPF area the area is automatically enabled You can use the BCC and Site Manager to disable and reenable the area Using the BCC Navigate to the area specific prompt and enter state disabled For example this command disables area 0 0 0 1 area 0 0 0 1 state disabled area 0 0 0 1 Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Areas The OSPF Areas window opens 5 Click on the area you want The parameter values for that area appear in the OSPF Areas window 6 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 84 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Conf
32. match any list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 31 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services BGP 4 Specific Announce Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID External Route Source Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies Any Direct Static RIP OSPF with Type 2 metric EGP BGP Any Specifies one or more external route source identifiers If you specify an external route source a route from that source that meets the other criteria of this policy matches the policy This parameter applies only to OSPF routes that use the new ASE type 2 metric The protocol from which OSPF received the route is encoded in the ASE metric along with the route s metric To specify any external route source use the default BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 9 Outbound Peer AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of AS numbers Specifies a list of autonomous system numbers If an AS number is included in this list this policy applies to BGP advertisements being sent to BGP peers in that AS Specify one or more AS numbers Configure an empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements going to peers in any AS 1 3 6 1 4
33. or EGP derived routes to the routing tables When RIP OSPF BGP or EGP receives a new routing update it consults its accept policies to validate the information before entering the update into the routing tables Accept policies contain search information to match fields in incoming routing updates and action information to specify the action to take with matching routes IP announce policies and the subset of parameters provided by export filters govern the propagation of RIP OSPF BGP or EGP routing information When preparing a routing advertisement RIP OSPF BGP or EGP consults its announce policies to determine whether the routes to specific networks are to be advertised and how they are to be propagated Announce policies contain network numbers to associate a policy with a specific network and action information to specify a route propagation procedure 117356 D Rev 00 IP Concepts Terminology and Features Every IP router maintains a table of current routing information The routing table manager receives routing updates from the network through the Internet protocols running on the router Periodically the routing table manager issues routing updates through the protocols Figure 1 31 3shows a router configured with all of the Internet protocols supported by Bay Networks OSPF RIP BGP 3 BGP 4 and EGP The arrows indicate the direction of flow of routing information between the network and the protocols running
34. 255 255 255 255 or 0 0 0 0 Some networks do not support broadcasts thus configuring an IP broadcast address does not guarantee efficient broadcast delivery By default IP uses a broadcast address that contains all 1s in the host portion Accept the default unless the calculated broadcast address host portion of all 1s is not adequate If this is the case then use the BCC or Site Manager to enter the appropriate IP broadcast address in dotted decimal notation Using the BCC Navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter broadcast lt broadcast_address gt broadcast_address is an IP addressed expressed in dotted decimal notation For example the following command assigns broadcast address 1 1 1 1 to IP interface 2 2 2 2 ip 2 2 2 2 broadcast 1 1 1 1 ip 2 2 2 2 117356 D Rev 00 4 33 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 5 Set the Broadcast Address parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 30 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the
35. A router configured to learn AS external routes and to inject this information into an OSPF AS AS External Routes OSPF considers the following routes to be AS external ASE routes e A route to a destination outside the AS e A static route e A default route e A route derived by RIP e A directly connected network not running OSPF In Figure 7 1 for example routers R1 and R2 are boundary routers that use BGP and EGP to connect the backbone to external ASs R7 in area 0 0 0 1 is also a boundary router connecting the area to an external RIP network R14 in area 0 0 0 3 connects the area to an external AS via BGP 7 6 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services OSPF Implementation Notes This section provides some suggestions to help you configure your OSPF network The Bay Networks OSPF implementation does not restrict you to these suggestions but we provide them as guidelines Keep the same password throughout an area or even throughout the entire OSPF AS if possible Use the default timers unless you are running 9 6 KB synchronous lines In this case double the default timers on both ends of the link Use address ranges if your network is a subnetted network Keep all subnets within one area If you cross areas you cannot configure summaries Make sure the AS Boundary Router function is enabled if the router has any non OSPF interfaces and if you want that information propagated You must configure virtual l
36. BGP EGP OSFP external and static routes You cannot configure the preference of direct routes and OSPF intra area and interarea routes To assign a preference to a route learned by RIP OSPF BGP and EGP you configure an accept policy for the route If an incoming route matches the policy IP assigns the preference value you specify to the route and considers the route for possible inclusion in the routing table 1 12 117356 D Rev 00 IP Concepts Terminology and Features Route Weights Route weight calculation is an internal tool that IP uses to facilitate selection of the best route among alternative routes to the same destination Route selection criteria are encoded into the route weight in a way that allows IP to compare routes simply by comparing their weight values regardless of route sources Appendix D contains a worksheet that you can you use to calculate route weights in your configuration Route weight calculation increases the efficiency of the route selection process It also reduces the size of the routing database because all route selection parameters for each route are encoded in a single integer the weight value rather than stored in separate variables Using selection criteria encoded in the route weight IP chooses routes in the following order 1 The route with the highest preference value see Route Preferences on page 1 12 A direct or OSPF intra area route with the lowest metric A dir
37. BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the class 5 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Weight Value 6 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the class 6 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 Weight Value 7 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the class 7 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to t
38. Bay Networks recommends a timeout value of the broadcast time multiplied by 3 Enter a time in 5 second increments This parameter affects how long a route remains in the routing table after the route has become unusable To guarantee the holddown time for each interface RIP uses the largest holddown value as the amount of time to keep the route in the routing table Please note that if a route to a destination becomes unusable the holddown value will not affect the router s ability to learn new routes to the same destination 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 14 A 96 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters RIP Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces RIP I RIP I RIP II RIPII with aggregation Specifies which mode of RIP to run If you specify RIP I RIP generates RIP Version packets only The destination IP address is the directed broadcast address and the destination MAC address is the broadcast address Select RIP I if any of the listening devices are RIP Version 1 only devices If you select RIP II RIP generates RIP Version 2 updates with the destination MAC address set to the multicast address of 224 0 0 9 specified in the RIP Version 2 RFC The destination MAC address on Ethernet and FDDI networks will be the corresp
39. Click on Add The BGP AS Weights window opens 6 Set the following parameters e AS Weight Value 1 through 8 Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 18 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the BGP AS Weight Parameters window 8 62 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Configuring BGP Accept and Announce Policies BGP accept and announce policies govern which routes a router uses and which routes it propagates to other routers Note By default an external BGP 3 or BGP 4 speaker will neither advertise any routes to a peer nor inject any routes into its IGP Route policies must be configured to enable any route advertisement So that every BGP border router within an AS comes to the same decision in constructing path attributes for an external path routing policies must be coordinated among all BGP speakers within an AS Bay Networks recommends that the accept and announce policies on all IBGP connections accept and propagate all routes On external BGP connections you must make consistent routing policy decisions Note In addition to announce and accept policies Bay Networks supports import and export filters for BGP 3 Import and export filters provide a subset of the parameters provided by the policies When a BGP speaker receives a route in an update message it applies any local routing policies to determine whether the router will use the
40. Deleting IP from an Interface Starting IP Services with Site Manager To delete IP from an interface on which it is currently configured proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window click on the connector from which you want to delete IP services The Edit Connector window opens 2 Click on Edit Circuit The Circuit Definition window opens 3 Choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 4 Choose Add Delete The Select Protocols window opens The IP button is highlighted to show that IP is enabled on the circuit 5 Click on IP Site Manager deletes IP services from the connector 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Circuit Definition window 7 Choose File The File menu opens 8 Choose Exit Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Customizing IP The instructions in this chapter show you how to start IP using all default values and settings You customize IP by modifying IP parameters For information see Chapter 4 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Starting RIP Before you can select a protocol to run on the router you must configure a circuit that the protocol can use as interface to an attached network For information and instructions see Configuring WAN Line Services and Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services When
41. Interfaces None XX00000000000000 to FEFFFFFFFFFFFF Defines the user part suffix of the ATM address for the ATM ARP server on your network The user part consists of a 6 byte end station identifier and a 1 byte selector field Enter the user part suffix of the ATM ARP server on your network A complete ATM address consists of a network prefix and a user part Use the ARP Server ATM Address Network Prefix parameter to supply the network part of the ATM address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 113 Registration Refresh Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces 900 seconds for a client 1 200 seconds for a server Any interval in seconds For a client this parameter specifies the interval between registration refreshes For a server this parameter specifies the duration for which the registration is valid Determine whether ATMARP is running as a client or as a server on this interface and enter an appropriate value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 115 TR Endstation ARP Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces STE STE ARE Specifies the ARP type for an interface configured for token ring support For spanning tree explorer STE ARP packets use the default For all route explorer ARE packets select ARE Set the TR Endstation parameter to on 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 127 A 42 117356 D Rev 00 Site Manager Parameters IP Global Parameters Parameter P
42. MIB Object ID Local IP Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Debug Null An IP address Specifies a BGP peer s local address Enter 0 0 0 0 to obtain event messages about all connections to a peer with the specified local address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 5 1 2 Remote Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Debug Null An IP address Specifies a BGP peer s remote address Enter 0 0 0 0 to obtain event messages about all connections to peers using the specified remote address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 5 1 3 117356 D Rev 00 A 21 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Message Level Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Debug All All Debug Info Warning Fault Trace Specifies the severity level of event messages received Select the default to obtain event messages of all levels 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 5 1 4 Message Trace Switch Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Debug Disable Disable Open Update Notification Keepalive Specifies whether or not BGP messages on the specified connection are logged and if so which messages are logged Use the default or select a BGP message type 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 5 1 5 EGP Paramete
43. MIB Object ID Received BGP Next Hop Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies one or more IP addresses This policy applies to BGP advertisements whose Next Hop attribute matches an IP address on this list and applies only to BGP sourced routes and if BGP is included as a route source Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements with any Next Hop attribute RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 21 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 21 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 21 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 21 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 21 B 42 117356 D Rev 00 Routing Policies RIP Specific Announce Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID External Route Source Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt
44. Name Reply outgoing Virtual Address Reply incoming and outgoing Virtual Address Request incoming and outgoing Proxy Request incoming and outgoing Proxy Reply incoming and outgoing Note If bridging is configured and enabled on the interface in addition to IP the Name Request Reply and the Proxy Request Reply messages are bridged IP can support the concurrent operation of HP Probe and ARP on an interface The X 25 address resolution scheme is used on network interfaces that support the X 25 DDN service The RFC 877 compliant address resolution mechanism is used on network interfaces that support the X 25 PDN service On interfaces configured for a token ring network the router can send ARP requests as Spanning Tree Explorer STE packets or All Routes Explorer ARE packets 5 6 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Address Resolution By default ARP is enabled on the interface You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify an address resolution scheme Using the BCC Navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter add ress resolution lt type gt type is one of the following arp ddn pdn default inarp arpi narp none bfeddn probe arpprobe atm arp Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols System responds The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP me
45. Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies 0 A metric value Specifies a metric value to be used to compare this policy with other policies that a route may match A policy with a higher metric takes precedence over a policy with a lower metric In case of a tie the protocol uses an internal index value assigned to the policy by IP software In general the index value is indicated by the position of the policy in the Site Manager display the last policy in the display has the highest index value Use this parameter to assign precedence to policies that match the same route RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 7 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 7 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 7 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 7 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 7 117356 D Rev 00 B 29 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Route Source Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configurati
46. You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens Choose Global The Edit IP Global Parameters window opens Set the RIP Diameter parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 46 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Customizing a RIP Interface When you add RIP to an IP interface RIP is enabled with default values for all parameters You customize RIP on the interface by modifying parameters as described in the following topics Topic Page Navigating the BCC to a RIP Interface Prompt 6 5 Opening the Site Manager Window for RIP Interfaces 6 6 Disabling and Reenabling RIP on an Interface 6 7 Selecting the RIP Version 6 8 Supplying RIP Updates on an Interface 6 10 Specifying the Update Mode 6 11 Sending Triggered Updates 6 12 Specifying a Time to Live Value 6 14 Receiving RIP Updates on an Interface 6 16 Authenticating the Password on a Version 2 Update 6 17 Supplying a Default Route on an Interface 6 19 Listening for a Default Route 6 21 Configuring a RIP Interface for Dial Optimized Routing 6 22 Setting RIP Timers on an Interface 6 22 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing RIP Services Navigating the BCC to a RIP Interfac
47. accept pol_1 rip modify modify rip accept pol_l To specify a value enter lt parameter gt lt value gt parameter value is one of the parameter value pairs shown in Table 6 2 Table 6 2 BCC Override Parameter for RIP Accept Policies Parameter Values Function mask 0 0 0 0 or an IP Specifies a mask that will override the mask interface s subnet mask in the presence of networks with variable length subnet masks For example the following command specifies an override mask of 255 0 0 for accept policy pol_1 modify rip accept pol_1 mask 255 0 0 0 modify rip accept pol_l 117356 D Rev 00 6 33 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP window opens 4 Choose Policies 5 Choose Accept The RIP Accept Policies window opens 6 Set the Apply Subnet Mask parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 9 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 6 34 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing RIP Services Specifying Matching Criteria for a RIP Accept Policy You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify matching criteria for the policy Using the BCC Navigate to the policy spe
48. egp gateway List of IP Specifies the IP address of one or more EGP addresses gateways This policy applies to EGP advertisements that use a gateway on this list as the next hop and applies only to EGP sourced routes and if EGP is included as a route source egp peer List of IP Specifies the IP address of one or more EGP addresses peers This policy applies to EGP advertisements authored by a router on this list and applies only to EGP source routes and if EGP is included as a route source inbound interface List of IP Specifies the address of one or more addresses interfaces on this router This policy applies to RIP advertisements received on the interfaces in this list and applies only to RIP sourced routes and if RIP is included as a route source continued 7 72 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Table 7 11 BCC Matching Parameters for OSPF Announce Policies continued Parameter Values Function network List of IP Specifies which networks will match this addresses policy Each identifier consists of a network number a mask and a flag to indicate whether the ID refers to a specific network or a range of networks Enter a specific encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match the default route Enter a range encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match any route Enter an empty list to match any route ospf router id List of IP Specifies the IDs of one or more OSPF addresses routers This policy
49. gt RIP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this policy Set to Disable to disable the policy RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 2 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 2 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 2 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 2 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 2 B 2 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies None Any alphanumeric character string Identifies this accept policy Specify a user na
50. in whole or in part The Software and user manuals embody Bay Networks and its licensors confidential and proprietary intellectual property Licensee shall not sublicense assign or otherwise disclose to any third party the Software or any information about the operation design performance or implementation of the Software and user manuals that is confidential to Bay Networks and its licensors however Licensee may grant permission to its consultants subcontractors and agents to use the Software at Licensee s facility provided they have agreed to use the Software only in accordance with the terms of this license 3 Limited warranty Bay Networks warrants each item of Software as delivered by Bay Networks and properly installed and operated on Bay Networks hardware or other equipment it is originally licensed for to function substantially as described in its accompanying user manual during its warranty period which begins on the date Software is first shipped to Licensee If any item of Software fails to so function during its warranty period as the sole remedy Bay Networks will at its discretion provide a suitable fix patch or workaround for the problem that may be included in a future Software release Bay Networks further warrants to Licensee that the media on which the Software is provided will be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of 90 days from the date Software is first shipped to Licens
51. proprietary point to multipoint solution for routers running OSPF in star frame relay topologies Passive A passive interface only receives advertisements OSPF cannot use it to form neighbor relationships accept hello messages or send advertisements On other interfaces OSPF advertise the network attached to a passive interface as a stub network Note If the interface is connected to an NBMA network you need to configure neighbors manually By default OSPF assumes that the interface is attached to a broadcast network You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify another network type 7 30 117356 D Rev 00 Using the BCC Customizing OSPF Services Navigate to an interface specific OSPF prompt and enter type lt interface_type gt interface_type is one of the interface types described in Table 7 2 Table 7 2 OSPF Interface Types Broadcast Default Choose broadcast if this network is a broadcast LAN such as Ethernet NBMA Choose NBMA nonbroadcast multiaccess if the network is a nonbroadcast network such as X 25 Pointopoint Choose point to point for a synchronous point to point interface IETF Choose IETF if the network is a point to multipoint network PMP Choose PMP point to multipoint if you want to use the Bay Networks proprietary solution for frame relay point to multipoint networks Passive Choose passive to configure an interface that OSPF cannot use to form neighb
52. routing table The BCC treats this attribute as an object When you press Enter the BCC creates the object and displays an object specific prompt To specify multiple attributes create multiple objects For example the following command specifies override as the method for accept policy pol_1 set bgp accept pol_1 med method override set bgp accept pol_1l 8 68 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing BGP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens Choose Policy Filters The Policy Filters menu opens Choose BGP 4 The BGP 4 menu opens ay P eo N Choose Accept Policies The BGP4 Accept Policy Filters window opens 6 Click on the policy that you want to modify Edit one or more of the parameters for that policy Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on pages B 2 and B 16 Click on Done You return to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 8 69 Configuring IP Services Specifying Matching Criteria for a BGP Accept Policy You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a match for a policy Using the BCC Navigate to the policy specific prompt and enter match A match prompt appears for the policy For example accept pol_1 bgp match ma
53. the Select Protocols window opens Proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Select Protocols window select the following protocols IP OSPF Then click on OK The IP Configuration window opens Set the following parameters IP Address e Subnet Mask Transmit Beast Addr UnNumbered Assoc Address Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 27 Site Manager adds OSPF to the circuit and the Initial OSPF Global Configuration window opens Set the parameters in the Initial OSPF Global Configuration window and then click on OK The OSPF Area Address Configuration window opens Set the Area ID parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 76 5 Click on OK The Broadcast Type window opens 6 Set the Broadcast Type parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 77 7 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Circuit Definition window 8 Choose File The File menu opens 9 Choose Exit Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 3 7 Configuring IP Services Deleting OSPF from an IP Interface To delete OSPF from an interface on which it is currently configured proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager wi
54. this neighbor relationship and now want to reenable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 3 1 2 Acquisition Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP gt Neighbors Passive Passive Active Specifies which of the two neighbors initiates EGP connections The router in the active mode is the initiator Set this parameter to Active if you want the local EGP neighbor to be the initiator of EGP connections Otherwise accept the default value Passive 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 3 1 7 Poll Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP gt Neighbors Both Active Passive Both Specifies the type of neighbor reachability algorithm this local EGP neighbor executes In the active mode a router sends hello and poll messages to request reachability status from its neighbor In the passive mode a router responds to hello and poll messages with I H U and update messages Accept the default value Both or set to either Active or Passive depending on the neighbor reachability algorithm you want this router to execute 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 3 1 8 117356 D Rev 00 A 25 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Hello Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP gt Neighbors 60 seconds 30 to 120 seconds Specifies the number of seco
55. 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 255 255 255 255 then the filter applies to the default route Enter the appropriate mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 4 Export From Protocol Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters RIP Any RIP EGP OSPF Direct static BGP 3 Identifies the source of the routing information direct connection static route or RIP EGP OSPF or BGP 3 derived route Select the appropriate option 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 5 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this export route filter Set to Disable if you want to disable this export route filter Set to Enable if you previously disabled this export route filter and now want to reenable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 2 Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters Propagate Propagate Ignore Controls the flow of routing information If you set this parameter to Propagate this route
56. 1 10 PROW DS ere FOC eea anivenhe peietaar ripen ee 1 11 ROU Fro TEO sai ieee suettean sites aioe ee tiau ieee sa tesauiueuni nats 1 12 Route WIG INS siisii E AOA 1 13 IP Ronina Folikico ana FIIO anaa parditab ataaa hearer panbemiTi i ianas 1 14 P Fane FRGS scesict ears cetudeicesnece ere eres seeiis E T poean A 1 18 RFG COMICE spacen E E e 1 18 Chapter 2 Starting IP Services with the BCC eela UP E E E E E E A A E 2 2 Step 1 Configuring a Physical Interface onrsssuanisnais aa 2 2 Step 2 Configuring an IP Interface Siete N E 2 2 117356 D Rev 00 v SG FLIP snesnatassatsanupeytd aettuteis apne canon a 2 3 Starting OSPF oN as sai ET aekin arenis inai PRIT ATTA 2 4 Sarino BOP sici a Seance dncutnaieanienedias 2 5 Siep T Connigurng Global BGP ccs cscs saiininriomtiviadaaaserinanieaataiein ai 2 5 Step 2 Defining a Peer to Peer Connection Sr ere ere S 2 5 Staring AGUIBE DEGOYEIY sariri nni noraa AN E 2 6 Chapter 3 Starting IP Services with Site Manager Garing IP oaro a aaa 3 2 Deleting IF roman Merate soiorns iai 3 3 C stomizing IP sssaipesnesiorenes EAE PEE E EA T anong 3 3 SO E ai S AEA 3 4 Adding RIF to am IF WO souino aaa EAAS Eaa AEA 3 5 Deleting RIF ioman IP WMNTACE sosnicanineninn 3 6 CAS ONIIEIRS MIP reaa Ree eS 3 6 Starting OSPF o ees nan eniai ee E E sie EE PET 3 7 Deleting OSPF irom an IP Mer ACE ociosos raia 3 8 ANSI URRY kE E a e E A A E E A sala ON T 3 8 Starting BGP au
57. 16 24 31 cassa B o d d O 8 16 24 31 ce P osc ME Network portion First Octet Range Example Network Host Class A ry 1 127 25 0 0 1 25 1 Class B fo 128 191 140 250 0 1 140 250 1 Class C fifo 192 223 192 2 3 1 192 2 3 1 Host portion IPOOOSA Figure 1 1 Network and Host Portions of IP Addresses You specify IP addresses in dotted decimal notation To express an IP address in dotted decimal notation you convert each 8 bit octet of the IP address to a decimal number and separate the numbers by decimal points For example you specify the 32 bit IP address 10000000 00100000 00001010 10100111 in dotted decimal notation as 128 32 10 167 The most significant 2 bits 10 in the first octet indicate that the network is Class B therefore the first 16 bits compose the NIC assigned network portion field The third octet 00001010 and fourth octet 10100111 compose the host field 117356 D Rev 00 1 3 Configuring IP Services Subnet Addressing The concept of subnetworks or subnets extends the IP addressing scheme Subnets are two or more physical networks that share a common network identification field the NIC assigned network portion of the 32 bit IP address Subnets allow an IP router to hide the complexity of multiple LANs from the rest of the internet With subnets you partition the host portion of an IP address into a subnet number and a real host number on that subnet The IP address is then defined by networ
58. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 peer mode reflector internal peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 8 90 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing BGP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens 5 Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on Add 8 Set the following parameters Peer Address Peer AS Local Address Peer RS Mode Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 10 The BGP Peer Parameters window opens 9 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the BGP Peer List window 10 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 117356 D Rev 00 8 91 Configuring IP Services Configuring a Route Reflector Cluster You can connect multiple route reflectors in a route reflector cluster Within a cluster IBGP route reflectors must be connected in a full mesh topology To configure a route reflector in a cluster you establish a peer to peer session with one or more reflectors in the same cluster You can do this with the BCC or Site Manager
59. 255 255 for this parameter Accept the default 0 0 0 0 unless the calculated broadcast address host portion of all 1s is not adequate If this is the case then enter the appropriate IP broadcast address in dotted decimal notation If you set the IP Address parameter to 0 0 0 0 to configure an unnumbered interface Site Manager automatically sets this parameter to 255 255 255 255 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 8 A 28 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters UnNumbered Assoc Address Select IP from the Select Protocols window and click on OK None Any valid IP address Specifies an address that IP uses when sourcing a packet RIP uses this address to make decisions about advertising subnets over the unnumbered interface RIP advertises subnets over the unnumbered interface if the subnets have the same mask as the associated address Specify the address of any numbered interface on the router If you are running RIP over the unnumbered interface and if you are using a subnet address as the associated address the local and remote associated addresses should have the same network number If you configure local and remote associated addresses using different network numbers you must use RIP2 mode 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 110 IP Interface Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Par
60. 3 2 6 8 1 18 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 18 117356 D Rev 00 B 39 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID From BGP Peer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IP address of one or more BGP peers This policy applies to BGP advertisements authored by a router on this list and applies only to BGP sourced routes and if BGP is included as a route source Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements from any router RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 19 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 19 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 19 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 19 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 19 B 40 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default
61. 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 11 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Adjacent Host Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts Enable Enable Disable Specifies the state active or inactive of the adjacent host in the IP routing tables Select Disable to make the adjacent host record inactive in the IP routing table the IP router will not consider this adjacent host Select Enable to make the adjacent host record active again in the IP routing table 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 2 Adjacent Host Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts None Any valid IP address Specifies the IP address of the device for which you want to configure an adjacent host Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 3 Next Hop Interface Addr Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts 0 0 0 0 A valid IP address Specifies the IP address of the router s network interface to the adjacent host Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 4 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Objec
62. 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 6 Zero Subnet Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Disable Enable Disable Specifies whether an interface address whose subnet portion is all zeros or all ones should be declared legal or not If you set this parameter to Enable then you can configure IP interfaces with a subnet ID of zero Setting this parameter to Disable prevents you from doing so Accept the default Disable if you do not have any interfaces that have a zero subnet ID Otherwise reset this parameter to Enable The use of all zero subnet addresses is discouraged for the following reason if an all zero subnet address and an all zero broadcast address are both valid the router cannot distinguish an all subnets broadcast from a directed broadcast for the zero subnet 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 10 A 46 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Estimated Networks Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 0 0 to 2 147 483 647 Allows the IP software to preallocate system resources based on the anticipated size of the routing table Preallocation of memory increases the speed with which IP software can learn routes because it removes the overhead caused by dynamic memory allocation Preallocation also makes better use
63. ASN Routers to a Network Make sure that you are running the latest version of Bay Networks BayRS and Site Manager software For information about upgrading BayRS and Site Manager see the upgrading guide for your version of BayRS 117356 D Rev 00 xxiii Configuring IP Services Text Conventions This guide uses the following text conventions angle brackets lt gt bold text braces brackets ellipsis points Indicate that you choose the text to enter based on the description inside the brackets Do not type the brackets when entering the command Example If the command syntax is ping lt p_address gt you enter ping 192 32 10 12 Indicates command names and options and text that you need to enter Example Enter show ip alerts routes Example Use the dinfo command Indicate required elements in syntax descriptions where there is more than one option You must choose only one of the options Do not type the braces when entering the command Example If the command syntax is show ip alerts routes you must enter either show ip alerts or show ip routes but not both Indicate optional elements in syntax descriptions Do not type the brackets when entering the command Example If the command syntax is show ip interfaces alerts you can enter either show ip interfaces or show ip interfaces alerts Indicate that you repeat the last element of the command as
64. BGP 4 from all router circuits on which they are currently enabled To delete BGP 3 complete the following steps Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose Delete BGP 3 Site Manager opens a window prompting Do you really want to delete BGP Click on OK Site Manager removes BGP 3 from all circuits on the router and returns you to the Configuration Manager window 3 10 117356 D Rev 00 Starting IP Services with Site Manager To delete BGP 4 complete the following steps Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose Delete BGP 4 Site Manager opens a window prompting Do you really want to delete BGP 4 5 Click on OK Site Manager removes BGP 4 from all circuits on the router and returns you to the Configuration Manager window Customizing BGP The instructions in this chapter show you how to start BGP using all default values and settings For information about modifying BGP defaults see Chapter 8 117356 D Rev 00 3 11 Configuring IP Services Starting EGP Before you can sele
65. BGP and now want to reenable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 2 117356 D Rev 00 A 3 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID BGP Identifier Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global None An IP address of an IP interface on this router Identifies the BGP router There is no default for this parameter You must use an IP address of one of the router s IP interfaces Either accept the current BGP identifier or enter a new IP address The BGP identifier must be one of the router s IP interfaces If both BGP and OSPF are running on the router then the OSPF router ID must be equivalent to one of the configured IP interfaces 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 4 BGP Local AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global None 1 to 65 535 Identifies the autonomous system to which this BGP router belongs Either accept the current BGP Local AS value or enter a new value for this parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 5 BGP Intra AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether BGP will perform intra AS IBGP routing Transit ASs should use intra AS routing Stub or mul
66. Bay Supported Bay gt SMDS gt Bay Supported Bay gt PPPttt gt Bay Not supported Bay gt Eth gt Bay gt Token gt ES Not supported Bay gt Token gt Bay gt Token gt ES Supported Bay gt FDDI gt Bay gt Token gt ES Not supported Bay gt PTP gt Bay gt Token gt ES Not supported Bay gt FR gt Bay gt Token gt ES Not supported Bay gt SDMS gt Bay gt Token gt ES Not supported Bay gt PPP gt Bay gt Token gt ES Not supported ES gt Token gt Bay gt Eth gt Bay Not supported ES gt Token gt Bay gt Token gt Bay Supported continued 4 8 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Table 4 1 Source Routing Bridge Support for Host Only Mode continued Bridge Configuration Support ES gt Token gt Bay gt FDDI gt Bay Not supported ES gt Token gt Bay gt PTP gt Bay Not supported ES gt Token gt Bay gt FR gt Bay Not supported ES gt Token gt Bay gt SDMS gt Bay Not supported ES gt Token gt Bay gt PPP gt Bay Not supported ES gt Token gt Bay gt Eth gt Bay gt Token gt ES Supported ES gt Token gt Bay gt Token gt Bay gt Token gt ES Supported ES gt Token gt Bay gt FDDI gt Bay gt Token gt ES Supported ES gt Token gt Bay gt PTP gt Bay gt Token gt ES Supported ES gt Token gt Bay gt FR gt Bay gt Token gt ES Supported ES gt Token gt Bay gt SDMS gt Bay
67. Bridge Support for Host Only Mode eccceeeeeeeeeees 4 8 Learning Bridge Support for Host Only Mode n 4 9 MAC Address Parameter Settings obeti eeina settee eimai 14 43 Adjacent Host BOC Parameters siivcicccsssseiscseteresiereieotieinenimmieensninne 4 54 BCC Static Route Parameters sisi etccdeieassssedseoeuceieedtenisseresaetaet neath 4 58 BCC Definition Parameters for RIP Accept Policies eer 6 31 BCC Override Parameter for RIP Accept Policies cccceeeeeseees 6 33 RIP Accept Policy Match Crierna wisce urs tewodss tended novsesctuwerbdeareune 6 35 BCC Definition Parameters for RIP Announce Policies 0 c ce0 6 38 BCC Override Parameter for RIP Announce Policies cceeeee 6 40 BCC Match Criteria for RIP Announce Policies 00 eeeeesesseeeseeeeeees 6 42 SPF Log GSS ROG e coiis na aao aa aa E E EA E 7 22 OSPF Merne DOES cinean aaa e 7 31 Retransmit Interval Settings rere Goraki ere eee etme 7 36 Fello ihtara Saumas irnar a ana Peer Dgad mevali Seinge sseisnisniniuita aaa iaiia 7 39 Gost SOTO S siinses eorn aLaaa EE aR aAA REA Eiai 7 43 BCC Definition Parameters for OSPF Accept Policies 0 cceeeeee 7 60 BCC Matching Criteria for OSPF Accept Policies sees ete 1 64 BCC Definition Parameters for OSPF Announce Policies 00 7 67 BCC Modification Parameters for OSPF Announce Policies 7 69 BCC Matching Parameters for O
68. Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Areas The OSPF Areas window opens 5 Click on the area for which you want to The parameter values for that area define a range appear in the OSPF Areas window 6 Click on Ranges The OSPF Ranges window opens 7 Click on Add The OSPF Range Area window opens 8 Set the following parameters Range Net Range Mask Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 87 9 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the OSPF Ranges window Configuring a Stub Area A stub area does not import ASEs and may or may not import internal route summaries In place of routes to destinations outside the stub a border router connected to a stub injects a default route advertisement When an internal router encounters a datagram addressed to a destination outside the stub the router forwards it to the border router specified in the default route advertisement Assume for example that the stub area in Figure 7 1 on page 7 5 has been configured to import no internal or external routing information border router 8 receives ASEs and internal summaries from its interface to the backbone However border router 8 does not forward the ASEs or summaries to the stub Instead it injects a default route that internal routers use to forward datagrams to destinations beyond the stub 7 52 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Using the BCC By default OSPF a
69. Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 9 11 Configuring IP Services Choosing the Acquisition Mode In an EGP neighbor relationship one router is the active neighbor and the other router is the passive neighbor The router in the active mode is the initiator By default EGP assumes that the remote router is the passive neighbor You can use Site Manager to identify the remote router as the active neighbor Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose EGP The EGP menu opens 4 Choose Neighbors The IP Interface List for EGP window opens 5 Click on the IP interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the window 6 Set the Acquisition Mode parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 25 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 9 12 117356 D Rev 00 Choosing the Poll Mode Customizing EGP Services The type of neighbor reachability algorithm executed by the local EGP neighbor is called the poll mode There are two poll modes active and passive In the active mode a router sends hello and poll messages to request reachability status from its neighbor In the passive mode a router responds to hello and poll
70. Configuring RIPSO on an IP Interface Max Security Classification Top secret Secret Top secret P datagram Top secret Secret IP data 1 1 0 1 Top secret 1 2 0 2 Forward outbound datagram Yes E Accept inbound datagram Yes 1 1 0 2 1 3 0 2 Forward outbound datagram No Figure 10 2 RIPSO Example IP0014A 117356 D Rev 00 10 17 Chapter 11 Connecting the Router to a Blacker Front End The Blacker front end BFE is a classified encryption device used by hosts that want to communicate across unsecured wide area networks BFE devices are typically found in government networks for example DSNET which handle sensitive data requiring a greater degree of security Blacker front end support allows the router to connect to BFE devices The BFE device in turn provides the router with encryption services while acting as the data communications equipment DCE end of the connection between the router and the X 25 network Figure 11 1 Hosts using attached BFE devices can communicate with each other over an unsecured packet switched network using data paths secured by the encryption services of the BFEs These hosts are part of a red virtual network The packet switched network that carries both the data secured by BFEs and any other unsecu
71. Customizing a RIP Interface 6 4 Configuring RIP Accept and Announce Policies 6 29 117356 D Rev 00 6 1 Configuring IP Services Customizing RIP Global Parameters When you add RIP to an IP interface RIP is enabled on the router with default values for all global parameters You customize the way RIP operates on the router by modifying RIP global parameters as described in the following sections Using the BCC Navigate to the IP global prompt and enter rip The RIP global prompt appears Setting the RIP Diameter The RIP diameter is a hop count that RIP uses to denote infinity For RIP to operate properly every router within the network must be configured with an identical RIP diameter value If RIP is enabled this parameter specifies the maximum number of hops within the autonomous system if RIP is not enabled IP still uses the RIP diameter to determine network width You must set this parameter so that the interface cost static cost or route filter cost parameters do not exceed the RIP diameter We recommend that you accept the default RIP diameter value The default RIP diameter value is 15 hops You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a different RIP diameter value 6 2 117356 D Rev 00 Using the BCC Navigate to the global IP prompt and enter rip diameter lt infinity gt Customizing RIP Services infinity is a hop count indicating RIP infinity Using Site Manager Site Manager Path
72. Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Mapping Entry Timeout Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NAT gt Global Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables the mapping entry timeout feature for NAT You can configure a global timeout period for dynamic mapping entries If there have been no translated packets for a specific address mapping when the timer expires NAT software removes the entry from the dynamic mapping entry list thus freeing the global address for another mapping Set to Enable if you want to enable the mapping entry timeout feature on the entire router Set to Disable to disable the feature 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 7 1 7 Max Timeout Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NAT gt Global 3600 seconds 1 to 2 147 483 648 seconds Specifies the maximum timeout period for a dynamic mapping entry If there have been no translated packets for a specific address mapping when the timer expires NAT software removes the entry from the dynamic mapping entry list thus freeing the global address for another mapping Specify the timeout period 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 7 1 8 Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NAT gt Interface Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables NAT on an IP interface Set to Enable to enable NAT on an IP interface Set to Disable to disable NAT on an IP interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 7 6 2 A 100 117356 D Rev
73. Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters BGP Dynamic Policy Change Support Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether or not BGP dynamically reevaluates all routes affected by a policy when you modify the policy Select disable if you want BGP to restart all connections when you modify a policy 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 19 BGP Soloist Slots Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global All slots Slots 1 to 14 Specifies slots on which the BGP soloist is eligible to run Use the ISP Mode parameter IP global to configure BGP as a soloist 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 20 Route Server Topology Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global None None Client Mesh Tree Configures BGP as an IBGP route server or client If BGP is neither a client nor a server use the default None If you want BGP to establish a client server connection to an IBGP route server specify Client If you want BGP to establish a server server connection to an IBGP route server in the same cluster specify Mesh If you want BGP to establish a server connection to an IBGP route server in another cluster specify Tree 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 17 117356 D Rev 00 A 7 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Ob
74. Drop Drop Drop and Log Determines what happens when IP encounters an invalid ARP source address If this parameter is set to Drop and Log IP logs an invalid ARP source address when processing an ARP request If this parameter is set to Drop IP does not log the invalid ARP source address In either case IP drops the invalid ARP request If you want to log the invalid ARP source address set the parameter to Drop and Log Otherwise set the parameter to Drop 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 1 1 4 A 44 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Nonlocal ARP Destination Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Drop Drop Accept Determines whether IP drops ARP requests in which the source and destination addresses are located in different networks or subnetworks This parameter allows Proxy ARP to generate replies when the source and destination networks in the ARP request are different To process ARP requests with source and destination addresses from different networks set the parameter to Accept The Proxy parameter must be set to Enable for the router to generate ARP replies 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 1 1 5 Default TTL Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 30 1 to 255 hops Specifies the starting value of the time to live TTL c
75. End BFE Addressing You can enable BFE support on individual IP interfaces When you enable BFE support the router uses the BFE address resolution algorithm to map IP addresses to their corresponding X 121 addresses BFE IP to X 121 address translation differs from standard DDN address translation Each physical router to BFE connection is identified by a BFE X 121 network address and a BFE IP address The format of a BFE X 121 address is zezezpdddbbb ZZZZZ is zero p is the BCD encoding of the port ID add is the BCD encoding of the domain ID bbb is the BCD encoding of the BFE ID All BFE hosts are members of Class A IP networks The format of a BFE IP address is as follows nnnnnnnn Zpppdddd ddddddbb bbbbbbbb nnnnnnnn identifies the network ID in bits Z is zero Ppp is the port ID in bits dddd dddddd_ is the domain ID in bits bb bbbbbbbb is the BFE ID in bits BFE supports only physical addressing It does not support either logical addresses or subaddresses 117356 D Rev 00 11 3 Configuring IP Services Configuring Blacker Front End Support To configure BFE support on an IP interface you must Configure an X 25 interface that conforms to the BFE requirements described in this section Enable the IP routing protocol on the interface Enable RIPSO support on the interface Beginning at the Configuration Manager window perform the following procedures 1 Configure an X 25 interface When you initi
76. ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP network address Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies If this field is set to 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to all networks Enter the appropriate network address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 12 1 3 Import Peer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Specifies the IP address of the interface on the remote side of this EGP peer connection This filter will apply to updates from this router The default 0 0 0 0 means any peer Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation If the peer is in a remote AS the address must be on the same subnet as the local interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 12 1 7 Import Autonomous System Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Import Filters 0 0 to 65 535 Identifies the AS to which the EGP router at the remote end of this EGP peer connection belongs This filter will apply to updates from this router The default 0 means any AS Enter the appropriate AS number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 12 1 8 117356 D Rev 00 C 21 Confi
77. IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Any Direct Static RIP OSPF with Type 2 metric EGP BGP Any Specifies one or more external route source identifiers If you specify an external route source a route from that source that meets the other criteria of this policy matches the policy This parameter applies only to OSPF routes that use the new ASE Type 2 metric The protocol from which OSPF received the route is encoded in the ASE metric along with the route s metric To specify any external route source use the default RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 9 Outbound Interfaces Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies a list of outbound RIP interfaces If an interface appears in this list the policy applies to RIP advertisements sent via that interface Specify one or more IP addresses Configure an empty list to indicate that this policy applies to any outbound RIP interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 22 117356 D Rev 00 B 43 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID RIP Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies 0 0 or an export metric Specifies an optional export RIP metric to use when advertising a route that matches this policy Set the Action pa
78. IP Global Parameters window opens 4 Set the following parameters as desired RIP Maximum Equal Cost Paths IP OSPF Maximum Path Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 49 5 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 4 21 Configuring IP Services Enabling and Disabling ECMP Support for IBGP By default in cases where IBGP uses the IP routing table to determine the next IP hop to an IBGP peer IBGP does not consider equal cost multipath routes submitted by RIP or OSPF You can use the BCC or Site Manager to enable ECMP support for IBGP For information and instructions see Configuring IBGP for Route and Traffic Load Balancing on page 8 100 Enabling ISP Mode on the Router IP provides an Internet Service Provider ISP mode of operation In ISP mode IP does the following Enables the BGP soloist By default BGP runs on all slots configured with IP interfaces In ISP mode BGP runs as a soloist Disables IP forwarding caches By default IP maintains a forwarding cache on each IP interface IP maintains this table as a cache for routes that are frequently used to forward data packets that arrive on the interface However if the number of frequently used routes exceeds the size of the forwarding table the router continually updates the forwarding cache by removing old routes and installing new route entries ISP
79. IP Services Setting the Security Level for IP Datagrams Use Site Manager to specify the minimum and maximum security level that the router allows for inbound or outbound IP datagrams The minimum and maximum security level features specify the range of classification levels that the router will accept and process The router drops IP datagrams it receives on this interface that are below the minimum and above the maximum levels you specify Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interfaces window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interfaces window Set the following parameters e Min Level Max Level Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 60 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 10 10 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring RIPSO on an IP Interface Choosing Authority Flags in Outbound Datagrams Use Site Manager to specify which authority flags must be set and which authority flags may be set in the protection authority field of all outbound datagrams Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In
80. Instructions MIB Object ID Authentication Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces None None Simple Specifies the way RIP handles simple authentication in RIP2 mode If you are running RIP in RIP2 mode and do not want authentication set this parameter to None If you set the parameter to Simple RIP drops all received Version 1 updates and processes only Version 2 updates with the correct password set 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 17 Authentication Password Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces None A valid password string up to 16 characters Specifies a password Set the Authentication Type to Simple and enter a password 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 18 Initial Stabilization Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces 120 seconds 0 to 86 400 seconds Specifies the interval that RIP uses as its initial stabilization period Specify an interval that will allow RIP to learn all routes from its neighbors before sending a full routing update on the interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 19 A 98 117356 D Rev 00 Site Manager Parameters NAT Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable
81. LSA MCTI1 MOSPF MTM OSPF PPP Qos QOSPF RFC RIP RSVP TTL UDP IGMP Relay Internet Protocol internal router Line Resource Manager link state advertisement multichannel T1 multicasting extensions to OSPF Multicast Table Manager Open Shortest Path First Point to Point Protocol quality of service quality of service extensions to OSPF Request for Comments Routing Information Protocol Resource Reservation Protocol time to live User Datagram Protocol Xxvi 117356 D Rev 00 Preface Bay Networks Technical Publications You can now print Bay Networks technical manuals and release notes free directly from the Internet Go to support baynetworks com library tpubs Find the Bay Networks product for which you need documentation Then locate the specific category and model or version for your hardware or software product Using Adobe Acrobat Reader you can open the manuals and release notes search for the sections you need and print them on most standard printers You can download Acrobat Reader free from the Adobe Systems Web site www adobe com You can purchase Bay Networks documentation sets CDs and selected technical publications through the Bay Networks Collateral Catalog The catalog is located on the World Wide Web at support baynetworks com catalog html and is divided into sections arranged alphabetically e The CD ROMs section lists available CDs e The Guides Books section lists books on
82. Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Unclassified Unclassified Confidential Secret Top Secret Specifies the minimum security level that the router allows for inbound or outbound IP datagrams This parameter together with the Max Level parameter specifies the range of classification levels that the router will accept and process The router drops IP datagrams it receives on this interface that are below the specified minimum level Select a minimum security level for this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 80 Max Level Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Top Secret Unclassified Confidential Secret Top Secret Specifies the maximum security level that the router allows for inbound or outbound IP datagrams This parameter together with the Min Level parameter specifies the range of classification levels that the router accepts The router drops IP datagrams it receives or transmits on this interface that are above the specified maximum level Select a maximum security level for this interface The maximum level must be greater than or equal to the minimum level 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 81 A 60 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Must Out Authority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP
83. Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 12 10 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Network Address Translation Configuring the Log Mask Table 12 2 shows messages types that are logged by NAT software and their respective bit positions bit position 0 is the rightmost bit If you change the log mask the change takes effect immediately if there are any messages to be logged Table 12 2 Log Message Types Message Type Bit Position NAT_DBG_FWD_GATE_MSG 0 NAT_DBG_MAPPING_ACTIONS 1 NAT_DBG_RANGE_ACTIONS 2 NAT_DBG_DATA_REQ_REPLY 3 NAT_DBG_MAP_TBL_REQ_REPLY 4 NAT_DBG_FTP_SESS_MSG 5 NAT_DBG_MIB_BASE_REC 6 NAT_DBG_MIB_RANGE_RECS 7 NAT_DBG_MIB_MAP_RECS 8 NAT_DBG_MIB_INTF_RECS 9 NAT_DBG_FILTER_ACTIONS 10 NAT_DBG_GATE_MAPPINGS 11 NAT_DBG_GATE_START_STOP 12 NAT_DBG_FWD_LOCAL_RX 13 NAT_DBG_FWD_GLOBAL_RX 14 NAT_DBG_FWD_XLATE 15 NAT_DBG_FWD_ERROR 16 NAT_DBG_FWD_FRAG 17 NAT_DBG_FWD_TCP 18 NAT_DBG_FWD_FTP_PORT 19 NAT_DBG_FWD_FTP_SESSION 20 NAT_DBG_FWD_ICMP 21 NAT_DBG_FWD_UDP 22 NAT_DBG_FWD_DROP 23 continued 117356 D Rev 00 12 11 Configuring IP Services Table 12 2 Log Message Types continued Message Type Bit Position NAT_DBG_AGING_ACTIONS 24 NAT_DBG_ROUTE_ACTIONS 25 NAT_DBG_SESSION_AGING 26 Reserved 27 to 32 To specify the types of log messages that are reported
84. Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Import Filters 1 l to15 Assigns a weighted precedence value to a route included in the routing tables If confronted with multiple routes to the same destination the router by default grants preference to routes in the following order direct OSPF internal static BGP 3 OSPF external and RIP If this hierarchy is acceptable accept the default value 1 for preference If you want to grant preference to this OSPF derived route assign a new preference value in the range of 1 to 15 the greater the number the higher the preference Either accept the default value 1 or enter a new value Routes for all networks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 should have the lowest preference Routes for the most specific networks longest address and mask should have the highest preference 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 12 1 6 EGP Export Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP network address Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies If set to 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to all networks Enter the appropriate IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 3 117356 D Rev 00 C 23 Configur
85. Originating then the metric from the originating protocol is advertised This parameter is only valid if Export Action is set to propagate Set to the appropriate option 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 11 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export Origin Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters Any Any IGP EGP Incomplete If From Protocol is set to RIP or Static and Action is set to Propagate you can use this parameter to change the Origin attribute that is advertised for this network If you want to change the Origin attribute select a valid option 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 13 Export Neighbor AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters 0 0 to 65 535 If the Export Action parameter is set to Propagate and the Export Origin parameter is set to EGP then this parameter must be set to a nonzero value The value specified here is used as the EGP neighbor AS number when the AS path is constructed Specify a value within the assigned range 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 14 C 20 117356 D Rev 00 Import and Export Route Filters EGP Import Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object
86. Outbound Peer AS List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of AS numbers Specifies a list of autonomous system numbers If an AS number is included in this list this policy applies to BGP advertisements being sent to BGP peers in that AS Specify one or more AS numbers Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements going to peers in any AS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 22 B 48 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Outbound Peers Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP numbers Specifies the IP address of one or more BGP peers If a BGP peer is included in this list this policy applies to BGP advertisements being sent to that peer Specify one or more IP addresses Configure an empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements being sent to any peer 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 23 Inter AS Metric Selector Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies None None Specified Originating Indicates whether or not an inter AS metric is to be advertised for a network matching
87. Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Setting the Poll Interval for NBMA Neighbors The poll interval is the largest number of seconds allowed between hello packets sent to an inactive nonbroadcast multiaccess NBMA neighbor By default each OSPF interface has a poll interval of 120 seconds You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a poll interval Using the BCC Navigate to an interface specific OSPF prompt and enter poll interval lt interval gt interval is the poll interval expressed in seconds For example the following command sets the poll interval to 90 seconds on IP interface 2 2 2 2 ospf 2 2 2 2 poll interval 90 ospf 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The OSPF Interfaces window opens 5 Click on the OSPF interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the OSPF Interfaces window 6 Set the Poll Interval parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 80 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 7 41 Configuring IP Services Specifying the Metric Cost For OSPF the best path is the one that offers
88. Route Filters gt RIP gt Export Filters Propagate Propagate Ignore Aggregate Controls the flow of routing information If you set this parameter to Propagate this route is advertised If you set this parameter to Ignore advertising of this route is suppressed If you set this parameter to Aggregate the network is not explicitly advertised Instead the default route 0 0 0 0 is advertised Either accept the default Propagate or select Ignore or Aggregate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 9 1 6 117356 D Rev 00 C 7 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID RIP Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Export Filters 0 the actual route cost as learned Oto 15 Assigns a RIP cost to the propagated route The value 0 causes the actual route cost as learned to be used Accept the default value 0 or enter a new value Do not use a value that exceeds the diameter of the RIP network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 9 1 8 OSPF Import Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Import Filters None An IP address Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies If set to 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to all networks Enter the appropriate network addres
89. Services Backbone network S a g _ Area Cc Border internal lt router 2 router Border router 1 Area C network Area B network Area A network a o Area A internal router router AN Transit area Key IPOOSOA lt j gt Virtual link Figure 7 7 Virtual Link and Transit Area To configure an interface to support a virtual link 1 Identify the transit area that supports the virtual link 2 Identify the interface of the OSPF neighbor at the other end of the virtual link Once you have defined the virtual link you can e Enable and disable the virtual link e Specify a transit delay a retransmit interval a hello interval and a dead interval for the link e Specify a password You can use Site Manager to configure a virtual link 7 56 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing OSPF Services Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Virtual Interf
90. The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the IBGP ECMP Method parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 9 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 8 105 Configuring IP Services Configuring EBGP for Route and Traffic Load Balancing EBGP route balancing and traffic load balancing are two techniques that allow an EBGP speaker to distribute routes to the same destination among multiple equal cost paths In both techniques EBGP uses equal cost multipath ECMP routes submitted statically to the IP routing table Although unusual for EBGP connections the ECMP routes could also be submitted by OSPF or RIP For information about ECMP routing see Chapter 4 You can configure an EBGP speaker to use ECMP static routes in the IP routing table for route balancing and traffic load balancing The following conditions must apply e The local BGP router and the remote BGP router must be connected by multiple links e IP must be configured on a circuitless interface on both the local and remote routers e The EBGP speaker on the local router and the EBGP speaker on the remote router must establish a peer to peer session using their circuitless IP interfaces For information see Using the Circuitless IP Interface for a Peer to Peer Session on page 8 58 e The local IP routing table must contain multiple equal cost routes to th
91. The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP 3 Choose EGP The IP menu opens The BGP menu opens 4 Choose Delete EGP Site Manager opens a window prompting Do you really want to delete EGP 5 Click on OK Site Manager removes EGP from all circuits on the router and returns you to the Configuration Manager window Customizing EGP The instructions in this chapter show you how to start EGP using all default values and settings For information about modifying EGP defaults see Chapter 9 117356 D Rev 00 3 13 Configuring IP Services Starting NAT Before you can choose a protocol to run on the router you must configure a circuit that the protocol can use as an interface to an attached network For information and instructions see Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services or proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 Inthe Select Protocols window select The IP Configuration window opens the following protocols IP NAT Then click on OK 2 Set the following parameters IP Address Subnet Mask Transmit Beast Addr UnNumbered Assoc Address Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 27 3 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Adding NAT to an IP Interface To add NAT to an IP interface proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this
92. Using the BCC To define a new OSPF accept policy navigate to the OSPF global prompt and enter accept lt policy_name gt policy_name is a unique name for the OSPF accept policy A policy specific prompt appears indicating that the BCC has created the policy using default values for all parameters For example the following command creates an accept policy named accept_pol_1 ospf accept pol_1 accept pol_1 ospf At the policy specific prompt enter lt parameter gt lt value gt parameter value is one of the parameter value pairs described in Table 7 7 117356 D Rev 00 7 59 Configuring IP Services Table 7 7 BCC Definition Parameters for OSPF Accept Policies Parameter Values Function state Enabled default Disabled Enables and disables the policy you have created action preference Ignore default Accept 1 default to 16 Specifies whether the protocol ignores a route that matches the policy or forwards the route to the routing table manager Assigns a metric value the higher the number the greater the preference to a route that the protocol forwards to the routing table manager If confronted with multiple routes to the same destination the routing table manager may need to use this value to decide which route to insert Routes for all networks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 should have the lowest preference and routes for the most specific networks longest address and mask s
93. accept policies and announce policies allow you to control the flow of routing information in and out of the routing table as follows e An accept policy controls the routing information that is considered for inclusion in the IP routing table e An announce policy controls the routing information that RIP advertises For an introduction to IP policies see IP Routing Policies and Filters on page 1 14 The following topics show you how to configure RIP accept and announce policies Topic Page Defining a RIP Accept Policy 6 30 Supplying Modification Values for a RIP Accept Policy 6 33 Specifying Matching Criteria for a RIP Accept Policy 6 35 Defining a RIP Announce Policy 6 37 Supplying Modification Values for a RIP Announce Policy 6 40 Specifying Matching Criteria for a RIP Announce Policy 6 41 117356 D Rev 00 6 29 Configuring IP Services Defining a RIP Accept Policy To define a new RIP accept policy you must do the following e Supply a name for the policy e Set the current state of the policy enabled or disabled e Specify whether RIP accepts or ignores an update that matches the policy e Rank the policy according to preference precedence and other criteria You can use the BCC or Site Manager to define a RIP accept policy Using the BCC To define a new policy navigate to the RIP global prompt and enter accept lt policy_name gt policy_name is a unique name for the RIP acc
94. address and compares it to an internal table of existing address translations If the inside host s source address does not appear in the translation table NAT software does the following 1 Creates a new entry for the host 2 Assigns a globally unique IP number dynamically from a pool of available addresses 3 Changes the source address of the packet to the globally unique address The router software then forwards the packet through the Internet to the NAT border router in company B When the packet arrives at company B router software routes the packet to the destination local address within company B After a specified timeout period during which there have been no translated packets for a particular address translation NAT software within company A removes the entry freeing the global address for use by another inside host In Figure 12 1 a packet from company A s network with unregistered source address 10 0 0 15 is sent to a destination address in company B s network The destination is a globally recognized registered address 192 100 20 2 117356 D Rev 00 12 3 Configuring IP Services Company A Company B Registered destination address 50 1 1 52
95. address in the local range to the global IP address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 7 3 1 2 A 102 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NAT gt Dynamic gt Global Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables a global address range in the NAT Global Address Range list A NAT global address range is a range of registered source addresses that you configure using the ADD button See Chapter 12 for information about how to configure NAT global address ranges NAT maps global addresses to unregistered local addresses for packets with destination addresses in an external network NAT replaces the unregistered local address with a registered global address and sends the packet to its destination in an external network Set to Enable to enable a dynamic mapping for a specific local address range Set to Disable to disable dynamic mapping for a specific local address range 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 7 2 1 5 117356 D Rev 00 A 103 Configuring IP Services GRE Tunnel Configuration Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Tunnel Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols
96. address to a registered global address replaces the local address with the global address and sends the packet to its destination address in another network You specify the base address and a prefix from 0 to 32 decimal to designate the range of addresses To add a local address range to the NAT Local Address Range List proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose NAT The NAT menu opens 4 Choose Dynamic The Local Global menu opens 5 Choose Local The NAT Local Address Range List window opens 6 Click on the ADD button The NAT Local Address Range Add window opens Enter a local base address Enter a prefix that designates the address range 0 to 32 decimal 9 Click on OK The address range appears in the NAT Local Address Range List 117356 D Rev 00 12 19 Configuring IP Services Deleting a Local Address Range To delete a local address range proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose NAT The NAT menu opens 4 Choose Dynamic The Local Global menu opens 5 Choose Local The NAT Local Address Range List windo
97. an external route source a route from that source that meets the other criteria of this policy matches the policy This parameter applies only to OSPF routes that use the new ASE Type 2 metric The protocol from which OSPF received the route is encoded in the ASE metric along with the route s metric To specify any external route source use the default EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 9 EGP Peer List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies a list of IP addresses of EGP peers If a peer appears in this list the policy applies to EGP advertisements sent to that peer Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that the policy applies to any BGP peer EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 22 B 46 117356 D Rev 00 Routing Policies Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID EGP Interface List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies a list of outgoing interfaces If an interface appears on this list the policy applies to EGP advertisements sent via that interface Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies
98. and its position in a path The policy applies to all routes whose AS path includes the AS in that position For example the expression 200 means that the policy applies to all routes whose AS_PATH attribute contains AS 200 as the last AS in the path 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 32 Community Match Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of BGP communities Specifies one or more BGP communities This policy applies to all BGP advertisements that match the list Supply an octet string using the following format each community ID is 4 bytes long 0 in the two most significant bits causes the router to perform the match on the lower 16 bits the default empty list means match any list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 35 117356 D Rev 00 Appendix C Import and Export Route Filters RIP Import Filters Parameter Import Address Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters Default 0 0 0 0 Options Any IP network address Function Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies If this field is set to 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to all networks Instructions Enter the appropriate network address in dotted decimal notation MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 3 117356 D Rev 00 C 1 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Functio
99. any value from 1 to 16 If you want to grant a BGP 3 derived route preference over a static route make sure the preference you assign to the BGP 3 derived route exceeds the preference value of the static route you want it to override Either accept the default value 1 or enter a new value Routes for all networks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 should have the lowest preference Routes for the most specific networks longest address and mask should have the highest preference 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 11 BGP 3 Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters 1 1 to 2 147 483 647 Assigns a weighted preference value to a route included in the routing tables If confronted with multiple BGP 3 routes to the same destination the router by default grants preference to routes assigned the highest preference value Either accept the default value 1 or enter a new value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 12 117356 D Rev 00 Import and Export Route Filters BGP 3 Export Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP network address Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies If this field is left blank th
100. applies to OSPF advertisements authored by a router on this list and applies only to OSPF sourced routes and if OSPF is included as a route source ospf tag List of OSPF ASE Specifies tag values that could be present in tag values an OSPF ASE advertisement This policy applies to OSPF ASE advertisements that contain tag values in this list and applies only to OSPF sourced ASE routes and if OSPF is included as a route source outbound interface List of IP Specifies a list of outbound RIP interfaces If addresses an interface appears in this list the policy applies to RIP advertisements sent via that interface rip gateway List of IP Specifies the addresses of one or more addresses routers that could send RIP updates to this router This policy applies to RIP advertisements from routers on this list and applies only to RIP sourced routes and if RIP is included as a route source The BCC implements this matching criterion as an object To specify multiple items create multiple objects 117356 D Rev 00 7 73 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF window opens 4 Choose Policies 5 Choose Announce The OSPF Announce Policies window opens 6 Set the following paramete
101. as a default router address relative to other router addresses on the same subnet Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Router Discovery The IP Router Discovery window opens 4 Set the Interface Preference parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 68 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 4 66 117356 D Rev 00 Chapter 5 Configuring Address Resolution You configure address resolution by setting parameters as described under the following topics Topic Page ARP Overview 5 2 Enabling and Disabling Global ARP 5 4 Customizing Global ARP Characteristics 5 5 Selecting an Address Resolution Scheme for an IP Interface 5 6 Selecting an Encapsulation Option for ARP and Probe 5 8 Enabling Proxy ARP on an Interface 5 9 on ek w Timing Out Entries in the Address Resolution Cache 117356 D Rev 00 5 1 Configuring IP Services ARP Overview The IP router needs both a physical address and an IP address to transmit a datagram In situations where the router knows only the network host s IP address the Address Resolution Protocol ARP enables the router to determine a network host s physical address
102. be a route reflector or RR client and establish peer to peer connections between reflectors and clients as described under the following topics Topic Page Configuring a Single Route Reflector in an AS 8 88 Configuring a Route Reflector Cluster 8 92 Configuring Multiple RR Clusters in an AS 8 94 Configuring an RR Client 8 98 Note When you configure a session between two IBGP route reflectors or an RR and an RR client you must configure both ends of the session Otherwise events may occur that cause BGP to shut down the session Configuring a Single Route Reflector in an AS An IBGP route reflector RR is an IBGP speaker that has established a peer to peer session with an IBGP speaker defined as an RR client A route reflector e Receives route advertisements from RR clients and other reflectors e Forwards best route advertisements to RR clients and other reflectors Figure 8 5 for example shows an AS with a single route reflector connected to five IBGP speakers configured as RR clients The RR receives a route advertisement from RR client 1 determines that the route is the best route to the external destination and forwards the route to RR clients 2 3 4 and 5 8 88 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP o RR client 2 ae RR client 1 Route reflector RR clien
103. command 6 18 Authentication Password parameter 6 18 A 98 Authentication Type parameter OSPF area 7 50 A 85 RIP interface 6 18 A 98 authentication key command 7 49 authentication type command 6 18 7 49 authority flags inbound datagrams 10 12 outbound datagrams 10 11 autonomous system AS definition 1 8 backbone OSPF definition 7 5 Backup Enable parameter 7 13 A 72 Backup Log Mask parameter 7 23 A 72 backup log mask command 7 23 BGP AS weight classes 8 61 AS weights 8 61 best route calculation 8 8 8 9 configuring as a soloist 8 24 configuring for intra AS routing 8 16 deleting from the router 3 10 EBGP route and traffic load balancing 8 106 enabling and disabling 8 12 dynamic policy configuration 8 23 intra AS routing 8 16 multihop connections 8 22 redundant connections 8 20 route echo switch 8 52 8 54 external advertisement timer external advertisement timer setting for BGP peers 8 43 frequency of Keepalive messages for 8 41 Index 2 holddown time for 8 45 IBGP route and traffic load balancing 8 100 identifying the local autonomous system AS 8 15 interaction with OSPF 8 9 interior BGP IBGP 8 4 interval for initiating a peer to peer connection 8 37 Local Preference Attribute 8 8 maximum update size for 8 50 message logging 8 87 minimum AS origination interval for 8 47 multihop connections 8 22 negotiating the version 8 39 overriding the local AS num
104. connections to multiple areas In Figure 7 6 for example border router 2 has an interface to a network in area B and an interface to a network in area C Backbone network Border El ee EC Je E Area C ik router g E intemal router Area C network Area A network Area B network Area A Area B internal internal E router router g MN IP0002A Figure 7 6 Area Border Router 7 54 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Each border router in an AS does the following e Receives routing information from its attached areas creates summaries of this information and forwards the summaries to the backbone and to any other attached area In Figure 7 6 for example border router 2 floods summaries from area B to the backbone and area C Through the backbone the summaries are forwarded to all other areas in the AS e Receives via the backbone summaries from other border routers uses this information to create new routing summaries which add in the cost of the backbone routes and forwards the new summaries to its attached areas By definition a border router has an interface to the backbone and interfaces to on
105. disables IP interface 2 2 2 2 ip 2 2 2 2 state disabled ip 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 5 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 29 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 4 32 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Specifying a Broadcast Address for an Interface In broadcasting the IP router transmits a single packet to every host on an attached network To do so it uses a broadcast address that refers to all hosts on the network A broadcast address is simply an IP address that contains all 1s or all Os in the host portion For example the IP Class C address 10 3 45 12 has the following characteristics e Because the address is for a Class A network the network portion is 1 byte the host portion contains 3 bytes e Because the host portion of a broadcast address consists of all 1s or all Os the broadcast address for that network can be one of the following 10 255 255 255 10 0 0 0
106. follow when you configure EGP If you do not follow these guidelines EGP will become disabled on the interfaces involved Autonomous system numbers must be from 1 to 65 535 Two autonomous systems connected by an EGP link must have different autonomous system numbers The remote IP address cannot be the same as any of the local IP interface addresses The remote IP address must be on the same subnet as one of the local IP interfaces EGP does not have any loop avoidance techniques avoid loop topologies otherwise you will have to configure EGP route filters to counter the redundancies An EGP configuration between two ASs each using a subnetted interface to a class A network results in a routing black hole RIP Version 1 aggregates the single subnet into the natural network but the gateway router does not have complete subnet information or a natural network route to match the one being advertised by RIP Version 1 This black hole is not an EGP or RIP defect rather it is caused by the way RIP aggregates subnets into natural networks EGP will operate over a subnetted interface between two Bay Networks routers if a static route is implemented The router accepting the subnet from the remote network must augment the single subnet information with a static route for the entire remote network 117356 D Rev 00 9 5 Configuring IP Services Customizing EGP on the Router You customize EGP on the router by setting EGP gl
107. following protocols IP BGP Then click on OK 2 Set the following parameters IP Address Subnet Mask Transmit Beast Addr UnNumbered Assoc Address Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 27 3 Click on OK The BGP Configuration window opens 4 Set the following parameters Identifier e Local AS Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 3 5 Click on OK The BGP Peer window opens 6 Set the following parameters e Peer Address e Peer AS e Local Address Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 10 7 Click on OK Site Manager enables default BGP service 117356 D Rev 00 3 9 Configuring IP Services Deleting BGP from the Router You can delete BGP from all router circuits on which it is currently enabled To delete BGP complete the following steps Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose Delete BGP Site Manager opens a window prompting Do you really want to delete BGP 5 Click on OK Site Manager removes BGP from all circuits on the router and returns you to the Configuration Manager window Deleting BGP 3 and BGP 4 from the Router You can delete BGP 3 and
108. for policies that match the same route bgp4 preference 1 default to 16 Specifies a value that can be used to compare a route that matches this policy with other BGP 4 routes The larger the value the greater the preference as weight class Class 1 to class 8 Indicates which weight class value should be used when calculating the AS path weight route damping Enabled Disabled default Configures BGP to perform route flap dampening on a route that matches this policy route damping template Default or a unique template name Configures BGP to use the default route flap dampening template or the template you specify 117356 D Rev 00 8 65 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Policy Filters The Policy Filters menu opens 4 Choose BGP 4 The BGP 4 menu opens 5 Choose Accept Policies The BGP4 Accept Policy Filters window opens 6 Click on Add The BGP4 Accept IP Policy Filter Configuration window opens 7 Set the following parameters Name Networks Action Route Preference Rule Precedence BGP 4 Preference AS Weight Class Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on pages B 2 and B 19 8 Click on OK Site Manager returns y
109. for the security of 117356 D Rev 00 iii its own data and information and for maintaining adequate procedures apart from the Software to reconstruct lost or altered files data or programs 4 Limitation of liability INNO EVENT WILL BAY NETWORKS OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY COST OF SUBSTITUTE PROCUREMENT SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM INACCURATE OR LOST DATA OR LOSS OF USE OR PROFITS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF BAY NETWORKS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN NO EVENT SHALL THE LIABILITY OF BAY NETWORKS RELATING TO THE SOFTWARE OR THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE PRICE PAID TO BAY NETWORKS FOR THE SOFTWARE LICENSE 5 Government Licensees This provision applies to all Software and documentation acquired directly or indirectly by or on behalf of the United States Government The Software and documentation are commercial products licensed on the open market at market prices and were developed entirely at private expense and without the use of any U S Government funds The license to the U S Government is granted only with restricted rights and use duplication or disclosure by the U S Government is subject to the restrictions set forth in subparagraph c 1 of the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause of FAR 52 227 19 and the limitations set out in this license for civilian agencies and subparagra
110. function Using the BCC Navigate to a BGP peer prompt and enter keepalive lt seconds gt seconds indicates how often BGP sends a keepalive message on this peer session For example the following command causes BGP to send a keepalive message every 10 seconds on interface 2 2 2 2 to the peer at 2 2 2 5 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 keepalive 10 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 117356 D Rev 00 8 41 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on the peer for which you want to edit The parameters for that peer appear in parameters the window 8 Set the Keepalive Timer parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 14 9 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 8 42 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Setting the External Advertisement Timer After a connection is established the BGP speaker uses one or more update messages to send the entire IP routing t
111. group of networks called an internet For administrative purposes an internet is divided into autonomous systems An autonomous system AS is simply a collection of routers called gateways in IP terminology and hosts Figure 1 21 2depicts a sample internet segmented into three autonomous systems 117356 D Rev 00 IP Concepts Terminology and Features Autonomous system 2 Autonomous system 3 Router 7 Autonomous system 1 LAN ew Router 9 IP0006A Figure 1 2 Internet Segmented into Three Autonomous Systems Routing Information Protocol RIP The Routing Information Protocol RIP is a distance vector protocol that enables routers in the same autonomous system to exchange routing information by means of periodic RIP updates Routers transmit their own RIP updates to neighboring networks and listen for RIP updates from the router
112. gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this policy Set to Disable to disable the policy RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 2 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 2 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 2 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 2 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 2 117356 D Rev 00 B 25 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies None Any alphanumeric character string Identifies this policy Enter a unique name for the policy RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 4 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 4 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 4 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 4 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 4 B 26 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Ins
113. gt IP gt GRE gt Add Tunnel None Any name of up to 64 characters Identifies the GRE tunnel Enter a name 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 27 1 5 IP Interface Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt GRE gt Add Tunnel None IP interface address Specifies the IP address of the IP interface on which you are configuring the GRE tunnel Enter the IP address of the appropriate local IP interface in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 27 1 7 Connection Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt GRE gt Remote Conn Null Any name of up to 64 characters Identifies the remote connection Enter the appropriate connection name 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 28 1 5 A 104 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Remote Physical IP Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt GRE gt Remote Conn 0 0 0 0 IP interface address Specifies the IP address of the remote router interface that connects the remote router to the remote host Either accept the default remote IP address or enter a new IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 28 1 6 Remote Logical IP Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols g
114. gt IP gt Router Discovery 450 A value specifying the number of seconds Specifies the minimum time interval between advertisements Specify a value that is no less than 3 seconds and less than the value you set for the Maximum Interval parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 17 1 6 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Maximum Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Router Discovery 600 A value specifying the number of seconds Specifies the maximum time interval between advertisements Specify a value that is not less than 4 seconds is greater than the value you specified for the Minimum Interval parameter and is not greater than 1 800 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 17 1 7 Lifetime Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Router Discovery 1 800 A value specifying the number of seconds Specifies the maximum length of time that the advertised addresses are to be considered as valid router addresses by hosts in the absence of further advertisements Specify a value that is no less than the value you set for the Maximum Interval parameter and no greater than 9 000 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 17 1 8 Interface Preferen
115. gt Interfaces No authority flags selected No authority flags selected GENSER SIOPESI SCI NSA DOE Specifies which authority flags must be set in the protection authority field of all outbound datagrams Select all of those authority flags that the router must set in all outbound IP datagrams it transmits on this interface If you do not select any authority flags the default setting the router does not set any protection authority flags in outbound IP datagrams 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 82 May Out Authority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Any Any GENSER SIOPESI SCI NSA DOE Specifies which authority flags may be set in the protection authority field of all outbound datagrams The authority flags you specify here must be a superset of the authority flags you specify for the Must Out Authority parameter The default setting specifies that any of the authority flags may be set Either accept the default setting or reset and select only those authority flags that are appropriate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 83 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Must In Authority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces No authority flags selected No authority flags selected GENSER SIOPESI S
116. gt Token gt ES Supported ES gt Token gt Bay gt PPP gt Bay gt Token gt ES Supported Bay Networks router with bridge and IP in host only mode t Ethernet connection Token ring connection FDDI connection ttBay Networks proprietary point to point synchronous connection Frame relay synchronous connection SMDS synchronous connection tttPPP synchronous connection 4 Station you are communicating to or from if not Bay Networks Table 4 2 Learning Bridge Support for Host Only Mode Bridge Configuration Support Bay gt Etht gt Bay Supported Bay gt Token gt Bay Supported Bay gt FDDI gt Bay Supported Bay gt PTPtt gt Bay Supported Bay gt FR gt Bay Supported Bay gt SMDS gt Bay Supported continued 117356 D Rev 00 4 9 Configuring IP Services Table 4 2 Learning Bridge Support for Host Only Mode continued Bridge Configuration Support Bay gt PPPttt gt Bay Not supported Bay gt Eth gt Bay gt Eth gt ES 4 Supported Bay gt Token gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Not supported Bay gt FDDI gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Supported Bay gt PTP gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Supported Bay gt FR gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Not supported Bay gt SDMS gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Not supported Bay gt PPP gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Not supported ES gt Eth gt Bay gt Eth gt Bay Su
117. is advertised If you set this parameter to Ignore advertising of this route is suppressed Either accept the default Propagate or select Ignore 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 6 Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters Type 1 As Is Type 1 Type 2 Specifies an OSPF ASE metric type to use in advertisements for routes that match this policy Select As Is if you want to use the default metric that IP includes in the advertisement based on the route source For a BGP EGP or RIP route the default is Type 2 For routes from all other sources the default is Type 1 Set the Action parameter to Propagate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 7 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Tag Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters 1 1 to 2 147 483 647 Sets the tag value for the AS external advertisement that is generated for this network This parameter has meaning only when the Action parameter is set to Propagate Enter the appropriate tag 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 8 Auto Tag Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters Disable Enable Disable If enabled the router creates a tag for
118. is the maximum number of redundant routes For example the following command disables BGP redundancy checking allowing BGP to establish multiple TCP sessions on different physical connections with the same remote peer bgp redundant connection disabled bgp The following command configures BGP to allow up to 50 redundant routes bgp max redundant routes 50 bgp 8 20 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the BGP Collision Detect parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 6 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Enabling Multihop Connections By default BGP enforces the one hop rule for BGP peers the remote peer must be located on a directly attached network You can use the BCC or Site Manager to override the restriction and allow multihop connections You can configure each peer in the multihop session with a TTL value that IP uses as the hop count limit for forwarding packets during the session See Setting the TTL Counter on an Update on page 8 57 Caution Enabling multihop BGP connections
119. messages with I H U and update messages By default EGP is configured to execute both the active and passive poll mode You can use Site Manager to execute the active or passive mode only Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose EGP The EGP menu opens 4 Choose Neighbors The IP Interface List for EGP window opens 5 Click on the IP interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the window 6 Set the Poll Mode parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 25 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 9 13 Configuring IP Services Setting Neighbor Timers EGP uses two configurable timers the hello timer and the poll timer The hello timer determines the number of seconds between the local EGP neighbor s EGP hello message retransmissions This variable represents the RFC 904 T1 timer By default EGP sends a hello message every 60 seconds You can use Site Manger to supply a value between 30 and 120 seconds The poll timer determines the interval between the local EGP neighbor s EGP poll message retransmissions This variable represents the RFC 904 T2 timer By default EGP retransmits a poll message every 180 seconds You can u
120. mode disables all forwarding caches on all IP interfaces and optimizes the routing table to allow direct forwarding avoiding the overhead of cache misses and cache updates If you choose ISP mode you do not have to explicitly disable the forwarding tables on each interface The following parameter settings also help optimize router performance and operation IP Global Parameter Setting Route Filter Support Disabled Maximum Policy Rules Set as required Estimated Networks Set as required ICMP Redirects Set to off at router interconnection points By default ISP mode features are disabled on the router You can use the BCC or Site Manager to enable and disable ISP mode as required 4 22 117356 D Rev 00 Using the BCC Navigate to the IP global prompt and enter isp mode lt state gt state is one of the following enabled disabled default Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing IP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IP Global Parameters window opens 4 Set the Enable ISP Mode Support parameter to Enable Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 50 5 Click on OK The Edit Soloist Slot window opens 6 Choose a slot and click on OK Sit
121. needed Example If the command syntax is ethernet 2 1 lt parameter gt lt value gt you enter ethernet 2 1 and as many parameter value pairs as needed XXIV 117356 D Rev 00 Acronyms italic text screen text separator gt vertical line Preface Indicates file and directory names new terms book titles and variables in command syntax descriptions Where a variable is two or more words the words are connected by an underscore Example If the command syntax is show at lt valid_route gt valid_route is one variable and you substitute one value for it Indicates system output for example prompts and system messages Example Set Bay Networks Trap Monitor Filters Shows menu paths Example Protocols gt IP identifies the IP option on the Protocols menu Separates choices for command keywords and arguments Enter only one of the choices Do not type the vertical line when entering the command Example If the command syntax is show ip alerts routes you enter either show ip alerts or show ip routes but not both This guide uses the following acronyms AS ASBR BR DVMRP FDDI HSSI IGMP autonomous system AS boundary router border router Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol Fiber Distributed Data Interface High Speed Serial Interface Internet Group Management Protocol 117356 D Rev 00 XXV Configuring IP Services IGMP R IP IR LRM
122. network The Internet Network Information Center NIC assigns the network portion of the IP address Your network administrator assigns the host portion NIC recognizes three primary classes of networks A B and C In addition NIC has recently identified two other classes Class D for networks that support multicasting which allows an IP datagram to be transmitted to a single multicast group consisting of hosts spread across separate physical networks and Class E for experimental networks The IP router does not fully support Class D or Class E networks Based on the size of the network the NIC classifies a network as Class A B or C the most common The network class determines the number of bits assigned to the network and host portions of the IP address as follows Network Size Class Network Portion Host Portion More than 65 534 hosts A 8 bits 24 bits 254 to 65 533 hosts B 16 bits 16 bits Fewer than 254 hosts C 24 bits 8 bits The position of the first bit set to O whether it is the first second third or fourth bit in the first octet of an IP address indicates the network Class A B C or D If no bit is set to 0 it is a Class E network Figure 1 1 shows the placement of the first bit set to 0 for Class A B and C networks The figure also shows how a network s class affects the network and host portions of the IP address 1 2 117356 D Rev 00 IP Concepts Terminology and Features 8
123. of memory and reduces the amount of memory required Set to the number of networks including unique subnets that you expect Avoid using a number that is excessively large This will cause a wasteful overallocation of memory If you use the default value 0 IP software preallocates memory for 500 routing table entries 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 11 Estimated Hosts Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 0 0 to 2 147 483 647 Allows the IP software to preallocate system resources based on the anticipated size of the routing table Preallocation of memory increases the speed with which IP software can learn routes because it removes the overhead caused by dynamic memory allocation Set to the number of hosts that you expect Avoid using a number that is excessively large This will cause a wasteful overallocation of memory If you use the default value 0 IP software preallocates memory for 500 routing table entries 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 13 117356 D Rev 00 A 47 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Default Route for Subnets Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Disable Enable Disable Specifies whether the IP router uses a default
124. on the router between the protocols and the routing table manager and between the routing table manager and the routing table Routing table manager Routing table IP0035A Figure 1 3 IP Routing Table 117356 D Rev 00 1 15 Configuring IP Services The flow of routing information between the network the protocols and the routing table manager is controlled by routing information policies Each time a routing update arrives from a remote router the following steps occur see Figure 1 4 1 The protocol receiving the route consults an accept policy to determine whether to forward the route to the IP routing table manager or drop the route 2 Ifthe protocol forwards the route the routing table manager determines whether to inject the route into the routing table Accept Announce policy policy Routing table manager Routing table IPOO36A Figure 1 4 Accept and Announce Policies 1 16 117356 D Rev 00 IP Concepts Terminology and Features Periodically the routing table manager announces routes to other routers in the network as follows 1 The routing table manager forwards a route for advertisement to the protocol 2 The protocol consults an announce policy to determine whether or not to advertise the route to the network Note The way OSPF applies accept and announce policies to routing information differs in several ways from the procedure shown in Figure 1 4 OSPF l
125. other subnets within the blocked range Depending on the network topology this configuration may not be desirable 13 4 117356 D Rev 00 Generic Routing Encapsulation Tunnel Accept Policy An accept policy governs the addition of new routes to the routing tables see IP Routing Policies and Filters on page 1 14 For GRE tunneling you configure an accept policy for each routing protocol RIP OSPF BGP configured on the logical tunnel interface to block the receipt of advertisements a range of network addresses that contains the tunnel s remote physical interface address To configure an accept policy for RIP see Configuring RIP Accept and Announce Policies on page 6 29 To configure an accept policy for OSPF see Configuring OSPF Accept and Announce Policies on page 7 58 To configure an accept policy for BGP see Configuring BGP Accept and Announce Policies on page 8 63 The disadvantage of using an accept policy is that it prevents the receipt of advertisements of subnets contained in the blocked range Depending on the network topology this configuration may not be desirable Static Routes A Static route is a route configuration that designates a specific router within the intervening network cloud as the next hop to the remote physical tunnel end point Because static routes take precedence over routes that the router learns dynamically from routing protocols this configuration forces the router t
126. peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on the peer for which you want to edit The parameters for that peer appear in parameters the window 8 Set the External Advertisement Timer parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 13 9 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 8 44 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Specifying a Holddown Time The holddown time is the amount of time either peer will wait for a keepalive or update message before declaring the connection down A BGP speaker that initiates a connection inserts a holddown time value into the open message The responding peer responds with an open message that also contains a holddown time value If the BGP speakers establish a session they use the lesser value which must be greater than 2 There are two exceptions to this rule e If one peer sends a zero holddown time the peers use the nonzero holddown time on the session e If both peers send zero holddown times the peers observe no holddown time on the session By default BGP inserts a value of 90 seconds into the open message You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a holddown time value or disable the holddown function Using the BCC Navigate to a BGP peer specific prompt and enter holddown lt seconds gt seconds is an i
127. pol_1 accept pol_1 ospf modify modify ospf accept pol_1 To specify a value enter lt parameter gt lt value gt 7 62 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing OSPF Services Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens Choose OSPF The OSPF window opens Choose Policies ay P oO p Choose Accept The OSPF Accept Policies window opens Set the following parameters Enable Name Networks Action Route Preference Rule Precedence Type Tag Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on pages B 2 and B 9 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 7 63 Configuring IP Services Specifying Matching Criteria for an OSPF Accept Policy You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a match for the policy Using the BCC Navigate to the policy specific prompt and enter match A match prompt appears for the policy For example the following command sequence invokes a a match prompt for the OSPF accept policy pol_1 accept pol_1 ospf match match ospf accept pol_l To specify matching criteria enter lt match _criterion gt lt value gt match_criterion value is one of the pairs shown in Ta
128. proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose NAT The NAT menu opens 4 Choose Global The NAT Base Group Record window opens 5 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 99 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Enabling NAT alone will not initiate address translation You must also enable translation NAT can perform either or both of the following types of address translation e Static address translation e Dynamic address translation Static translation creates a one to one translation of an unregistered local host address to a global address If you want to preserve a translation entry use static translation Static address translation does not time out during periods when there is no traffic on the interface The translation remains configured until you disable it Dynamic translation creates a temporary mapping of an unregistered address to a global address NAT software selects a global address from one or more global address pools that you configure and maps this address to the unregistered address If you enabled the Mapping Entry Timeout parameter the mapping remains configured for the time you specify in the Max Timeout parameter Otherwise the mapping rema
129. reachable before BGP decrements the penalty value by half unreachable decay Number of minutes 15 Specifies the number of minutes 1 through 45 that the route must remain unreachable before BGP decrements the penalty value by half max holddown Number of minutes 45 Specifies the maximum number of minutes 1 through 60 that a route can remain suppressed memory limit Number of minutes 45 Specifies the maximum number of minutes 1 through 60 that the status of a route can remain unchanged reachable or unreachable before BGP resets the penalty value and flap count to 0 and unsuppresses the route To apply the template to an inbound BGP routing update 1 Create and name a BGP accept policy For instructions on creating a BGP accept policy see Defining a BGP Accept Policy on page 8 64 An accept policy specific prompt appears 2 Modify the accept policy by entering the following commands action accept route damping enabled route damping template lt name gt name is the name of the template that you want to apply to the unstable route 117356 D Rev 00 8 113 Configuring IP Services 3 Match the accept policy to the unstable route For instructions see Specifying Matching Criteria for a BGP Accept Policy on page 8 70 For example the following sequence of commands creates a BGP accept policy named fred that causes BGP to apply route flap damp
130. route and whether it will propagate the route to other routers Then if the route can be used it is compared against routes from other protocols and possibly included in the forwarding table This section covers the following topics Topic Page Defining a BGP Accept Policy 8 64 Supplying Modification Values for a BGP Accept Policy 8 67 Specifying Matching Criteria for a BGP Accept Policy 8 70 Defining a BGP Announce Policy 8 73 Supplying Modification Values for a BGP Announce Policy 8 76 Specifying Matching Criteria for a BGP Announce Policy 8 80 117356 D Rev 00 8 63 Configuring IP Services Defining a BGP Accept Policy BGP 4 accept policies govern which routes BGP submits to the IP routing table manager When BGP encounters an update that matches the policy it performs the action you specify To define a new BGP accept policy you must do the following e Supply a name for the accept policy e Set the state of the policy enabled or disabled e Specify whether BGP ignores or accepts an update that matches the policy e Rank the policy according to preference precedence and BGP weight class You can use the BCC or Site Manager to define a BGP accept policy Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP global prompt and enter accept lt policy_name gt policy_name is a unique name for the BGP accept policy A policy specific prompt appears indicating that the BCC has created the po
131. security level for 10 10 stripping security options from 10 7 inbound datagrams unlabeled supplying implicit labels for 10 13 Initial Stabilization Timer parameter 6 28 A 98 inject time command 8 19 Index 6 Interface Control Message Protocol ICMP address mask replies enabling and disabling 4 38 Interface Preference parameter 4 66 A 68 interface definition 4 26 Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP definition 4 39 enabling and disabling redirect messages 4 39 Internet Network Information Center NIC 1 2 Internet Requests for Comments RFCs IP router compliance 1 18 Internet service provider ISP mode 4 22 intra as routing command 8 16 Inverse ARP 5 6 IP deleting from an interface 3 3 equal cost multipath 4 18 global enabling and disabling 4 5 forwarding mode 4 6 interface all subnet broadcasting on 4 41 cost of 4 35 E 164 address for 4 43 enabling and disabling 4 32 MAC address for 4 43 MTU discovery on 4 37 UDP checksum processing on 4 42 policies maximum number of accept and announce 4 16 starting 3 2 IP address definition 1 2 network classes 1 2 specifying in dotted decimal notation 1 3 IP Address parameter BGP 3 9 EGP 3 12 IP configuration 3 2 A 27 OSPF 3 7 RIP 3 4 IP Address parameter NAT 3 14 IP OSPF Maximum Path parameter 4 21 A 49 IP router internal routing tables 1 12 isp mode command 4 23 117356 D Rev 00 K keepalive command BGP p
132. state gt state is one of the following enabled default disabled 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing BGP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the BGP Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 3 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 7 Inthe Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 8 Choose IP The IP menu opens 9 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens Choose BGP 3 Global The Edit BGP 3 Global Parameters menu opens 11 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 10 12 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 13 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 14 Choose IP The IP menu opens 15 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 16 Choose BGP 4 Global The Edit BGP 4 Global Parameters window opens 17 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 10 18 Click on OK Site Manager returns you t
133. status of the route remains unchanged either reachable or unreachable after the number of minutes that you specify BGP unsuppresses the route if it is suppressed and resets the penalty value and flap count to 0 BGP provides a default template You can also use the BCC or Site Manager to create a route flap dampening template and a BGP accept policy for route flap dampening Using the BCC To create a route flap dampening template navigate to the global BGP prompt and enter damping template name lt name gt name is a unique name identifying the template A template specific prompt appears For example the following command creates a route flap dampening template named ralph bgp damping template name ralph damping template ralph To define the attributes of a template you created navigate to the template specific prompt and enter lt attribute gt lt value gt attribute value is one of the combinations described in Table 8 17 8 112 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Table 8 17 Route Flap Dampening Template Parameters Attribute Value Default Meaning cut off threshold Integer 2000 Specifies a maximum threshold 1 through 20 000 for the route penalty value reuse threshold Integer 750 Specifies a minimum threshold 1 through 20 000 for the route penalty value reachable decay Number of minutes 5 Specifies the number of minutes 1 through 45 that the route must remain
134. supplied which you want to configure the static route when you configured Specifies a supernet for which you want to the static route You configure a black hole static route Enter the cannot modify this destination IP address in dotted decimal address notation To configure a default route enter 0 0 0 0 To configure a black hole static route enter a supernet address You can configure up to 12 static routes to the same destination Mask The destination IP Specifies the subnet mask of the address mask you supplied when you configured the static route You cannot modify this address mask destination network Specifies the supernet mask of the supernet for which you want to configure a black hole static route Enter the subnet or supernet mask in dotted decimal notation To configure a default route enter 0 0 0 0 To configure a black hole static route enter a supernet mask Next Hop Address The next hop IP address mask you supplied when you configured the static route You cannot modify this address mask s Specifies the IP address of the next hop router Defines a black hole route for a supernet Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation To configure a black hole static route enter 255 255 255 255 If you are configuring a static route to an unnumbered interface enter 0 0 0 0 Next Hop Mask IP address mask Specifies the subnet mask of the next hop router continued 117
135. suppressed Either accept the default Propagate or select Ignore 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 6 C 26 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Interface Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Specifies the outbound interface on which to apply this filter Specify the IP address of the interface on which you want to apply this filter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 10 Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters 0 the actual route cost as learned 0 to 255 Assigns an EGP cost to the propagated route The value 0 causes the actual route cost as learned to be used Either accept the default metric value 0 or enter a new value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 11 117356 D Rev 00 C 27 Appendix D Route Weight Worksheet 1 Select one route from the following list Direct 0 OSPF Internal 0 OSPF External 16 OSPF import preference RIP 16 RIP import preference EGP 16 EGP import preference BGP 16 BGP import preference Static 16 SR preference 2 Multiply the value associated with the route by the following decimal or hexadecimal value 134217728 x or 0x8000000 x
136. technical topics e The Technical Manuals section lists available printed documentation sets Make a note of the part numbers and prices of the items that you want to order Use the Marketing Collateral Catalog description link to place an order and to print the order form How to Get Help For product assistance support contracts information about educational services and the telephone numbers of our global support offices go to the following URL http www baynetworks com corporate contacts In the United States and Canada you can dial 800 2LANWAN for assistance 117356 D Rev 00 xxvii Chapter 1 IP Concepts Terminology and Features The following topics introduce concepts and terminology used in this manual Topic Page IP Addresses dee Autonomous Systems 1 8 Routing Information Protocol RIP 1 9 Open Shortest Path First OSPF Protocol 4 10 Border Gateway Protocol BGP 1 10 Exterior Gateway Protocol EGP 1 10 Router Discovery Protocol A149 Route Preferences itiz Route Weights 1 13 IP Routing Policies and Filters 1 14 IP Traffic Filters 1 18 REC Compliance 1 18 117356 D Rev 00 1 1 Configuring IP Services IP Addresses An IP address consists of 32 bits that have the form network host The network portion is a network number ranging from 8 to 24 bits The host portion is the remaining 8 to 24 bits identifying a specific host on the
137. the address and the port number to locate the destination host host B NAT attaches the local address to the packet and transmits the packet on the local interface Host A Host B F ae t i E NAT a _ N to 1 translator z Local destination address 55 0 0 1 Global destination address 192 1 1 1 Port 2001 Port X12Y Host A Host B J N to 1 translator Local source address 55 0 0 2 Global source address 192 1 1 1 Port 2222 Port X54Y IP0076A Figure 12 6 N to 1 Address Translation Global to Local To configure N to 1 address translation you perform the following operations 1 Define a local address range as described in Adding a Local Address Range on page 12 19 2 Enable N to 1 address translation 3 Specify a global IP address Use the following Site Manager procedure to enable N to 1 translation and specify a global IP address 117356 D Rev 00 12 27 Configuring IP Services Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose NAT The NAT menu opens 4 Choose Dynamic The Local Global menu opens 5 Choose Local The NAT Local Address Range List window opens 6 Click on a local ad
138. the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose EGP The EGP menu opens 4 Choose Neighbors The IP Interface List for EGP window opens 5 Click on the IP interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the window 6 Set the Gateway Mode parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 24 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 9 10 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing EGP Services Enabling and Disabling the Neighbor Relationship When you establish a neighbor to neighbor relationship on an interface the relationship is automatically enabled You can use Site Manager to temporarily disable this neighbor relationship rather than delete it Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose EGP The EGP menu opens 4 Choose Neighbors The IP Interface List for EGP window opens 5 Click on the IP interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the window 6 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 25 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the
139. the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to EGP advertisements from any router RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 16 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 16 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 16 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 16 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 16 117356 D Rev 00 B 37 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID From EGP AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of autonomous system numbers Specifies one or more autonomous system numbers This policy applies to EGP advertisements received from EGP peers in an AS on this list and applies only to EGP sourced routes and if EGP is included as a route source Specify one or more AS numbers Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to EGP advertisements from peers in any AS RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18
140. the least cost metric You must configure cost metrics if you want to specify a preferred path Allow the preferred path to retain the cost metric value of 1 and then assign higher cost metric values to the less preferred paths Figure 7 5 shows the benefit of using configurable cost metrics Assigning the 56 Kb line a cost metric value of 10 forces OSPF to choose the faster T1 line path as the best path despite the extra hop when transmitting a packet from host A to host B Ti Ti 1 544 Mb Router 2 1 544 Mb Assigned cost Assigned cost metric 1 metric 1 Cd Router 1 56 Kb Router 3 Assigned cost metric 10 A IP0018A Figure 7 5 Example of Using Configurable Cost Metrics 7 42 117356 D Rev 00 There is an optimum cost for each type of network Table 7 6 lists the suggested values for the metric cost parameter Table 7 6 Cost Settings Network Type or Bit Rate Suggested Metric Cost gt 100 Mb s 1 default Ethernet 802 3 10 E1 48 T1 65 64 Kb s 1562 56 Kb s 1785 19 2 Kb s 5208 9 6 Kb s 10416 Customizing OSPF Services By default each OSPF interface has a cost of 1 You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a metric cost for the interface Using the BCC Navigate to an interface specific OSPF prompt and enter metric lt metric gt metric is the cost of the interface expressed as an integ
141. the network IDs listed in the received advertisement Specify a non null value only if the Action parameter is set to Accept The values you enter in the injection list determine the action taken If you supply a list of network IDs these IDs are injected into the routing table instead of the actual received IDs If you use the default an empty list the actual received network IDs are injected into the routing table If you supply a list that includes the encoding 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 the actual received network IDs are injected into the routing table along with the other Ds in the injection list This allows insertion of an aggregate or default along with the actual networks The only valid network ID that you can include in an injection list is the default ID 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This parameter replaces the received routes with the default route and places the default route in the routing table This parameter associates the default route with the attributes of the best route that matches the policy If you are constructing a BGP 3 or BGP 4 accept policy keep in mind that this parameter does not perform route aggregation as defined in RFC 1654 To aggregate routes in a transit AS you must construct an announce policy and use the announce Advertise parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 9 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default O
142. the penalty value Enter a value for the half life decay for reachable routes 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 8 1 6 B 22 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Unreachable Decay Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies gt Route Flap 15 1 to 45 minutes Specifies the amount of time in minutes before BGP decrements the penalty value of an unreachable route by half BGP uses a half life decay algorithm to decrement the penalty value Enter a value for the half life decay for an unreachable route 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 8 1 7 Max HoldDown Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies gt Route Flap 45 1 to 60 minutes Specifies the maximum amount of time that a route can remain suppressed If the route remains suppressed after the number of minutes you specify BGP unsuppresses it even if the penalty value exceeds the threshold Enter the maximum amount of time in minutes that the route should be suppressed 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 8 1 8 117356 D Rev 00 B 23 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Memory Limit Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt
143. the slot mask bit parameter to 1 on an empty slot a slot containing a system resource module or a slot with no IP support does not affect the circuitless IP interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 75 117356 D Rev 00 A 39 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Forward Cache Size Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces 128 entries 64 entry minimum no maximum Specifies the maximum number of entries allowed in the forwarding table at one time Specify a forwarding table size for each interface This parameter controls the number of destinations that are cached in the forwarding table on this receiving interface When this interface receives an IP packet the router looks up the destination in the forwarding table Therefore an interface that receives packets for a large number of destinations may benefit from a larger forwarding table The larger the number of entries the more likely it is that the destination will already be in the forwarding table and the faster the route lookups will be for those destinations Configuring a forwarding table size that is larger than necessary reduces the total amount of memory usable by other applications Configuring a routing table too small can affect overall router performance A check of the number of cache hi
144. this policy and if advertised what value to use Select None to indicate that no metric is to be advertised Select Specified to indicate that the value you specify in the Specific Inter AS Metric parameter is to be used Select Originating to indicate that the metric from the originating protocol will be used This parameter is valid only if the Action parameter is set to Propagate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 24 117356 D Rev 00 B 49 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Specific Inter AS Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Null Null or an AS metric Specifies a value for the inter AS metric Supply a value and set the inter AS Metric Selector parameter to Specified BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 25 Origin Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies As Is As Is IGP EGP Incomplete Specifies an Origin attribute override The Origin attribute of a route matching this policy will be replaced with the indicated value To allow the existing Origin attribute use the default 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 26 AS Path Override Configuration Manager
145. to 255 255 255 0 accepting the default value 0 0 0 0 configures the IP router to use the address 123 1 1 255 to broadcast packets For the explicit broadcast address of all 1s enter 255 255 255 255 for this parameter Accept the default 0 0 0 0 unless the calculated broadcast address host portion of all 1s is not adequate If this is the case then enter the appropriate IP broadcast address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 9 Cost Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces 1 1 to the value of the RIP diameter maximum 127 Sets the cost of this interface The interface cost is added to routes learned on this interface through RIP and is specified in subsequent RIP packets transmitted out other interfaces Enter the interface cost value standard RIP implementation assigns a cost of 1 however keep in mind that increasing this value causes the upper bound set by the RIP Network Diameter parameter to be attained more rapidly 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 8 A 30 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters MTU Discovery Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Off On Off Specifies whether the Reply MTU option option 11 in RFC 1063 is enabled on this interface When the option is e
146. to a destination in the routing table If traffic arrives on an interface IP determines the best route to the destination and forwards all packets out the next hop interface IP equal cost multipath support ECMP is a load balancing feature that allows IP to distribute traffic over multiple up to five equal cost paths to the same destination IP supports three methods of distribution for equal cost routes e Round robin distribution IP forwards each packet to a different next hop until it reaches the end of the list of available next hops then it repeats the list Round robin distribution makes full use of available resources but may cause packets to be delivered out of order e Source destination hash distribution based on the source and destination address IP forwards all packets with a given source and destination address to the same next hop This method increases the chances that the packets will be delivered in order e Destination hash distribution based on the destination address only IP forwards all packets with a given destination address to the same next hop By default equal cost multipath support is disabled on the router You can use the BCC or Site Manager to enable the feature and choose a distribution method Using the BCC Navigate to the IP global prompt and enter ecmp method lt method gt method is one of the following disabled default roundRobin srcDestHash destinationHash 4 18 117356 D Re
147. update that matches the policy Using the BCC Navigate to the policy specific prompt and enter modify A modification prompt appears for the announce policy For example the following command invokes a set prompt for the OSPF announce policy pol_1 announce pol_1 ospf modify modify ospf announce pol_l To supply a value enter lt parameter gt lt value gt parameter value is one of the parameter value pairs shown in Table 7 10 Table 7 10 BCC Modification Parameters for OSPF Announce Policies Parameter Values Function ase tag Null default ora Specifies a value for the OSPF external route tag value tag field If the outgoing route matches this policy OSPF places this value in the field ase type 0 default Specifies an OSPF ASE metric type to use in Type1 advertisements for routes that match this policy Type2 auto tag Disabled default Enables and disables BGP OSPF automatic Enabled tag generation Disable auto tag generation if you want OSPF to use the value you specify with the ase tag parameter metric O default or an Specifies an optional OSPF metric to use when export metric advertising a route that matches this policy 117356 D Rev 00 7 69 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP T
148. you add OSPF to an IP interface OSPF is configured on the interface with default values for all interface parameters You customize OSPF on the interface by modifying values as described under the following topics Topic Page Navigating the BCC to an OSPF Interface Prompt 7 26 Opening the Site Manager Window for OSPF Interfaces 7 27 Enabling and Disabling OSPF 7 28 Configuring an Area ID 7 29 Specifying the Interface Type 7 30 Using Point to Multipoint Interfaces in a Star Topology 7 32 Specifying Router Priority for a Multiaccess Network 7 33 Estimating the Transit Delay 7 35 Setting the Retransmit Interval 7 36 Setting the Hello Interval 7 37 Setting the Dead Interval 7 39 Setting the Poll Interval for NBMA Neighbors 7 41 Specifying the Metric Cost 7 42 Specifying the MTU Size 7 44 Configuring a Neighbor on an NBMA Interface 7 46 117356 D Rev 00 7 25 Configuring IP Services Navigating the BCC to an OSPF Interface Prompt Beginning at the prompt for an IP interface to which you have added OSPF enter ospf An OSPF interface specific prompt appears To display OSPF parameters for this interface and their current default values enter info For example the following command sequence invokes the OSPF prompt for IP interface 2 2 2 2 and displays OSPF interface parameters and values ip 2 2 2 2 255 0 0 0 ospf ospf 2 2 2 2 info on 1p 2 2 2 2 255 0 0 0 s
149. you have successfully configured the circuit the Select Protocols window opens Proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Select Protocols window select the following protocols e IP e RIP Then click on OK The IP Configuration window opens Set the following parameters IP Address Subnet Mask Transmit Beast Addr UnNumbered Assoc Address Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 27 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 Adding RIP to an IP Interface Starting IP Services with Site Manager To add RIP to an IP interface proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window click on the connector to which you want to add RIP services The Edit Connector window opens 2 Click on Edit Circuit The Circuit Definition window opens 3 Choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 4 Choose Add Delete The Select Protocols window opens 5 Click on RIP Site Manager highlights the selection 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Circuit Definition window 7 Choose File The File menu opens 8 Choose Exit Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 3 5 Configuring IP Services Deleting RIP from an
150. 0 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Configuring the Metric Type for an ASE Advertisement Note This parameter applies to boundary routers only Each ASE that a boundary router injects into the AS includes a type or type 2 metric The type 1 metric is equivalent to the metric of the non OSPF route The type 2 metric is either the metric of the non OSPF route or the weight value calculated for that route Figure 7 2 for example shows three routers in an OSPF domain Router A and router B are both configured to generate ASE routes using the route weight as the type 2 metric Router A and router B both learn a route to destination X The following steps occur 1 2 Boundary router A learns a route to destination X via EGP Boundary router A advertises the route to the internal router as an OSPF ASE route The type 2 metric in the advertisement contains the route weight value calculated for the EGP route to destination X Boundary router B learns a route to destination X via BGP Boundary router B advertises the route to the internal router as an OSPF ASE route The type 2 metric in the advertisement contains the route weight value calculated for a BGP route To determine the preferable route the internal router compares the type 2 metrics the EGP route weight and the BGP route weight The internal router cho
151. 0 Configuring and Customizing IP Configuring a Multinet Interface The multinet capability allows you to assign multiple IP network subnet addresses to a single circuit each IP address represents a separate network interface on the circuit Multinet is commonly used in IP networks as part of a transition strategy As networks evolve it is sometimes necessary to consolidate several physical networks To avoid readdressing the physical networks can be consolidated onto a multinetted router interface This allows hosts to migrate to the new IP interface or maintain the old IP address In Figure 4 2 for example host A and host C are located on different subnets The router provides connectivity between hosts A and C by acting as the default gateway and routing packets e22 140 250 200 10 140 250 250 10 e21 140 250 150 10 A C E J J 140 250 150 2 140 250 200 56 140 250 250 3 IP0009A Figure 4 2 Multinet Configuration 117356 D Rev 00 4 31 Configuring IP Services Disabling and Reenabling an IP Interface When you configure an IP interface on a circuit the interface is automatically enabled You can use the BCC or Site Manager to change the state of the IP interface as required Using the BCC Navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter state lt state gt state is one of the following enabled default disabled For example the following command
152. 0 A 27 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Subnet Mask Select IP from the Select Protocols window and click on OK None The Configuration Manager automatically calculates an appropriate subnet mask depending on the class of the network to which the interface connects However you can change the subnet mask with this parameter Specifies the network and subnetwork portion of the 32 bit IP address Either accept the assigned subnet mask or enter another subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Enter 0 0 0 0 if you are configuring an unnumbered interface on the circuit 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 6 Transmit Beast Addr Select IP from the Select Protocols window and click on OK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 or any valid IP broadcast address Specifies the broadcast address that this IP subnet uses to broadcast packets Accepting 0 0 0 0 for this parameter specifies that the IP router will use a broadcast address with a host portion of all 1s Accepting 0 0 0 0 does not configure the router to use the address 0 0 0 0 to broadcast packets For example if you have IP address 123 1 1 1 and a subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 accepting the default value 0 0 0 0 configures the IP router to use the address 123 1 1 255 to broadcast packets To set the explicit broadcast address of all 1s enter 255 255
153. 00 Customizing RIP Services Disabling and Reenabling RIP on an Interface You can use the BCC or Site Manager to change the state of RIP on the interface as required Using the BCC Navigate to a RIP interface specific prompt and enter state lt state gt state is one of the following enabled default disabled For example the following command disables RIP on IP interface 2 2 2 2 rip 2 2 2 2 state disabled rip 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The Protocols menu opens The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Configuration window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want to The parameter values for that interface enable appear in the IP RIP Interface Configuration window 6 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 92 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 6 7 Configuring IP Services Selecting the RIP Version You can specify whether RIP sends Version 1 updates Version 2 updates with no aggregation of subnets or Version 2 updates with subnet aggregation e In RIP Version 1 mode the default RIP generates Version 1 updates only using t
154. 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Interface Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NAT gt Interface Local Local Global Specifies the NAT interface type for a specific IP interface Set to Local to configure the interface so that NAT software processes traffic from within the network When NAT detects a packet within an enabled local dynamic address range it translates the local unregistered address to a global address Set to Global to configure the interface so that NAT software processes traffic that has been processed on a local NAT interface to its destination address outside the local network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 7 6 1 5 Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NAT gt Static Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables one to one mapping of an unregistered local address to a global address Static address mapping does not time out during periods when there is no traffic on the interface The mapping remains configured until you disable it Set to Enable if you want to enable a configured local global address pair in the static mapping list Set to Disable if you want to disable mapping for a specific local global address pair 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 7 4 1 2 117356 D Rev 00 A 101 Configuring IP Services Par
155. 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit The window displays the parameter values for that interface 5 Set the Unnumbered Associated Alternate parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 41 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 3 21 Chapter 4 Configuring and Customizing IP You customize IP services by setting parameters as described under the following topics Topic Page Customizing IP Global Parameters 4 2 Customizing an IP Interface 4 26 Configuring an Adjacent Host Address 4 53 Defining a Static Route 4 56 Defining a Static Black Hole for a Supernet 4 62 Configuring and Customizing Router Discovery 4 63 117356 D Rev 00 4 1 Configuring IP Services Customizing IP Global Parameters When you configure an IP interface on a slot IP is automatically configured globally on the slot with default values for all global parameters You customize global IP by modifying global IP parameters as described under the following topics Topic Page Navigating the BCC to the IP Global Prompt 4 3 Opening the Site Manager Windo
156. 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 22 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Outbound Peers Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IP address of one or more BGP peers If a BGP peer is included in this list this policy applies to BGP advertisements being sent to that peer Specify one or more IP addresses Configure an empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements being sent to any peer 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 23 Multi Exit Discriminator Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies None None Specified Originating Indicates whether or not a Multi Exit Discriminator metric is to be advertised for a network matching this policy and if advertised what value to use Select None to indicate that no value is to be advertised Select Specified to indicate that the value you specify for the Multi Exit Discriminator Value parameter is to be used Select Originating to indicate that the metric from the originating protocol is to be used This parameter is valid only if the Action parameter is set to Propagate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 24 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Service
157. 11000000 00100000 00000101 00000000 11000000 00100000 00000110 00000000 11000000 00100000 00000111 00000000 IPOOO7A The supernet address for this block is 11000000 00100000 00000 the 21 upper bits shared by the 32 bit addresses A complete supernet address consists of an address mask pair e address is the first 32 bit IP address in the contiguous block In this example the address is 11000000 00100000 00000000 00000000 192 32 0 0 in dotted decimal notation e maskis a 32 bit string containing a set bit for each bit position in the supernet part of the address The mask for the supernet address in this example is 11111111 11111111 11111000 00000000 255 255 248 0 in dotted decimal notation The complete supernet address in this example is 192 32 0 0 255 255 248 0 117356 D Rev 00 1 7 Configuring IP Services Classless Interdomain Routing Classless interdomain routing CIDR is an addressing scheme that employs supernet addresses to represent multiple IP destinations Rather than advertise a separate route for each destination in a supernet a router can use a supernet address to advertise a single route called an aggregate route that represents all of the destinations This reduces the size of the routing tables used to store advertised IP routes BGP 4 supports classless interdomain routing OSPF supports classless routing within a domain Autonomous Systems LANs and WANs interconnected by IP routers form a
158. 3 Conig rnng BGP As a SODS i arassa ies e aeaieie aaa 8 24 Associating a Route Reflector with a Cluster ID eE Aneel errr EEE ETE 8 26 Disabling and Reenabling Route Aggregation assessseeessriresrsrrrssrernnesrrinneseeennesns 8 26 Enabling and Disabling Black Hole Punching 2 cc ceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeaeeeaes 8 27 Disabling and Reenabling the BGP 4 MED Attribute seeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeereeerreeeeee 8 30 Disabling BayRS Local Preference Calculation and Route Selection 2 0 8 32 117356 D Rev 00 xi Establishing a Peer to Peer Session cccccusssecsecsssssesesessssesetesssseseedseatsseestenssstereenessenes OOF Defining a Peer to Peer Session apenas sieaniais SaR T E manele rr ie IRR amp Peer to Peer SS BIG IN es cricarccsscctvnints caicdesitacwautatdyastvannedacce EA a 8 37 Negotiating the BOP Versio css cssvapaohie wonisiaseeumisseiiiasn ane aai 8 39 Keeping the Connection Alive 08 mutes Sere ereeats ninani 8 41 Setting the External Advertisement Timer ccccsccceseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeene 8 43 RCM Halddown Tine os crane an saeeahaci gsr tdia a iaasa Aa 8 45 Setting a Minimum AS Origination Interval ccccceccesesceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 8 47 overriding thie Local AS MUMS siiiininassiniiian oin a A NANANG 8 49 Specifying a Maximum Update Size NEO in oidis 8 50 Gating he Routt Eho GWI sorcen diae aeaaea EE 8 52 Disabling and Re
159. 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 17 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 17 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 17 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 17 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 17 B 38 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies Received EGP Gateway Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IP address of one or more EGP gateways This policy applies to EGP advertisements that use a gateway on this list as the next hop and applies only to EGP sourced routes and if EGP is included as a route source Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to EGP advertisements with any gateway address RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 18 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 18 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 18 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5
160. 356 D Rev 00 4 59 Configuring IP Services Table 4 5 BCC Static Route Parameters continued Parameter Values Defaults Meaning Instructions Cost 1 default Specifies the number of router hops a to RIP diameter datagram can traverse before reaching the destination IP address The IP router uses the cost value when determining the best route for a datagram to follow If you have enabled ECMP on the router for information see Enabling Equal Cost Multipath Support on page 4 18 you can configure up to 12 equal cost static routes Preference i default Specifies a weighted value from 1 to 16 to 16 with 16 being the most preferred that the IP router uses to select a route when its routing tables contain multiple routes to the same destination To configure a black hole static route enter the maximum preference value 4 60 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP For example the following command line configures a static route to destination 3 2 4 5 255 255 0 0 with default values for static route parameters The next hop address is 2 2 2 4 and the cost is set to four hops ip static route address 3 2 4 5 mask 255 255 0 0 next hop address 2 2 2 4 static route 3 2 4 5 255 255 0 0 2 2 2 4 cost4 statie rowte 3 2 4 5 7 255 255 0 0 72 2 2 4 Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protoco
161. 356 D Rev 00 C 25 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export OSPF Tag Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters 0 0 to 2 147 483 647 Specifies the tag with which this route filter is concerned Each AS External Advertisement contains a Tag field If the Tag field matches Import Tag the appropriate action is taken either the route is accepted or ignored Note that this parameter is used only if the Export From Protocol parameter is set to OSPF Enter the appropriate tag number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 9 Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this export route filter Set to Disable if you want to disable this export route filter Set to Enable if you previously disabled this export route filter and now want to reenable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 2 Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters Propagate Propagate Ignore Controls the flow of routing information If you select Propagate this route is advertised If you select Ignore advertising of this route is
162. 56 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Defining a BGP Announce Policy BGP announce policies govern which routes BGP propagates to other routers When BGP encounters an update that matches the policy it performs the action you specify To define a BGP announce policy you must do the following e Supply a name for the new announce policy e Specify whether BGP ignores or advertises an update that matches the policy e Rank policies according to precedence You can use the BCC or Site Manager to configure a BGP announce policy Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP global prompt and enter announce lt policy_name gt policy_name is a unique name for the BGP announce policy A policy specific prompt appears indicating that the BCC has created the policy using default values for all parameters For example the following command creates an announce policy named pol_1 bgp announce pol_1 announce pol_1 bgp In response to the prompt enter lt parameter gt lt value gt parameter value is one of the parameter value pairs shown in Table 8 11 117356 D Rev 00 8 73 Configuring IP Services Table 8 11 BCC Definition Parameters for BGP Announce Policies Parameter Values Function state Enabled default Enables or disables this policy Disabled action Ignore default Specifies whether or not to advertise a route that Propagate matches this policy precedence 0 default to any Specifies a m
163. 6 D Rev 00 IP Concepts Terminology and Features You construct a subnet mask as follows Assign a value of 1 to each of the 8 16 or 24 bits in the network field Assign a value of 1 to each bit in the subnet field Assign a value of 0 to each bit in the host field Convert the resulting 32 bit string to dotted decimal notation For example to construct a subnet mask for the IP address described earlier 10000000 00100000 00001010 10100111 do the following 1 Assign a value of 1 to each bit in the network field The position of the first bit set to O in the first octet of the IP address indicates that the network is Class B therefore the network field contains 16 bits 11111111 11111111 Assign a value of 1 to each bit in the subnet field The network administrator allocated the upper 8 bits of the local portion to the subnet portion as follows 11111111 Assign a value of 0 to each bit in the host field The network administrator allocated the lower 8 bits of the local portion field to the host identification as follows 00000000 Convert the resulting 32 bit string 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 to dotted decimal notation as follows 255 255 255 000 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Table 1 1 shows the range of possible subnet masks for Class B and Class C addresses along with the number of bits that the mask allocates for a subnet address the number of recommended subnets associated wit
164. 69 OSPR Interac ParametalS arrori N arte AEA A 76 Neighbor Parameters for an NBMA Interface rete Pe D A 83 117356 D Rev 00 XV OSPF Arsa Parameters sssini aria a S nese racked ante Seas A A AN A 85 Area Range Parameters EE mae A TET Pere AE EAT ae PERT OSPF Virtual Interiace Parameters csc cettsentcccenicrate nein reciente ecsiedniaaes A 89 Fri PAANS a raat maGietin soa E taal A 92 NAT Parameters meee meee PS E E TE rrna aaa A 99 GRE Tunnel Configuration Parameters ccccccscccvscstscessectssiveceesaseaisssrveesaveatstenssaeete A 104 Appendix B Routing Policies Common Accept Policy Parameters risisco omiaa iann B 2 RIP Specific Accept Policy Parameters ccccccecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeetees B 8 OSPF Specific Accept Policy Parameters EE Hea E T ENEA B 9 EGP Speciic Accept Policy Parametrs nisasie B 10 BGP 3 Specitic Accept Policy Parameters ccscisecccsasenceenns cane rece cones neue scaerauannedneneane B 12 BGP 4 Specitic Accept Policy Parameters s ccssst scecccnsssnccsntentevcestedoanisbinesenevtiadnenedonss B 16 Gommon Announces Poligy Parameters oiicissavssmiiaieen deeiuendnnenee B 25 RIP Specific Announce Policy Parameters 0 nanni iais an aena B 43 OSPF Specifis Announce Policy Parameters csi scscicsccasncsdscccsieedecvceniedcvcisededacacenseactedans B 44 EGP Specific Announce Policy Parameters cccsccesceeeesece
165. 7 1 15 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Community Match Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of BGP communities Specifies one or more BGP communities This policy applies to all BGP advertisements that match the list Supply an octet string using the following format each community ID is 4 bytes long 0 in the two most significant bits causes the router to perform the match on the lower 16 bits the default empty list means match any list BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 16 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services BGP 4 Specific Accept Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Injection List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of network identifiers Specifies network IDs to be included in the routing table in place of the network IDs listed in the received advertisement Specify a non null value only if the Action parameter is set to Accept The values you enter in the injection list determine the action taken If you supply a list of network IDs these IDs are injected into the routing table instead of the actual received IDs If you use the default an empty list the actual received networ
166. 7356 D Rev 00 4 39 Configuring IP Services Using the BCC Navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter redirects lt state gt state is one of the following on default off For example the following command turns off ICMP redirect messages on IP interface 2 2 2 2 ip 2 2 2 2 redirects off ip 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 5 Set the Redirect parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 35 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 4 40 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Enabling All Subnet Broadcasting on an Interface An all subnet broadcast ASB datagram has a destination address equal to the broadcast address for an entire network all subnets For example if a network interface serves the subnet 128 10 2 1 with a subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 the IP router considers any datagram with a destination address of 128 10 255 255 or 128 10 0 0 to be an ASB datagram By default IP doe
167. 7356 D Rev 00 Site Manager Parameters OSPF Area Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas Enable Enable Disable Allows you to enable and disable this area This parameter is useful if you want to temporarily disable an area rather than delete it Set this parameter to Disable if you want to disable this area Set this parameter to Enable if you previously disabled the area and now want to reenable it This will cause OSPF to restart 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 2 Authentication Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas None None Simplepassword Enables or disables password authentication for the area If you select Simplepassword enabling password authentication only those routers that share the correct password will be able to communicate with each other If you accept the default None password authentication is disabled for this area Either accept the default value None to disable password authentication or select Simplepassword to enable password authentication 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 5 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function
168. 7356 D Rev 00 6 11 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Configuration window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the IP RIP Interface Configuration window 6 Set the Poisoned Reverse parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 94 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Sending Triggered Updates RIP generates full routing updates at regular intervals You can also configure RIP to generate an update on a specified interface each time it recalculates a route s metric Such an update is called a triggered update A triggered update contains only the routes that have changed RIP also sends full updates at regular intervals on interfaces configured for triggered updating By default triggered updates are disabled on all interfaces configured for RIP You can use the BCC or Site Manager to enable and disable triggered updates on this interface 6 12 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing RIP Services Using the BCC Navigate to a RIP interface specific prompt and enter triggered updates lt state gt st
169. 8 1 Configuring IP Services BGP Concepts and Terminology BGP is an exterior gateway protocol designed to exchange network reachability information with other BGP systems in other autonomous systems Figure 8 1 shows two autonomous systems AS1 and AS2 Networks within AS1 and AS2 are connected by routers running an interior gateway protocol in this case OSPF The two ASs are connected by routers that run an exterior gateway protocol BGP in addition to OSPF AS1 AS2 BGP connection IP00025A Figure 8 1 BGP Connecting Autonomous Systems Running OSPF 8 2 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Bay Networks supports BGP 3 and BGP 4 e BGP 3 assumes that each advertised network is a natural class network A B or C based on its high order bits BGP 3 cannot advertise subnets or supernets e BGP 4 has no concept of address classes Each network listed in the Network Layer Reachability Information NLRI portion of an update message contains a prefix length field which describes the length of the mask associated with the network This allows for both supernet and subnet advertisement The supernet advertisement is what makes classless interdomain routing CIDR possible This section covers the following topics
170. 8 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 5 B 4 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies RIP OSPF EGP Accept BGP 3 BGP 4 Ignore Accept Ignore Specifies whether the protocol ignores a route that matches the policy or forwards the route to the routing table manager Specify Accept to consider the route for insertion in the routing table To drop the route specify Ignore RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 6 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 6 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 6 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 6 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 6 117356 D Rev 00 B 5 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Route Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies Configura
171. Assigns a metric value to this policy a policy integer with a higher value takes precedence over a policy with a lower value This value determines the order of precedence for policies that match the same route 117356 D Rev 00 7 67 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF window opens 4 Choose Policies 5 Choose Announce The OSPF Announce Policies window opens 6 Set the following parameters Enable Name e Networks Action Rule Precedence e Route Source e External Route Source Advertise From RIP Gateway Received on RIP Interface RIP Metric From OSPF Router ID e Received OSPF Type Received OSPF Tag From EGP Peer From EGP AS Received EGP Gateway From BGP Peer From BGP AS Received BGP Next Hop Type Tag Automatic Tag OSPF Metric Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page B 25 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 7 68 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Supplying Modification Values for an OSPF Announce Policy You can use the BCC or Site Manager to supply a value that OSPF uses to modify a field in an OSPF
172. BGP 4 gt Accept Policies Any Any IGP EGP IGP or EGP Incomplete Incomplete or IGP Incomplete or EGP Specifies which values of the BGP origin attribute apply to this policy Select the origin values you wish to accept for this policy 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 13 Aggregator AS List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of AS numbers Specifies one or more autonomous systems This policy applies to BGP advertisements that contain in their Aggregator path attribute an AS number on this list To specify that the policy applies to BGP advertisements with any AS number in the Aggregator path attribute use the default empty list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 14 Aggregator Router List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies one or more BGP routers This policy applies to BGP advertisements that contain in their Aggregator path attribute an IP address on this list To specify that this policy applies to BGP advertisements with any router address in the Aggregator path attribute use the default empty list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 15 B 18 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Obje
173. CI NSA DOE Specifies which authority flags must be set in the protection authority field of inbound IP datagrams Select all of those authority flags that must be set in inbound IP datagrams received on this interface If you do not select any authority flags the default setting then the router does not require a datagram to have authority flags set but still accepts the datagram if any flags are set 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 84 May In Authority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Any Any GENSER SIOPESI SCI NSA DOE Specifies which authority flags may be set in the protection authority field of inbound IP datagrams The authority flags you specify here must be a superset of the authority flags you specify for the Must In Authority parameter The default setting specifies that any of the authority flags may be set Either accept the default setting or reset and select only those authority flags that are appropriate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 85 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Implicit Label Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable If you select Enable the router uses the Implicit Authority and Implicit Level fields to create an implicit label The router su
174. Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens 5 Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on Add 8 Set the following parameters Peer Address Peer AS Local Address Peer Mode Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 10 The BGP Peer Parameters window opens 9 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the BGP Peer List window 10 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 117356 D Rev 00 8 93 Configuring IP Services Configuring Multiple RR Clusters in an AS An AS can contain multiple IBGP route reflector clusters In an AS with multiple clusters e Each cluster has a unique ID e Within each cluster RR clients are connected to RRs in a tree topology e Within the AS clusters are connected in arbitrary topologies From the point of view of the topology a cluster is a mini AS Like an AS a cluster can be configured in an arbitrary way You can use the BCC or Site Manager to perform the following operations e Associate a route reflector with a cluster e Establish a peer to peer session with a server in another cluster 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Using the BCC To associate a route reflector with a cluster navigate to the BGP gl
175. Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP 3 Global Enable Enable Disable Globally enables or disables BGP 3 on all router interfaces Set to Disable if you want to disable BGP 3 for the entire router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 2 1 2 BGP 4 Global Parameter Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP 4 Global Enable Enable Disable Globally enables or disables BGP 4 on all router interfaces Set to Disable if you want to disable BGP 4 for the entire router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 3 1 2 BGP Peer Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Peer Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers None Any IP address Specifies the IP address of the interface on the remote side of this BGP peer connection Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation If the peer is in a remote AS the address must be on the same subnet as the local interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 6 A 10 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Peer AS Configuration Manager gt Protocol
176. Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IDs of one or more OSPF routers This policy applies to OSPF advertisements authored by a router on this list and applies only to OSPF sourced routes and if OSPF is included as a route source Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to OSPF updates from any router RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 13 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 13 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 13 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 13 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 13 B 34 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies Received OSPF Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies Any Type 1 Type 2 External Internal Any
177. Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies Any Type 1 Type 2 Any Describes which types of OSPF ASE routes match this policy To match either Type 1 or Type 2 use the default Any 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 10 117356 D Rev 00 B 9 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Tag Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of tag values Specifies OSPF tag values that could be present in an OSPF ASE advertisement This policy applies to OSPF ASE advertisements that contain the tag values on this list Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to OSPF ASE advertisements with any tag value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 11 EGP Specific Accept Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Peer List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IP addresses of one or more EGP peers This policy applies to EGP advertisements from the peers on this list Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to EGP advertisements from any EGP peer 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 10 B 10 117356 D Rev 00 Routing Policies Pa
178. Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the BGP Intra AS parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 4 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 8 16 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Specifying Route Types for IBGP Advertisements If IBGP is enabled you can specify the types of routes that BGP advertises in IBGP sessions By default IBGP propagates only routes learned from external BGP peers You can use Site Manager to configure IBGP to propagate routes learned from all route sources excluding IBGP and OSPF interarea and intra area routes which IBGP never advertises You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify the route type for IBGP advertisements Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP global prompt and enter redistribute protocols lt protocols gt protocols is one of the values listed in Table 8 3 Table 8 3 Route Types for BGP Advertisements Route Type Meaning BGP default BGP propagates routes learned from external BGP peers All BGP propagates routes from all route sources For example the following command configures BGP to advertise routes from all route sources bgp redistribute protocols all bgp 117356 D
179. D portion of the address will be filtered If you enter the mask 255 255 255 0 the net ID and subnet ID portions of the address will be filtered If you set the Import Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 0 0 0 0 then the filter applies to all routes If you set the Import Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 255 255 255 255 then the filter applies to the default route Enter the appropriate mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 4 Import Peer AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters 0 0 to 65 535 Identifies the autonomous system to which the BGP router at the remote end of this BGP peer connection belongs This filter will apply to updates from this router The value 0 means any AS Enter the appropriate AS number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 7 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import Peer Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Specifies the IP address of the interface on the remote side of this BGP peer connection This filter will apply to updates from this router The va
180. ER General Services as per DoD 5200 28 Bit1 SIOP ESI DoD Organization of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Bit2 SCI Central Intelligence Agency Bit3 NSA National Security Agency Bit4 DOE Department of Energy Bit5 Reserved Bit6 Reserved Bit 7 Termination indicator Note Bit 7 acts as a more bit indicating that another octet containing additional authority flags follows 117356 D Rev 00 10 3 Configuring IP Services Inbound IP Datagrams When the router receives an IP datagram on a RIPSO interface it compares the security classification and authority values specified in the security label with those configured on the inbound interface If the interface does not require a security label for inbound IP datagrams then the router accepts both unlabeled IP datagrams and datagrams that meet the classification and authority rules described in the next paragraph If the interface does require a security label then for the router to accept the datagram the following RISPO conditions must be met e The datagram must be labeled e The security classification value in the datagram s label must be within the security level range configured for the interface e The authority flags in the datagram s label must include all of the flags required for the interface and cannot contain any flags not allowed for the interface The router drops any datagrams that do not meet th
181. Error Authority Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 66 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 10 15 Configuring IP Services RIPSO Example The router in Figure 10 2 has RIPSO configured on all three IP interfaces The security ranges specified for each interface vary as shown For simplicity this example assumes that none of the interfaces requires any authority flags on inbound and outbound traffic but any flags that are present are acceptable When host 1 1 0 1 broadcasts an all subnets broadcast IP datagram with the security level classification set to Secret the router compares the datagram s classification with the range configured on inbound interface 1 1 0 2 Because the Secret security level is within the range configured on the interface the router accepts the datagram In order to forward the datagram the router does the following e Compares the datagram s security level Secret to the security level ranges configured on interfaces 1 2 0 2 and 1 3 0 2 e Forwards the datagram on interface 1 2 0 2 because Secret is within the security range configured on the interface e Does not forward the datagram on interface 1 3 0 2 because Secret is outside the security range configured on the interface 10 16 117356 D Rev 00 Interface Min Security Classification Unclassified
182. Event x State change x gt x LSA self origin T4 Originating new LSA type x LSID x x x x router x x x x LSA receipt T5 Received new LSA type x LSID x x x x router x x x x neighbor X X X X Route change T6 Routing Table changed type x destination x x x x Old x x x x new X X X X Bad LS R4 Ack received for non existent LSA type x LSID x x x x neighbor x x x x continued 7 22 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Table 7 1 OSPF Log Messages continued Less recent LSA C3 Packet Rejected LS UPDATE LESS RECENT RX x src X X X X type x Is_id x x x x adv_rtr x x x x Is_seq x Is_age x nbrEcnt x Fent x db_seq x db_age x elapse x freeme x ackcnt x nbr_retrans x More recent LSA R3 Received more recent self originated LSA type x LSID x x x x router x x x x neighbor x x x x Max age LSA N3 LSA of MaxAge flushed type x LSID x x x x router x x x x Using the BCC To specify the messages that OSPF writes to the primary log navigate to the global OSPF prompt and enter log mask lt mask gt To specify the messages that OSPF writes to the backup log navigate to the global OSPF prompt and enter backup log mask lt mask gt mask is a bit sequence indicating the messages you want to log Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols System responds The Protocols menu open
183. GP prompt and enter local as lt ocal_as gt local_as is the number of the AS in which the router is located For example the following command specifies AS 5 as the local AS bgp local as 5 bgp Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds il In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens Set the BGP Local AS parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 4 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 8 15 Configuring IP Services Disabling and Reenabling IBGP Support By default BGP supports IBGP intra AS sessions For information see Interior BGP Routing on page 8 4 A BGP transit AS should use IBGP intra AS routing A stub or multihomed AS usually does not use IBGP routing You can use the BCC or Site Manager to disable and reenable the feature Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP prompt and enter intra as routing lt state gt state is one of the following enabled default disabled For example the following command disables IGBP bgp intra as routing disabled bgp Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the
184. IP Interface List for BGP window 117356 D Rev 00 8 53 Configuring IP Services Disabling and Reenabling Loop Detection By default BGP terminates a peer to peer session if it discovers a loop in the AS path You can use the BCC or Site Manager to disable and reenable loop detection Using the BCC Navigate to a BGP peer prompt and enter detect as loop lt state gt state is one of the following enabled default disabled For example the following command disables loop detection on peer to peer session 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 detect as loop disabled peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 8 54 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing BGP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on the peer for which you want to edit The parameters for that peer appear in parameters the window 8 Set the Loop Detection parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 17 9 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Int
185. IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies gt Route Flap 45 1 to 60 minutes Specifies the maximum amount of time that the status of a route can remain unchanged reachable or unreachable before BGP unsuppresses the route If the status of the route remains unchanged after the number of minutes you specify BGP unsuppresses the route and sets the penalty value to 0 Enter the maximum amount of time in minutes that the status of a route can remain unchanged reachable or unreachable If the status of the route remains unchanged for the specified number of minutes BGP resets the penalty value and flap count to 0 If the route is currently suppressed BGP unsuppresses it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 8 1 9 B 24 117356 D Rev 00 Routing Policies Common Announce Policy Parameters Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters
186. IP is included as a route source The BCC implements this matching criterion as an object To specify multiple items create multiple objects 6 44 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing RIP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP window opens 4 Choose Policies 5 Choose Announce The RIP Announce Policies window opens 6 Set the following parameters e Route Source e External Route Source Advertise From RIP Gateway Received on RIP Interface RIP Metric Outbound Interfaces From OSPF Router ID Received OSPF Type Received OSPF Tag From EGP Peer From EGP AS Received EGP Gateway From BGP Peer From BGP AS Received BGP Next Hop Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page B 30 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 6 45 Chapter 7 Customizing OSPF Services You customize OSPF by setting OSPF parameters as described under the following topics Topic Page OSPF Concepts and Terminology 7 2 Customizing OSPF Global Features 7 8 Customizing OSPF on an IP Interface 7 25 Defining an Area 7 47 Configuring an Area Border Router 7 54 Configu
187. IP Interface To delete RIP from an interface on which it is currently configured proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window click on the connector from which you want to delete RIP services The Edit Connector window opens 2 Click on Edit Circuit The Circuit Definition window opens 3 Choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 4 Choose Add Delete The Select Protocols window opens The RIP button is highlighted to show that RIP is enabled on the circuit 5 Click on RIP Site Manager deletes RIP services from the connector 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Circuit Definition window 7 Choose File The File menu opens 8 Choose Exit Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Customizing RIP The instructions in this chapter show you how to start RIP using all default values and settings For information about modifying RIP defaults see Chapter 6 3 6 117356 D Rev 00 Starting OSPF Starting IP Services with Site Manager Before you can select a protocol to run on the router you must configure a circuit that the protocol can use as interface to an attached network For information and instructions see Configuring WAN Line Services and Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services After you have successfully configured the circuit
188. IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 9 1 3 117356 D Rev 00 C 5 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Depends on the address class of the network address Specifies the range of addresses upon which this filter acts For example consider Class B Network 172 32 0 0 which allocates the upper 8 bits of the host identification field to the subnet ID and the final 8 bits to the host ID The address mask directs the filtering process to a specific portion of the IP address In other words any IP address that matches the masked portion of 172 32 0 0 is subject to filtering If you enter 255 255 0 0 for this parameter only the Net ID portion of the address will be filtered If you enter the mask 255 255 255 0 for this parameter the net ID and subnet ID portions of the address will be filtered If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 0 0 0 0 then the filter applies to all routes If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 255 255 255 255 then the filter applies to the default route Enter the appropriate mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 9 1 4 From Protocol C
189. IP interface can provide access to multiple networks For example in Figure 4 1 LAN interface 1 provides a connection to both LAN B and LAN C D Host Point to Point interface C LAN interface 1 LAN B Router LANC a LAN interface 2 LAN A m E m A B 1 i IP0008A Figure 4 1 IP Interface 4 26 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Note When you reconfigure an interface in dynamic mode IP restarts on that interface Thus if the interface you reconfigure is the interface that supports Site Manager s SNMP connection to the router restarting IP on that interface causes Site Manager to temporarily lose its router connection and to display a warning message To verify that the change took effect display the IP Global Parameters window and inspect the setting If you are configuring IP over an SMDS circuit be sure to enter the correct addresses for the MAC Address SMDS Group Address and SMDS Arp Req Address parameters These addresses are the same as those you entered in the Individual Address Group Address and ARP Address parameters of the SMDS Configuration window when you configured SMDS 117356 D Rev 00 4 27 Configuring IP Services When you configure an IP interface on a circuit the interface is enabled with default values for all interface parameters You customize an IP interface
190. Internal backbone router E 128 10 2 65 Figure E 1 AS 255 255 255 192 Router A AS Router B 128 10 3 0 255 255 255 0 E21 Area 0 0 0 1 E 2 128 10 4 4 0 ASBR RS ABR go 255 255 255 252 outer 6 eo router 2 1E 6 as 2 h S21 E21 i gi 128 10 4 4 La Ss EC D 255 255 255 252 D 21 5 ABR router3 5 5 Q 021 Router D 128 10 5 0 255 255 255 0 _ Router C AS IP OSPF Configuration IP0004A E 2 117356 D Rev 00 IP OSPF Configuration Tables E 1 to E 6 list nondefault configuration parameters for router 1 through router 6 Parameters that are not shown are set at their defaults Table E 1 Internal Backbone Router 1 Site Manager Window Parameter Setting Interface F31 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 2 1 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 248 OSPF Global Rtr ID 128 10 2 1 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 0 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast Interface E21 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 2 65 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 192 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 0
191. KNOWLEDGES THAT LICENSEE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT UNDERSTANDS IT AND AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS LICENSEE FURTHER AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT IS THE ENTIRE AND EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN BAY NETWORKS AND LICENSEE WHICH SUPERSEDES ALL PRIOR ORAL AND WRITTEN AGREEMENTS AND COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PARTIES PERTAINING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT NO DIFFERENT OR ADDITIONAL TERMS WILL BE ENFORCEABLE AGAINST BAY NETWORKS UNLESS BAY NETWORKS GIVES ITS EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT INCLUDING AN EXPRESS WAIVER OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT iv 117356 D Rev 00 Contents Preface PCY hi RUN E cus creak tare as occa Chat areas ees TE E ecelaiiss xxiii Me Agee alc eI smaram eee rent errcer eter t rte tren a rte tr renrer rrr reer xxiv PTO E a A XXV Bay Networks Technical Publications ccscccsisscensesssacdevesscecdeacsancnusscssankuubisaccemmabacudeussnace xxvii Fow to Get HEI aparina E rere eer tere tener xxvii Chapter 1 IP Concepts Terminology and Features e E E E E E E E reeen rer terre ren ener ny ee 1 2 peT AJI ESEN a N A iene eens 1 4 AIG One SSE eosin aE EEAO EO EENES 1 7 Classless Interdomain ROING sissisotaa anana piana a aara 1 8 Auttavan US S US inea a AA N NE AA heated 1 8 Rouling niormaton Preteen PRIE J rrencia laren 1 9 Open Shortest Pahi FIBI OSPF PRON sirismisiianrrcinni ainean 1 10 Border Gateway Protocol BGP assisas inian aa ae aaa 1 10 Exterior Gateway Protocol EGP obi E T Giant aier
192. L value greater than 1 Note For compatibility with routers running Version 8 10 or earlier disable this feature Implementations of RIP earlier than Version 9 00 do not support triggered updates Using the BCC Navigate to a RIP interface specific prompt and enter time to live lt hops gt hops is the time to live value expressed as the number of hops that RIP inserts in each outbound update For example the following command causes RIP to insert a TTL value of 2 in each outbound update rip 2 2 2 2 time to live 2 rip 2 2 2 2 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing RIP Services Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Configuration window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want to The parameter values for that interface enable appear in the IP RIP Interface Configuration window 6 Set the Time to Live parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 95 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 6 15 Configuring IP Services Receiving RIP Updates on an Interface By default RIP listens for routing updates on every interface on whic
193. LCI Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces 0 Any decimal number Provides a multicast address for this IP interface that will send messages to all OSPF designated routers in a frame relay network If you enter a value for this parameter the frame relay switch rather than the router will send the message to all OSPF designated routers This parameter has meaning only if OSPF has been added to this interface Enter the multicast address for all OSPF designated routers as provided by the frame relay subscription agreement 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 69 A 38 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Slot mask bit set to 1 enabling circuitless IP interface support for every router slot running IP For each slot in the router Site Manager allows you to set the slot mask bit to 1 circuitless IP interface support enabled or O circuitless IP interface support disabled Specifies whether circuitless IP interface support is enabled or disabled on each slot in the router If you configured a circuitless IP interface and do not want it to run on certain slots set the slot mask bit to 0 on those slots Be certain to keep the slot mask bit set to 1 on at least one slot running IP otherwise the circuitless IP interface will not initialize Setting
194. None 0 a user specified MAC address if the interface is on an SMDS circuit the entire E 164 address for example C1 617 555 5000 FFFF Specifies a MAC media access control address for this IP interface The IP router will use its IP address and this MAC address when transmitting and receiving packets on this interface Enter 0 to configure the IP router to use its IP address and the circuit s MAC address when transmitting packets on this interface Enter your own MAC address to configure the IP router to use its IP address and the specified MAC address when transmitting packets on this interface If the interface is on an SMDS circuit by default IP uses the SMDS configured address To configure this parameter for a multinet or multigroup configuration see Configuring SMDS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 17 A 34 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters TR Endstation Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Off On Off Specifies source routing over token ring selection Use the On option to enable the parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 64 Redirect Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Indicates whether this interface sends out ICMP redirects ICMP redirects are messa
195. OK The address range disappears from the NAT Global Address Range List 117356 D Rev 00 12 23 Configuring IP Services Enabling or Disabling a Global Address Range To change the state of a global address range proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose NAT The NAT menu opens 4 Choose Dynamic The Local Global menu opens 5 Choose Global The NAT Global Address Range List window opens 6 Click on a global address range The global address range is highlighted 7 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 103 Click on OK The address range is enabled 12 24 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Network Address Translation Configuring N to 1 Address Translation N to 1 address translation also known as dynamic port translation allows you to translate a range of local IP addresses on a private network into a single global IP address N to 1 translation is valid only for TCP UDP packets All non TCP UDP packets with addresses that fall within the N to 1 range are dropped With N to 1 address translation enabled you define a range of local addresses for N to 1 translation and specify a single N to 1 global address When NAT receives a packet on the
196. Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies From BGP AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of autonomous system numbers Specifies one or more autonomous system numbers This policy applies to BGP advertisements received from BGP peers in an AS on this list and applies only to BGP sourced routes and if BGP is included as a route source Specify one or more AS numbers Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements from peers in any AS RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 20 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 20 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 20 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 20 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 20 117356 D Rev 00 B 41 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID
197. Outbound Peer AS Outbound Peers e Multi Exit Discriminator e Multi Exit Discriminator Value Origin AS Path Local Preference Local Preference Next Hop Atomic AS Pattern Community Match Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on pages B 25 and B 52 System responds Interface Override Value 8 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the BGP4 Announce Policy Filters window 117356 D Rev 00 8 75 Configuring IP Services Supplying Modification Values for a BGP Announce Policy You can use the BCC or Site Manager to supply values that BGP uses to modify fields in a BGP update that matches the policy Using Site Manager Navigate to the policy specific prompt and enter modify For example the following command invokes a modification prompt for BGP announce policy pol_1 announce pol_1 bgp modify modify bgp announce pol_1 To supply a value enter lt attribute gt lt value gt attribute value is one of the combinations shown in Table 8 12 Table 8 12 BCC Override Attributes for BGP Announce Policies Attribute Values Function as path Null default or an Specifies an AS path that overrides the AS path AS path attribute of a route matching this policy An AS path is composed of AS path segments Each path segment includes a path segment type a path segment length specifying the number of ASs in the segment and a path se
198. P gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether this interface listens to RIP updates from neighboring networks Select Enable to configure this interface to listen to RIP updates and thus add received routing information to its internal routing table If you select Enable a configured policy can still prohibit the interface from updating its internal routing tables Select Disable to configure the interface to ignore RIP updates from neighboring routers Thus the interface does not add received routing information to its internal routing table 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 6 Default Route Supply Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces Disable Enable Disable Generate Specifies whether or not the interface advertises a default route in RIP updates sent to neighboring networks When a router does not know the route of a particular address it uses the default route as the destination A configured policy can override this setting This parameter is independent of the RIP Supply parameter If you select Enable RIP advertises the default route if it is present in the routing table that is if you have statically included a default route in the table or if the router has learned the default route 0 0 0 0 dynamically If you select Generate RIP advertises a default route whether or not a default route is present in the routing table This parameter does not cause RIP to create a routin
199. P Connection Between Two Autonomous Systems Running RIP 9 2 RIPSO Seciu IN moii a ete aa 10 2 RIFS echt prina nia a 10 17 Blacker Front End Network Configuration cccccceseseeseeteeeeeeeetees 11 2 xix Figure 12 1 Dynamic Translation Example ccecccceseceeeeeneeececeeeeeaaeeseeeeeeeaeeenanes 12 4 Figure 12 2 NAT Detects the Unregistered Source Address Cre cients 12 5 Figure 12 3 NAT Updates the Local Global Translation Entry List 12 6 Figure 12 4 NAT Replaces the Unregistered Local Address with a Registered Source Address xs ccesctiereici ceverecba heen etatnsreete 12 7 Figure 12 5 N to 1 Address Translation Local to Global ccesseeeeeeeeeeeeetees 12 26 Figure 12 6 N to 1 Address Translation Global to Local eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 27 Figure 13 1 GRE TUNNEING ciccione eneninda 13 3 FoWweE T IFOSPF Coniguraliol saswisikaatsieyie nuki ii aE E 2 XX 117356 D Rev 00 Table 1 1 Table 1 2 Table 4 1 Table 4 2 Table 4 3 Table 4 4 Table 4 5 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 6 3 Table 6 4 Table 6 5 Table 6 6 Table 7 1 Table 7 2 Table 7 3 Table 7 4 Table 7 5 Table 7 6 Table 7 7 Table 7 8 Table 7 9 Table 7 10 Table 7 11 Table 8 1 Table 8 2 Table 8 3 Table 8 4 Table 8 5 117356 D Rev 00 Tables Subnet Masks for Class B and Class C Addresses cseeeeeeeees 1 6 IP Router RFC SUG aurorei a gaki 1 18 Source Routing
200. P Interface List for BGP window opens 5 Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on Add 8 Set the following parameters Peer Address Peer AS Local Address Peer Mode Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 10 The BGP Peer Parameters window opens 9 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the BGP Peer List window 10 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 117356 D Rev 00 8 99 Configuring IP Services Configuring IBGP for Route and Traffic Load Balancing IBGP route balancing and traffic load balancing are two techniques that allow an IBGP speaker to distribute routes to the same destination among multiple equal cost paths In both techniques IBGP uses equal cost multipath ECMP routes submitted to the IP routing table by the IGP OSPF or RIP in the AS The ECMP routes could also be static routes For information about ECMP routing see Chapter 4 To configure an IBGP speaker for route balancing and traffic load balancing the IGP used in the AS OSPF for example must be configured for ECMP on all routers Figure 8 6 for example shows an AS containing six IP routers The routers with interfaces to internal links are running OSPF The routers with interfaces to both int
201. P Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable ISP Mode Support Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Disable Enable Disable Enables and disables internet service provider ISP features Use this parameter to configure BGP as a soloist and to disable the use of forwarding tables on IP interfaces 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 19 IBGP ECMP Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Disable Enable Disable Allows BGP to select an IP route to the IBGP next hop using available ECMP routing information supplied by the IGP RIP or OSPF used in the AS Make sure that ECMP is enabled for the IGP used in the AS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 23 Percentage of ARP Buffers Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 100 An integer indicating the percentage of buffers Defines the upper limit as a percentage of buffers that ARP can use for saving buffers when resolving ARP requests Specify the percentage as an integer 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 27 A 50 117356 D Rev 00 Site Manager Parameters Static Route Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Functio
202. P Services with Site Manager This chapter shows you how to use Site Manager to perform a basic configuration that is a configuration using all available defaults for the IP services described in this manual Topic Page Starting IP 3 2 Starting RIP 3 4 Starting OSPF 3 7 Starting BGP 3 9 Starting EGP 3 12 Starting NAT 3 14 Using the Circuitless IP Interface 3 16 Configuring an Unnumbered IP Interface 3 19 117356 D Rev 00 3 1 Configuring IP Services Starting IP Before you can select a protocol to run on the router you must configure a circuit that the protocol can use as an interface to an attached network For information and instructions see Configuring WAN Line Services and Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services When you have successfully configured the circuit the Select Protocols window opens Proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 Inthe Select Protocols window select IP The IP Configuration window opens Then click on OK 2 Set the following parameters IP Address Subnet Mask Transmit Beast Addr UnNumbered Assoc Address Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 27 3 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window For information about unnumbered interfaces see Configuring an Unnumbered IP Interface on page 3 19 117356 D Rev 00
203. PDN 5 6 Address Resolution Type parameter 5 7 A 32 address resolution command 5 7 Adjacent Host Address parameter 4 55 A 54 Adjacent Host Type parameter 4 55 117356 D Rev 00 Index Adjacent Host X 121 Address parameter 4 55 A 55 A 56 A 57 adjacent hosts definition 4 53 advertise time command 8 43 aggregate route definition 1 8 aging command 5 12 all subnet broadcasting enabling and disabling on IP interface 4 41 all subnet broadcast command 4 41 all subnets enabled command 4 13 announce policies for IP 1 14 announce policies maximum number for IP 4 16 Area Address parameter OSPF area 3 7 OSPF interface A 76 area area id command 7 47 area command 7 29 7 49 Area ID parameter OSPF interface 7 29 area OSPF definition 7 5 ID for 7 29 ARP Forwarding parameter 5 5 A 44 ARP Server ATM Address Network Prefix parameter 4 52 A 41 ARP Server ATM Address User Part parameter 4 52 A 42 ARP See Address Resolution Protocol arp mode command 4 51 arp server address command 4 51 arp server reg interval command 4 52 AS Boundary Router parameter 7 14 A 70 AS parameter 8 62 A 18 Index 1 AS weights for BGP 8 61 ASB parameter 4 42 A 32 as boundary router command 7 14 as default tag command 7 20 ASE Metric Support parameter 7 17 A 71 ase metric support command 7 17 ATM asynchronous transfer mode IP over 4 51 ATM ARP Mode parameter 4 52 A 41 authentication
204. Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The OSPF Interfaces window opens 5 Click on the OSPF interface you want to The parameter values for that interface enable appear in the OSPF Interfaces window 6 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 76 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 7 28 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Configuring an Area ID In an AS that contains multiple areas each OSPF interface is configured with the ID of the area to which it is connected You supply an area ID when you add OSPF to the interface You can use the BCC or Site Manager to assign a different area ID to the interface Using the BCC Navigate to the interface specific OSPF prompt and enter area lt area_id gt area_id is an area identifier in dotted decimal format For example the following command assigns area ID 0 0 0 2 to interface 2 2 2 2 This means that interface 2 2 2 2 connects the router to a network in OSPF area 0 0 0 2 ospf 2 2 2 2 area 0 0 0 2 ospf 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window T
205. Rev 00 8 17 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the BGP From Protocols parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 5 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 8 18 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Setting the Update Interval Timer BGP injects external BGP routes into the routing table The default minimum interval between route injections is 5 seconds You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify the minimum number of seconds between route injections Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP prompt and enter inject time lt seconds gt seconds is the minimum interval between route injections For example the following command causes BGP to inject external BGP routes into the routing table with a minimum interval of 10 seconds bgp inject time 10 bgp Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP G
206. SPF Announce Policies 006 7 71 BGP 3 Path ARIUS oii aati MabAtaEAN 8 6 BGP 4 Optional Path Attributes icscssomscsssniecsosincasdoantincedcoraienesecontecens 8 7 Route Types for BGP Advertisements ccccccseceeesssteeeeeeseneeeeeseaaes 8 17 Slot Mask Parameter YAOS parininoniaanai iiaa oad 8 24 Black Hole Punching Parameter Settings cccccseeeeeeeeeesteeeeeneeees 8 28 xxi Table 8 6 Local Preference Calculation Method cccccccsscceceessteeeesessseeeeesaees 8 33 Table 8 7 BGP Time to Live Values cccccccccseeeeeeesteeeeeeentteeeenees ised aie ects Table 8 8 BCC Definition Parameters for BGP Accept Policies ccceeee 8 65 Table 8 9 BCC Modification Attributes for BGP Accept Policies ceeeee 8 68 Table 8 10 BCC Matching Parameters for BGP Accept Policies meme mies 8 70 Table 8 11 BCC Definition Parameters for BGP Announce Policies 000 8 74 Table 8 12 BCC Override Attributes for BGP Announce Policies 0 00 8 76 Table 8 13 BCC Match Criterion for BGP Announce Policies ccccceceeeeeeeenees 8 81 Table 8 14 Characters in AS Path Pattern Matching c cccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesteeteees 8 86 Table 8 15 IBGP ECMP Methods ENE E E TEE T PT enue eo 8 104 Table 8 16 EBGP ECMP Wiehe iiciin enia eaa 8 108 Table 8 17 Route Flap Dampening Template Parameters ceseesseeeeeeeees 8 113 Table 9 1 Router Mode De
207. Source Address Static Address Translation You can create a one to one translation of an unregistered local host address to a global address This is referred to as static address translation Static address translation does not time out during periods when there is no traffic on the interface The translation remains configured until you disable it 117356 D Rev 00 12 7 Configuring IP Services Customizing NAT Global Attributes When you add NAT to an IP interface NAT is enabled on a router with default values for all global attributes Table 12 1 shows the default attributes Table 12 1 Default Values for NAT Global Attributes Attribute Default Enable Enable Soloist Slot Mask All slots available to run as a soloist Log Mask All message types are logged see Configuring the Log Mask on page 12 11 for a list of log message types Mapping Entry Timeout Enable Max Timeout 3600 seconds To customize the way NAT operates on a router modify NAT global attributes as described under the following sections Topic Page Enabling and Disabling NAT 12 9 Configuring the Soloist Slot Mask 12 10 Configuring the Log Mask 12 11 Enabling and Disabling the Translation Entry Timeout Value 12 13 Configuring the Max Timeout Value 12 14 12 8 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Network Address Translation Enabling and Disabling NAT To enable or disable NAT on an IP interface
208. System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window Site Manager highlights the connector click on the connector to which you want to add NAT services 2 Click on Edit Circuit The Circuit Definition window opens 3 Choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 4 Choose Add or Delete The Select Protocols window opens continued 3 14 117356 D Rev 00 Starting IP Services with Site Manager Site Manager Procedure continued You do this System responds 5 Click on NAT Site Manager highlights the selection 6 Click on OK The NAT Global Configuration window opens 7 Accept the defaults for the NAT interface global parameters The NAT Interface Configuration window opens 8 Accept the default LOCAL 9 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Circuit Definition window 10 Choose File The File menu opens 11 Choose Exit Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Deleting NAT from an IP Interface To delete NAT from an interface on which it is currently configured proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this 1 In the Configuration Manager window click on the connector from which you want to delete NAT services System responds Site Manager highlights the connector 2 Click on Edit Circuit The Circuit Definition window opens 3 Choose Protocols The Protocol
209. TU mismatch detection Failure to do this may prevent an OSPF adjacency from being formed over the tunnel 117356 D Rev 00 13 7 Configuring IP Services Deleting a Protocol from a GRE Tunnel To delete a protocol from a GRE tunnel complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose GRE The GRE Create Tunnels List window opens Choose a tunnel from the list and click on Add Del Prot The Select Protocols window opens Click on the protocols that you want to delete then click on OK The protocols no longer appear next to the tunnel name in the GRE Create Tunnels List window Click on Done You return to the Configuration Manager window Configuring a Remote Tunnel End Point A remote tunnel end point can be any IP interface configured on a Bay Networks router or another RFC 1701 1702 compliant router To maximize the robustness of the tunnel use a circuitless IP address as a tunnel s physical end point whenever possible see Using the Circuitless IP Interface on page 3 16 Because a circuitless IP address is associated with the whole router not one physical interface the tunnel operates as long as any slot that has a working IP interface stays up 13 8 117356 D Rev 00 Generic Routi
210. The IP router uses its IP address and this MAC address when transmitting and receiving packets on this interface E 164 address If the interface is on an SMDS circuit by default IP uses the individual SMDS configured address You can enter the entire E 164 address for example C1 617 555 5000 FFFF 117356 D Rev 00 4 43 Configuring IP Services To configure this parameter for a multinet or multigroup configuration refer to Configuring SMDS Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols Choose IP The Protocols menu opens The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 5 Set the MAC Address parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 34 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Enabling Source Routing over a Token Ring Network The IP router can route over token ring networks that contain one or more source routing bridges In a source routing network every end station that sends a frame supplies the frame with the necessary route descriptors so that it can be source routed across the network Thus in order for IP routers to route packets a
211. The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IP Global Parameters window opens 4 Set the Maximum Policy Rules parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 48 5 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 4 16 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Disabling and Reenabling Route Filter Support By default IP supports route filters When route filter support is disabled IP does not allocate memory for route filters when the maximum number of IP policies is increased You can use the BCC or Site Manager to disable and reenable this feature as required Using the BCC Navigate to the IP global prompt and enter route filters lt state gt state is one of the following enabled default disabled Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IP Global Parameters window opens 4 Set the Route Filter Support parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 48 5 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 4 17 Configuring IP Services Enabling Equal Cost Multipath Support By default IP stores the best next hop
212. U size you specify The number you enter must be less than the IP MTU size for that physical interface 7 44 117356 D Rev 00 Using the BCC Customizing OSPF Services Navigate to an interface specific OSPF prompt and enter mtu lt size gt size is the MTU size in bytes Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The OSPF Interfaces window opens 5 Click on the OSPF interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the OSPF Interfaces window 6 Set the MTU Size parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 81 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 7 45 Configuring IP Services Configuring a Neighbor on an NBMA Interface In a nonbroadcast multiaccess network neighbors are not learned dynamically You can use the BCC or Site Manager to enable and disable the neighbor configuration supply the IP address for each neighbor and specify the neighbor s priority Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens
213. You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IP Global Parameters window opens 4 Set the Forwarding parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 43 5 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Configuring Bridging on a Router in Not Forwarding Mode Because the IP router does not forward IP traffic in not forwarding mode you must configure the router to bridge IP traffic not explicitly addressed to it You must configure the bridge for each circuit that conveys IP datagrams The bridge will then forward all IP datagrams that are not explicitly addressed to the router Table 4 1 and Table 4 2 show valid and invalid configurations for source routing bridges and learning bridges Each configuration has the following format source_device gt medium gt destination_device or source_device gt medium gt intermediate_device gt medium2 gt destination_device Table 4 1 Source Routing Bridge Support for Host Only Mode Bridge Configuration Support Bay gt Etht gt Bay Supported Bay gt Token gt Bay Supported Bay gt FDDI gt Bay Supported Bay gt PTPtt gt Bay Supported Bay gt FR 4 gt
214. a is run Select the appropriate variation of the Dykstra algorithm 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 21 Opaque Capability Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Enabled Enabled Disabled Controls whether or not OSPF accepts and processes OPAQUE LSAs Select Disable if you do not want OSPF to accept OPAQUE LSAs 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 22 Deterministic Mcast Hold Down Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Disabled Enabled Disabled Controls whether the Hold Down feature for the Deterministic MOSPF is enabled Enable this feature if you want a data flow to go out an interface only if there is a reservation for the flow on the interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 23 A 74 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Timeout Value Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global 600 seconds An integer Specifies a timer value for timing out MOSPF forward entries Use the default setting 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 24 RFC 1583 Compatibility Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Enabled Enabled Disabled Controls the preference rules used when choosing among multiple AS external LSAs advertising the same destination Set this parameter to Ena
215. a network number a mask and a flag to indicate whether the ID refers to a specific network or a range of networks Enter a specific encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match the default route Enter a range encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match any route Enter an empty list to match any route continued 117356 D Rev 00 6 43 Configuring IP Services Table 6 6 BCC Match Criteria for RIP Announce Policies continued Parameter Values Default Function ospf router id List of IP Specifies the IDs of one or more OSPF addresses routers This policy applies to OSPF advertisements authored by a router on this list and applies only to OSPF sourced routes and if OSPF is included as a route source ospf tag List of OSPF ASE Specifies tag values that could be present in tag values an OSPF ASE advertisement This policy applies to OSPF ASE advertisements that contain tag values in this list and applies only to OSPF sourced ASE routes and if OSPF is included as a route source outbound interface List of IP Specifies a list of outbound RIP interfaces If addresses an interface appears on this list the policy applies to RIP advertisements sent via that interface rip gateway List of IP Specifies the addresses of one or more addresses routers that could send RIP updates to this router This policy applies to RIP advertisements from routers on this list and applies only to RIP sourced routes and if R
216. abels the datagram using either an implicit label or default label as follows e Ifthe inbound interface has an implicit label configured then the router uses it to label the datagram e Ifthe inbound interface does not have an implicit label configured then the router labels the datagram with the default label configured for the outbound interface If the interface does not have an implicit or default label configured then the datagram is simply dropped 117356 D Rev 00 10 5 Configuring IP Services Enabling and Disabling RIPSO Use Site Manager to enable or disable RIPSO on an interface When you disable RIPSO the router accepts only the following IP datagrams labeled IP datagrams with the classification level set to Unclassified and no authority flags set and unlabeled IP datagrams Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interfaces window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interfaces window Set the Enable Security parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 57 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 10 6 117356 D Rev 00 Co
217. able compliant with local BGP export policies BGP however does not require the entire routing table to be sent again Therefore the BGP speaker must keep a current version of the routing information received from of all of its peers for as long as the connection to each peer is valid This information is updated via update messages whenever changes occur By default BGP examines the routing table for changes every 5 seconds If a change has occurred BGP issues an update message on the connection You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a value for the external advertisement timer Using the BCC Navigate to a BGP peer specific prompt and enter advertise time lt seconds gt seconds is an integer specifying how often BGP issues an update message on this peer session For example the following command sets the external advertisement timer to 20 seconds for the peer session established between interfaces 2 2 2 2 and 2 2 2 5 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 advertise time 20 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 117356 D Rev 00 8 43 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP
218. abling OSPF on the Router When you start OSPF on the router OSPF is automatically enabled You can use the BCC or Site Manager to disable and reenable OSPF on the router Using the BCC Navigate to the global OSPF prompt and enter state lt state gt state is one of the following enabled default disabled Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Global The Edit OSPF Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help The value you chose appears in the or see the parameter description on page Enable field A 70 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 7 10 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Supplying an OSPF ID Each router configured with OSPF has an OSPF ID This IP address uniquely identifies this router in the OSPF domain By convention and to ensure uniqueness the router ID should be one of the router s IP interface addresses The router ID determines the designated router on a broadcast link if the priority values of the routers being considered are equal The higher the router ID the greater its priority If both OSPF and BGP are running on the router the OSPF router ID must be identi
219. acent host Set this parameter only if this is a PDN X 25 DDN X 25 or BFE X 25 connection Enter the appropriate X 121 address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 9 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Remote Party Sub Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts None An SVC subaddress Specifies the subaddress used to establish an SVC to the adjacent host Supply a valid SVC subaddress 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 10 Remote Party Type of Number Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts International International Unknown Specifies the type of number used to establish an SVC to the adjacent host Supply the required value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 11 Adjacent Host Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts Default FRE 164 Default FRX 121 FRDLCI Specifies the type of adjacent host Supply a value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 12 A 56 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters GRE Connection Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts None A GRE connection
220. aces The OSPF Virtual Interfaces window opens 5 Click on the virtual interface you wantto The parameter values for that interface configure appear in the OSPF Virtual Interfaces window 6 Set the following parameters Enable e Transit Delay Retransmit Interval Hello Interval Dead Interval e Password Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 92 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 7 57 Configuring IP Services Configuring OSPF Accept and Announce Policies OSPF requires that all routers in a given area maintain a similar routing database To ensure the integrity of the database OSPF does not manipulate received link state advertisements before propagating them on an interface There are two situations however in which an IP policy can be applied to an OSPF interface e An OSPF accept policy can be used on a router to control which OSPF non self originated external routing information is stored in the routing table This accept policy controls only what the local router uses it does not affect the propagation of non self originated external information to other routers e An OSPF announce policy can be used on a boundary router to control which self originated external routing updates are placed in the link state database for distribution according to the OSPF standard The announce policy aff
221. ach BGP border router The IBGP information is used in conjunction with the IGP route to the authoring BGP border router to determine the next hop to use for external networks No BGP information is carried by the IGP Each router uses IBGP exclusively to determine reachability to external networks When an IBGP update for a network is received it can be passed on to IP for inclusion in the routing table only if a viable IGP route to the correct border gateway is available 8 4 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP An AS with more than one BGP speaker can use IBGP to provide a transit service for networks outside the AS An AS that provides such a service for BGP speakers is known as a transit AS Figure 8 2 IP0021A Figure 8 2 Transit Autonomous System AS In Figure 8 2 AS 20 is the transit AS It provides information about its internal networks as well as transit networks to the remaining ASs The IBGP connections between BGP routers A B and C are necessary to provide consistent information to the ASs IBGP Route Reflector A BGP router configured for internal BGP IBGP must establish a peer to peer session with every other IBGP speaker in the AS In an AS with a large number of IBGP speakers this full mesh topology can result in
222. adjacent host resides on an Ethernet For an adjacent host on an ATM logical IP subnet select SNAP Type Default default Specifies the type of adjacent host E164 X121 Sub address No default Specifies the subaddress used to establish an SVC to the adjacent host Type of Number International default Unknown Specifies the type of number used to establish an SVC to the adjacent host 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing IP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Adjacent Hosts The IP Adjacent Hosts window opens 4 Click on Add The IP Adjacent Host Configuration window opens 5 Set the following parameters Enable Adjacent Host Address Next Hop Interface Addr MAC Address Host Encapsulation Adjacent Host X 121 Address Remote Party Sub Address Remote Party Type of Number Adjacent Host Type Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 54 6 Click on OK The IP Adjacent Hosts window displays the adjacent host you just configured 7 Set the following parameters Enable Next Hop Interface Addr Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 54 8 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager return
223. ager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 40 seconds 1 to 2 147 483 647 seconds Indicates the number of seconds that a router s hello packets have not been seen before its neighbors declare the router down The dead interval value should be some multiple of the hello interval value Bay Networks suggests the following values for this parameter for broadcast 40 seconds for point to point 60 seconds for NBMA 80 seconds for point to multipoint 60 seconds Either accept the default value of 40 seconds or set the dead interval to some higher number for slower speed serial lines This value must be the same for all routers attached to the same network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 12 117356 D Rev 00 A 79 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Poll Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 120 seconds 1 to 2 147 483 647 seconds Indicates the largest number of seconds allowed between hello packets sent to an inactive nonbroadcast multiaccess neighbor Either accept the default value of 120 seconds or set this parameter to some slightly higher number for slower speed serial lines 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 13 Metric Cost Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 1 1 to 65 535 I
224. al circuit 2 Configures two static routes to destination 201 1 1 4 the IP circuitless interface on the remote router Assigns router ID 201 1 1 1 to BGP on the local router Associates local BGP with AS 11 Configures local BGP for multihop peer to peer sessions DN Di OP Establishes a BGP peer to peer session between virtual interface 201 1 1 1 on the local router and virtual interface 201 1 1 4 on the remote router 7 Configures the peer to peer session for route balancing box Virtual virtual ip 201 1 1 1 30 ip 201 1 1 1 255 255 0 252 box box ip ip static route 201 1 1 4 30 198 2 1 1 static route 201 1 1 4 255 255 0 0 198 2 1 1 back ip static route 201 1 1 4 30 192 32 28 51 static route 201 1 1 4 255 255 0 0 192 32 28 51 back ip bgp bgp router id 201 1 1 1 bgp local as 11 bgp multi hop enabled bgp peer 201 1 1 1 201 1 1 4 as 12 peer 201 1 1 1 201 1 1 4 ebgp ecmp method route balance peer 201 1 1 1 201 1 1 4 back bgp 117356 D Rev 00 8 109 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers
225. ally configure packet level parameters for the X 25 interface make certain to a Set the Network Address Type parameter to BFE_LNETWORK b Set the DDN IP Address parameter to the IP address that is assigned to your BFE connection Edit the packet layer parameters for the X 25 interface so that they match the settings specified in Table 11 1 Add network service records to the X 25 interface Edit the network service record parameters for the X 25 interface so that they match the settings specified in Table 11 2 Remember to set the DDN BFE parameter to Enable Enable the IP routing protocol on the X 25 interface The specified IP address must match the one specified in the packet layer parameter setting Edit the IP interface record The address resolution must be set to X 25 BFE DDN Also configure IP security options RIPSO on the interface IP security must be enabled and labels are required on all outbound data 117356 D Rev 00 Connecting the Router to a Blacker Front End For instructions on performing steps 1 through 4 see Configuring X 25 Services For instructions on performing steps 5 and 6 see Chapter 10 Note Generally the synchronous line parameter settings are the same for both a DDN X 25 link and a BFE X 25 link However if your operating environment has specific needs you may want to edit synchronous line parameters See the appropriate protocol manual for instructions 117356 D Rev 00
226. ameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables IP routing on this interface Set to Disable to disable IP routing over this circuit 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 2 Subnet Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces You specified the subnet mask when you added IP to the circuit Depend on the class of the network to which the interface connects Specifies the network and subnetwork portion of the 32 bit IP address Enter the subnet mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 6 117356 D Rev 00 A 29 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Broadcast Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces You specified the broadcast address when you added IP to the circuit 0 0 0 0 or any IP address Specifies the broadcast address that the IP router uses to broadcast packets Accepting 0 0 0 0 for the broadcast address specifies that the IP router will use a broadcast address with a host portion of all 1s Accepting 0 0 0 0 does not configure the router to use the address 0 0 0 0 to broadcast packets For example if you have set the IP address to 123 1 1 1 and the subnet mask
227. ameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NAT gt Dynamic gt Local Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables a local address range in the NAT Local Address Range list A NAT local address range is a range of local unregistered source addresses that you configure using the ADD button See Chapter 12 for information about how to configure NAT local address ranges When NAT software detects a packet with an address in the local address range on a NAT local interface and this feature is enabled for the range NAT software maps the local address to a registered global address NAT replaces the local address with the global address and sends the packet on a NAT global interface to its destination in an external network Set to Enable to enable a dynamic mapping for a specific local address range Set to Disable to disable dynamic mapping for a specific local address range 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 7 3 1 2 N to 1 Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NAT gt Dynamic gt Local 0 A global IP address Enables NAT for N to 1 address translation and specifies a global IP address To disable N to 1 translation use the default value 0 To enable N to 1 translation and specify a global IP address enter the global IP address NAT translates any
228. ameters ceeeee 4 30 Configuring a Multinet Interface PPE E ere ni 4 31 Disabling and Reenabling an IP Interface ussesesseeersssnsrerreeririnerrrennnnn 402 Specifying a Broadcast Address for an Interface cccececeeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 33 Specifying a Subnet Broadcast Address ccccscccecccceensetsessoncetscievancssmntecvestieresceane 4 35 Speciving ihe Costal an WHENACE ninsis ionian NNE 4 35 Enabling MTU Discovery on an Interface EEE E EA PER 4 36 Enabling and Disabling ICMP Address Mask Replies c cccsceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 38 Disabling and Reenabling ICMP Redirect Messages ccscesceeeseeeteeeteeeeeeees 4 39 Enabling All Subnet Broadcasting on an Interface 05 tenis EAT rer 4 44 Disabling UDP Checksum Processing on the Interface cceeeseeeeeeeeeeesteeteees 4 42 Specifying a MAC Address or E 164 Address cceccececeeecceeeeceneeseeeeseeeeaeeeaeeeeaes 4 43 Enabling Source Routing over a Token Ring Network cccccsccceesssstteeeseeeeeees 4 44 117356 D Rev 00 vii Configuring an SMDS Address ccs csnisseondeesenute vonina a AT Configuring a WAN Address for a Frame Balay Netwotk piai PE PT Sikes Specifying the Maximum Size of the Forwarding Table cccceeeseeeeeeeeeees 4 49 Configuring an Interface for an ATM Logical IP Subnet cccceseeeeeereeeeeees 4 51 Configuring an Adjacent Host Ad
229. an IP host it does not forward IP traffic but it still processes packets explicitly addressed to it In Not Forwarding mode only static routes and adjacent host routes are allowed No routing protocols are initiated Because the IP router does not forward IP traffic in Not Forwarding mode you must configure the router to bridge IP traffic not explicitly addressed to it You must configure the bridge for each circuit that conveys IP datagrams The bridge then forwards all IP datagrams that are not explicitly addressed to the router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 4 117356 D Rev 00 A 43 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID ARP Forwarding Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Forwarding Forwarding Not Forwarding Specifies how ARP should act in relation to IP s forwarding state Note that Forwarding means IP is in forwarding mode If this parameter is set to Forwarding then ARP packets are either consumed if destined for the router or dropped If this parameter is set to Not Forwarding ARP packets are consumed if destined for the router or bridged onto remaining ARP interfaces Always set this parameter the way you set the Forwarding parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 1 1 3 Nonlocal ARP Source Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global
230. an external route source a route from that source that meets the other criteria of this policy matches the policy This parameter applies only to OSPF routes that use the new ASE type 2 metric The protocol from which OSPF received the route is encoded in the ASE metric along with the route s metric To specify any external route source use the default ospf type protocol source Any default Type 1 Type 2 External Internal Any default Direct Static RIP OSPF EGP BGP Specifies which types of OSPF routes match this policy and applies only to OSPF sourced routes and if OSPF is included as a route source Specifies one or more route source identifiers If you select a route source ID a route from that source that meets the other criteria of this policy matches the policy bgp as List of AS numbers Specifies a list of autonomous system numbers This policy applies to BGP advertisements received from BGP peers in this AS and applies only to BGP sourced routes and if BGP is included as a route source continued 117356 D Rev 00 8 81 Configuring IP Services Table 8 13 BCC Match Criterion for BGP Announce Policies continued Criterion Values Function bgp next hop List of IP Specifies one or more IP addresses This addresses policy applies to BGP advertisements whose Next Hop attribute matches an IP address on this list and applies only to BGP sourced ro
231. anager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The OSPF Interfaces window opens 5 Click on the OSPF interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the OSPF Interfaces window 6 Set the Retransmit Interval parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 78 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Setting the Hello Interval The hello interval specifies how often the router sends hello messages on the interface By default OSPF transmits a hello message every 10 seconds Each type of network has an optimum hello interval If the interface is connected to a broadcast network Bay Networks suggests you use the default setting 10 seconds Table 7 4 lists the suggested settings for network types supported by OSPF Table 7 4 Hello Interval Settings Network Type Suggested Hello Interval seconds Broadcast 10 default Point to point 15 NBMA 20 Point to multipoint 15 117356 D Rev 00 7 37 Configuring IP Services Note This value must be the same for all routers attached to the same network You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a hello interval Using the BCC Navigate to an interface spec
232. appear in the OSPF Interfaces window Set the Transit Delay parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 78 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 7 35 Configuring IP Services Setting the Retransmit Interval The retransmit interval is the number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this interface Each type of network has an optimum retransmit interval If the interface is connected to a broadcast network Bay Networks suggests you use the default setting of 5 seconds Table 7 3 lists the suggested settings for network types supported by OSPF Table 7 3 Retransmit Interval Settings Network Type Suggested Retransmit Interval seconds Broadcast 5 default Point to point 10 NBMA 10 Point to multipoint 10 You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a retransmit interval Using the BCC Navigate to an interface specific OSPF prompt and enter retransmission interval lt interval gt interval is the number of seconds between retransmissions For example the following command specifies an OSPF retransmission interval of 10 seconds for IP interface 2 2 2 2 ospf 2 2 2 2 retransmission interval 10 ospf 2 2 2 2 7 36 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Using Site Manager Site M
233. arameter to Disable 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 23 Automatic Tag Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Disable Enable Disable Enables BGP OSPF automatic tag generation Select Disable the default to use the value you specify with the Tag parameter Select Enable to generate a tag according to the criteria in RFC 1403 or any superseding RFC This parameter overrides the Tag Generation Method parameter on the OSPF Global Parameters window 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 24 OSPF Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies 0 0 or an export metric Specifies an optional OSPF metric to use when advertising a route that matches this policy Set the Action parameter for Announce If you use the default the OSPF metric is the routing table metric 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 25 117356 D Rev 00 B 45 Configuring IP Services EGP Specific Announce Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID External Route Source Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Any Direct Static RIP OSPF with Type 2 metric EGP BGP Any Specifies one or more external route source identifiers If you specify
234. atagrams Specify a level within the range specified by the Min Level and Max Level parameters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 88 Default Label Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable If you select Enable the router uses the Default Authority and Default Level fields to create a default label The router supplies the default label to unlabeled outbound datagrams originated or forwarded out this interface If you select Disable the router does not supply default labels for this interface To allow the router to supply default labels for unlabeled outbound datagrams accept the default Enable 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 89 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Default Authority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces No authority flags selected No authority flags selected GENSER SIOPESI SCI NSA DOE Specifies the authority flags that the router uses when it supplies default security labels to unlabeled outbound IP datagrams Select those authority flags that the router should set when it supplies default security labels The set of authority flags you specify must include the set of authority flags specified for the Must Out Authority parameter and cannot include any of th
235. ate is one of the following enable disable default For example the following command enables triggered updates on IP interface 2 2 2 25 rip 2 2 2 2 triggered updates enable rip 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Configuration window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the IP RIP Interface Configuration window 6 Set the Triggered Updates parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 97 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 6 13 Configuring IP Services Specifying a Time to Live Value By default RIP inserts a time to live TTL value of 1 hop into each outbound routing update Setting a TTL of 1 prevents RIP updates from inadvertently getting off the local network Increasing the TTL introduces the risk of the update getting off the local network and being forwarded around the network Certain RIP implementations ignore packets with a TTL value of 1 hop Use this parameter to provide interoperability with such implementations You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a TT
236. ates and processes only Version 2 updates in the following manner e If no password is present in the Version 2 update RIP drops the update e If a password is present in the Version 2 update and that password is valid RIP accepts the update e If the password is invalid RIP drops the update You can use the BCC or Site Manager to configure a RIP interface for authentication and enable password checking If you configure authentication on a RIP interface you can assign the interface a 1 to 16 character password 117356 D Rev 00 6 17 Configuring IP Services Using the BCC To configure authentication navigate to a RIP interface specific prompt and enter authentication type lt type gt type is one of the following none default simple To specify a password enter authentication lt password gt Using Site Manager Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Configuration window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want 6 Set the following parameters Authentication Type Authentication Password Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 98 The parameter values for that interface appear in the IP RIP Interface Configuration wi
237. ath Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global This parameter defaults to Enable when you add IP support to a circuit Enable Disable Specifies the state of the IP router software Select Enable if you have previously disabled the IP router software and now wish to reenable it Select Disable to disable the IP router software In dynamic mode when you set this parameter to Disable you immediately prohibit all Site Manager communication with the router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 2 Forwarding Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Forwarding Forwarding Not Forwarding Specifies whether the IP router forwards IP traffic that is not explicitly addressed to it Select Forwarding if you want the IP router to route forward IP traffic Forwarding configures the IP router to process all broadcast packets and all IP packets explicitly addressed to it and to route all other IP packets Select Not Forwarding if you want to provide IP management access by means of TFTP and SNMP to all active IP interfaces but also want to prohibit the IP router from forwarding IP traffic You must specify an identical IP address and mask combination for each active IP interface that will provide management access Not Forwarding configures the IP router to act as
238. ault a BGP speaker that issues an open message to initiate a peer to peer session uses the AS number that you set with the Local AS parameter You can use Site Manager to include a different AS number overriding the default or use the AS number you specified in the Local AS parameter Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers 7 Click on the peer for which you want to edit parameters The BGP Peer List window opens The parameters for that peer appear in the window Set the Local AS to Advertise to Peer parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 15 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 117356 D Rev 00 8 49 Configuring IP Services Specifying a Maximum Update Size By default a BGP speaker sends update messages with a maximum size of 800 bytes You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a maximum update message size overriding the default Note that if the update message that advertises a single route is larger than
239. ault to insert 0 into the tag field The Proprietary option is reserved for debugging purposes 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 15 Multicast Extensions Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global 0 0 no multicast forwarding is enabled 1 intra area multicasting only 3 intra area and inter area multicasting 5 intra area and inter AS multicasting 7 multicasting everywhere Indicates whether the router is forwarding IP multicast Class D datagrams based on the algorithms defined in the Multicast Extensions to OSPF Set the bitmask as required 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 19 Multicast Deterministic Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Nondeterministic Nondeterministic Deterministicstrict Deterministicloose Controls whether or not the deterministic variation of the MOSPF Dykstra is run Select the appropriate variation of the Dykstra algorithm 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 20 117356 D Rev 00 A 73 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Multicast Route Pinning Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Nonpinned Nonpinned Pinned Controls whether the route pinning variation of the MOSPF Dykstr
240. backup soloist provides a method of preserving information learned from the network in the event of an OSPF crash or slot removal avoiding the time consuming and resource intensive process of relearning routing information In the event of a crash or slot removal transition between the OSPF primary and backup soloists occurs without relearning routing information from the network By default the router uses any available slot for the OSPF soloist You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a slot By default OSPF does not maintain a copy of the link state database LSDB for the backup soloist You can use the BCC or Site Manager to enable this feature 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Using the BCC To specify a slot for the OSPF soloist navigate to the global OSPF prompt and enter slot mask lt slot gt slot is all slots the default or an integer from 1 to 14 to indicate a slot To maintain a copy of the LSDB for the backup soloist navigate to the global OSPF prompt and enter backup Isdb enable For example the following command sequence specifies slot 12 for the OSPF soloist and causes OSPF to maintain a separate copy of the LSDB for the backup soloist ospf slot mask 12 ospf backup Isdb enable ospf Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu o
241. ber 8 49 path attributes 8 6 peers configuring over unnumbered point to point link 8 59 peer to peer communication 8 34 redundant connections 8 20 route reflector 8 88 route server 8 5 setting timer for injecting external BGP routes into routing table 8 19 starting 3 9 supplying identifier for 8 14 BGP Collision Detect parameter 8 21 A 6 BGP Dynamic Policy Change Support parameter 8 23 A 7 BGP Enable parameter 8 13 A 3 BGP From Protocols parameter 8 18 A 5 BGP Identifier parameter 8 14 A 4 BGP Interval Timer parameter 8 19 A 5 BGP Intra AS parameter 8 16 A 4 BGP Local AS parameter 8 15 A 4 BGP Soloist Slots parameter 8 25 A 7 BGP 3 parameters BGP 3 Preference C 16 Enable C 15 Export Action C 19 Export Address C 17 Export Enable C 19 Export from Protocol C 18 Export Mask C 17 Export Neighbor AS C 20 Export Origin C 20 117356 D Rev 00 BGP 3 parameters continued Export Peer Address C 18 Export Peer AS C 18 Export Use Inter AS Metric C 19 Import Address C 12 Import Mask C 13 Import Peer Address C 14 Import Peer AS C 13 Import Peer Original AS C 14 Import Route Origin C 14 Preference C 16 Blacker Front End support 4 51 11 1 11 2 addressing 11 3 configuring 11 4 X 25 packet level parameter settings for 11 6 border router OSPF 7 54 bridging configuring in host only mode 4 8 broadcast address definition 4 33 for subnets 4 35 Broadcast Address para
242. best route to the remote physical end point of the tunnel is through the tunnel itself a loop internal to the router occurs and prevents the tunnel from operating You must configure one of the following at each end of the tunnel to prevent routing loops e Announce policy e Accept policy e Static route The best choice depends on the network topology to which it is applied Note You must implement an announce or accept policy or a static route at each end of the tunnel for the tunnel to operate correctly Announce Policy An announce policy governs the advertisement of routing information When preparing a routing advertisement IP consults its announce policies to determine whether or not to advertise the route see IP Routing Policies and Filters on page 1 14 For GRE tunneling you configure an announce policy for each routing protocol RIP OSPF BGP configured on the logical tunnel interface to block the advertisement of a range of network addresses that contains the tunnel s local physical interface address To configure an announce policy for RIP see Configuring RIP Accept and Announce Policies on page 6 29 To configure an announce policy for OSPF see Configuring OSPF Accept and Announce Policies on page 7 58 To configure an announce policy for BGP see Configuring BGP Accept and Announce Policies on page 8 63 The disadvantage of using an announce policy is that it prevents the advertisement of
243. ble 7 8 Table 7 8 BCC Matching Criteria for OSPF Accept Policies Parameter Values Function ase type Any default Describes which type of OSPF ASE route Type 1 matches this policy Type 2 ase tag List of tag values Specifies OSPF tag values that could be present in an OSPF ASE advertisement This policy applies to OSPF ASE advertisements that contain the tag values on this list network List of IP Specifies a list of networks This policy addresses applies to the networks in this list The BCC implements this matching criterion as an object To specify multiple elements create multiple objects 7 64 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing OSPF Services Use this Site Manager procedure to create an OSPF accept policy Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens Choose OSPF Choose Policies The OSPF window opens ay oO hy Choose Accept The OSPF Accept Policies window opens Set the following parameters Enable Name e Networks Action Route Preference Rule Precedence Type Tag Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on pages B 2 and B 9 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window
244. bled to use the preference rules specified by RFC 1583 Set this parameter to Disabled to use the preference rules specified in RFC 2178 which prevent routing loops when AS external LSAs for the same destination originate from different areas 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 25 117356 D Rev 00 A 75 Configuring IP Services OSPF Interface Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable This parameter indicates whether or not OSPF is enabled on this interface The default value Enable indicates that neighbor relationships may be formed on this interface and that this interface will be advertised as an internal route to some area The value Disable indicates that this is not an OSPF interface Set this parameter to Disable if you do not want OSPF enabled on the interface Set it to Enable if you previously disabled OSPF on this interface and now wish to reenable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 2 Area Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 0 0 0 0 Any 4 octet number in dotted decimal notation This parameter identifies the area to which this interface belongs Enter the appropriate area ID in dotted decimal notation Area ID 0 0 0 0 is reserved for the ba
245. by modifying parameters as described under the following topics Topic Page Navigating the BCC to an IP Interface Prompt 4 29 Opening the Site Manager Window for IP Interface Parameters 4 30 Configuring a Multinet Interface 4 31 Disabling and Reenabling an IP Interface 4 32 Specifying a Broadcast Address for an Interface 4 33 Specifying a Subnet Broadcast Address 4 35 Specifying the Cost of an Interface 4 35 Enabling MTU Discovery on an Interface 4 36 Enabling and Disabling ICMP Address Mask Replies 4 38 Disabling and Reenabling IGMP Redirect Messages 4 39 Enabling All Subnet Broadcasting on an Interface 4 41 Disabling UDP Checksum Processing on the Interface 4 42 Specifying a MAC Address or E 164 Address 4 43 Enabling Source Routing over a Token Ring Network 4 44 Configuring an SMDS Address 4 47 Configuring a WAN Address for a Frame Relay Network 4 48 Specifying the Maximum Size of the Forwarding Table 4 49 Configuring an Interface for an ATM Logical IP Subnet 4 51 4 28 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Navigating the BCC to an IP Interface Prompt Beginning at the prompt for the slot connector on which you have configured the IP interface enter ip address lt ip_address gt mask lt address_mask gt ijp_adaress is the IP address you have assigned to the interface address_mask is the mask associated with the IP address The prompt for t
246. by NAT software proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose NAT 4 Choose Global Set the Log Mask parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 99 The NAT menu opens The NAT Base Group Record window opens Click on the Values button Site Manager displays a list of log message types Choose the log message types that you want to be logged Site Manager displays the binary values that correspond to your log message type selections in the Log Mask field Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 12 12 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Network Address Translation Enabling and Disabling the Translation Entry Timeout Value You can configure a global timeout period for dynamic translation entries If there have been no translated packets for a specific address mapping when the timer expires NAT software removes the entry from the dynamic translation entry list thus freeing the global address for another mapping To enable or disable this feature for a specific dynamic translation entry proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Prot
247. by binding a 32 bit IP address to a 48 bit MAC address A router can use ARP across a single network only and the network hardware must support physical broadcasts For example in Figure 5 1 the router and host C are on the same physical network Both devices have an assigned IP address the router s is 140 250 200 1 and host C s is 140 250 200 4 and both devices have an assigned physical address the router s is 00 00 A2 00 00 01 and host C s is 00 00 A2 00 10 40 La 140 250 200 1 Router 00 00A2 00 00 01 140 250 200 0 E a A B 140 250 200 2 140 250 200 3 140 250 200 4 00 00 A2 00 10 20 00 00 A2 00 10 30 00 00 A2 00 10 40 IPOO10A Figure 5 1 ARP Example 5 2 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Address Resolution In Figure 5 1 the router wants to send a packet to host C but knows only host C s IP address The router uses ARP to determine host C s physical address as follows 1 The router broadcasts a special packet called an ARP request that asks IP address 140 250 200 4 to respond with its physical address 2 All network hosts receive the broadcast request 3 Only host C responds with its hardware address The router maps host C s IP address 140 250 200 4 to its physical address 00 00 A2 00 10 40 and saves the results in an address resolution cache for future use Note The router can send out ARP requests even if ARP which is a dynamically loaded mod
248. c route over an unnumbered interface IP supports multiple static routes to the same destination IP uses the best route to forward packets and treats the other routes as backup routes in case the chosen route becomes unusable or is no longer considered the best route You can also configure IP to support equal cost multipath ECMP routes for traffic load balancing If IP considers the ECMP routes to be the best routes IP uses them all in the way you specify in round robin fashion for example to forward data For information see Enabling Equal Cost Multipath Support on page 4 18 With ECMP enabled globally on the router you can configure up to 12 ECMP static routes 4 56 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Note When you dynamically create a new static route for example 128 10 8 0 255 255 255 0 1 the router can generate the following error message in the router log file 2 04 16 98 09 44 24 096 WARNING SLOT 5 IP Code 56 Error when configuring static route 128 10 8 0 255 255 255 0 1 This message indicates that the static route is not configured at the time stated because all necessary MIB sets are not completed Error checking occurs as each attribute is set The router code generates the error messages to prevent misconfigured static routes You can verify that a static route has been created correctly by issuing a get command for the valid attribute in the wflIpStaticRouteEntry 10 instance
249. cal to the BGP identifier In addition the OSPF router ID must match one of the IP addresses configured on the router By default OSPF uses the IP address of the first OSPF circuit configured on this router You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify an IP address Using the BCC Navigate to the global OSPF prompt and enter router id lt p_address gt jjp_address is a valid IP address in dotted decimal notation 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Global The Edit OSPF Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Router ID parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 70 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Configuring the Soloist and Backup Soloist on a Slot The OSPF protocol is implemented as a soloist that is as a single process running on a single slot of a router When you add an OSPF interface to a circuit the router enables OSPF on a slot If the slot on which the OSPF soloist is running goes down the router tries to run OSPF on another slot Each time the OSPF soloist is restarted all of the routing information is lost and must be relearned from the network The OSPF
250. ce Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Router Discovery 0 A numeric value Specifies the preferability a higher number indicates more preferred of the address as a default router address relative to other router addresses on the same subnet Enter a value indicating the relative preferability of the router address Enter a preference value of 0x80000000 to indicate to neighboring hosts that the address is not to be used as a default route 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 17 1 9 A 68 117356 D Rev 00 Site Manager Parameters OSPF Parameters Topic Page OSPF Global Parameters A 69 OSPF Interface Parameters A 76 Neighbor Parameters for an NBMA Interface A 83 OSPF Area Parameters A 85 Area Range Parameters A 87 OSPF Virtual Interface Parameters A 89 OSPF Global Parameters Parameter Enable Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Default Enable Options Enable Disable Function Globally enables or disables OSPF on all router interfaces Instructions Set to Disable if you want to disable OSPF for the entire router Set to Enable if you previously disabled OSPF on the router and now want to reenable it MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 2 117356 D Rev 00 A 69 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Functio
251. ce to a common network One router attempts to acquire a peer router If the peer agrees to be acquired the two routers form a neighbor relationship They then negotiate the mode of operation and the polling modes After two routers agree to form a neighbor relationship they must then negotiate modes According to EGP the routers modes are determined as shown in Table 9 1 Table 9 1 Router Mode Determinator Router A Router B Resulting Modes Active Passive Router A is active Router B is passive Passive Passive Not allowed at least one router must be active Active Active The router with the lower autonomous system number becomes active the other becomes the passive router Both Active Router A is passive Router B is active Both Passive Router A is active Router B is passive Both Both The router with the lower autonomous system number becomes active the other becomes the passive router Table 9 1 shows all possible acquisition mode combinations that are available when you configure the EGP neighbors at each end of a connection However Bay Networks recommends that one router be configured in the active acquisition mode and the other in the passive acquisition mode 117356 D Rev 00 9 3 Configuring IP Services In the neighbor reachability phase EGP is responsible for monitoring and maintaining an established EGP neighbor relationship between two routers Its purpose is to ensure that t
252. choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens Choose NAT The NAT menu opens Choose Interface The NAT Interface List window opens aJ eAJSJN Highlight the interface you want to modify from the list of IP interfaces Set the Interface Type parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 101 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 12 16 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Static Translation Configuring Network Address Translation Use Site Manager to create a one to one mapping of an unregistered local host address to a global address If you want to preserve a mapping use static translation A statically translated address does not time out during periods when there is no traffic on the interface The mapping remains configured until you disable it The local address is an unregistered local address of a host in your network The global address is the registered source address you want to map to the local address Adding Static Translation to Local and Global Interfaces To assign static translation to a local and global address pair proceed as follows You do this Site Manager Path System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP 3 Choose NAT The IP menu opens The NAT menu opens 4 C
253. cific prompt and enter match A match prompt appears for the policy Enter lt match_criterion gt lt ip_address gt match_criterion is one of the BCC match objects listed in Table 6 3 Table 6 3 RIP Accept Policy Match Criteria Object Meaning network rip gateway Specifies the networks that match this policy Each specification consists of a network IP address a mask and a flag to indicate whether the network address refers to a specific network or a range of networks Enter a specific encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match the default route Enter a range encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match any route Use the default empty list to match any route Specifies the addresses of one or more routers that could send RIP updates to this router This policy matches RIP advertisements from routers on this list Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to RIP updates from any router rip interface Specifies the IP addresses of one or more interfaces on this router This policy matches RIP updates received on interfaces that appear on this list Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to RIP updates received on any interface The BCC implements this matching criterion as an object To specify a list create multiple objects For example the following command specifies RIP interface 2 2 3 3 as a match for RIP accept policy pol_1 match rip accept po
254. ckbone 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 6 A 76 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Broadcast Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces Broadcast Broadcast NBMA nonbroadcast multiaccess Point to point Point to multipoint STD Point to multipoint Passive Indicates the type of network to which this interface is attached Choose Broadcast if this network is a broadcast LAN such as Ethernet Choose NBMaA if the network is a nonbroadcast network such as X 25 Choose Point to point for a synchronous point to point interface Choose Point to multipoint STD if the network is a point to multipoint network If you want to use the Bay Networks proprietary solution for frame relay point to multipoint networks select Point to multipoint Choose passive to configure an interface that OSPF cannot use to form neighbor relationships OSPF cannot accept hello messages or send advertisements on the passive interface Set this parameter to match this interface type If you set this parameter to NBMA you need to configure neighbors manually 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 7 Rtr Priority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 1 0 to 255 Indicates the priority of this interface The ro
255. cker Front End BFE POG SStNG sic isscccsnictcocecaurssceceansaiccecemmvadcnennrey a sound acaccnmeercadsanineccesoanete 11 3 Goriguring Blacker Front End Sup DON norrena kaaa snaa A 11 4 Chapter 12 Configuring Network Address Translation Overview of Network Address Translation ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseeneeeseaeeseaaeeeaes 12 2 Dynamic Address THAMSIAUON sn sicii sien wsirtoencedaniorcceipidvdarrsuainanedisinaen ibneinmasedaentie 12 2 Staic Address TRAPS ON sintasa iaee aiaiaaeo Eaa RR A N ENOS 12 7 Customizing NAT Global AtrDUtES irisisurensniinnisouninnan annaas eaaa aaiae 12 8 Enabling and Disabling NAT uasai EE AT E EEE aw onneneens 12 9 Gonliguring the saast Slot Mask saninin haD AAN ARRA 12 10 Configuring the Log MaSK iss cia oracdcinniadonnunanientlades Kameda ia a anaa 12 11 Enabling and Disabling the Translation Entry Timeout Value seeen 12 13 Configuring the Max Timeout Valte cisccasssenayarrtetatsonemetaantexiates peteeerar san a 12 14 Customizing a NAT Interface A ere ees P T T T e 12 15 Enabling or Disabling NAT on an intaia E P E E E 12 15 Mo ditying the Interface Type ersiiscisernnnioi niende aiana aiaia 12 16 Configuring Static Translation PE E E E E N uma es ore NY 12 17 Adding Static Translation to Local and Global iatis A E AT A 12 17 Enabling and Disabling Static Address Translation c cscceesceeseeeseeeeeeeseeeees 12 18 Configuring Dynamic Local Address Ranges secci
256. contain tag values in this list and applies only to OSPF sourced ASE routes and if OSPF is included as a route source Specify one or more tag values Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to OSPF ASEs with any tag value RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 15 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 15 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 15 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 15 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 15 B 36 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies From EGP Peer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IP address of one or more EGP peers This policy applies to EGP advertisements authored by a router on this list and applies only to EGP source routes and if EGP is included as a route source Specify one or more IP addresses Use
257. cross a source routing network they must act like end stations supplying route descriptors for each packet before they send it onto the network With end node support enabled an IP router does the following 1 Receives a packet and determines that the packet s next hop is located across a source routing network Adds the necessary routing information field RIF information to the packet s MAC header Sends the packet onto the network where it is source routed toward the next hop 4 44 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Upon receiving the packet from the token ring network the peer router strips off the RIF and continues to route the packet toward the destination network address Figure 4 3 End station 1 Token Router 1 Vv Vy ring Router 2 Bridge A Bridge B gt Packet sent from end station 1 WF2 WF1 SNAP ia DATA Source route RIF Packet sent from router 1 WF2 WF1 0830 001A002B 0030 SNAP Le DATA Packet sent from router 2 WF2 WF1 SNAP ia DATA Figure 4 3 IP Routers Source Routing Across a Token Ring Network End station 2 IP0012A The router can send ARP packets over an interface configured for a token ring network Bay Networks supports both spann
258. ct ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Local Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies 0 0 to 4 294 967 295 Assigns a local preference value to a route matching this policy This value overrides the calculated value for EBGP routes or the Local Preference path attribute for IBGP routes To indicate a preference enter a value from 1 to 4 294 967 295 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 16 BGP 4 Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies 1 1 to 16 Specifies a value that can be used to compare a route that matches this policy with other BGP 4 routes The larger the value the greater the preference To indicate maximum preference enter 16 This parameter is valid only if the Action parameter is set to Accept 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 17 AS Weight Class Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies Weight class 1 Weight class 1 to weight class 8 Indicates which weight class value should be used when calculating the AS path weight Enter a valid BGP 4 weight class This parameter is valid only if the Action parameter is set to Accept 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 18 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instr
259. ct a protocol to run on the router you must configure a circuit that the protocol can use as interface to an attached network For information and instructions see Configuring WAN Line Services and Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services When you have successfully configured the circuit the Select Protocols window opens Proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 Inthe Select Protocols window select the The IP Configuration window opens following protocols IP EGP Then click on OK 2 Set the following parameters IP Address Subnet Mask Transmit Beast Addr UnNumbered Assoc Address Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 27 3 Click on OK The EGP Configuration window opens 4 Set the following parameters Local Autonomous System ID decimal Remote Peer IP Address Gateway Mode Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 23 5 Click on OK Site Manager enables EGP service and returns you to the Configuration Manager window 3 12 117356 D Rev 00 Deleting EGP from the Router Starting IP Services with Site Manager You can delete EGP from all router circuits on which it is currently enabled To delete EGP complete the following steps Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols
260. ction Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas gt Ranges 0 0 to 2 147 483 647 Specifies the metric to advertise into other areas as the distance from the OSPF router to any network in the range If you select 0 the router uses the value calculated by OSPF 1 3 6 14 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 4 1 8 OSPF Virtual Interface Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Virtual Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this virtual link This parameter is useful when you want to temporarily disable a virtual link rather than delete it Set to Disable to turn off this virtual link Set to Enable if you previously disabled this virtual link and now want to reenable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 2 Transit Delay Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Virtual Interfaces 1 second 1 to 360 seconds Indicates the estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a link state update packet over this interface Either accept the default value of 1 second or enter a new value from 1 to 360 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 6 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Opt
261. d with its physical address The router captures host B s ARP request and responds with its hardware address 00 002 00 00 01 and host C s IP address 140 250 250 3 Host B maps host C s IP address 140 250 250 3 to the router s hardware address 00 002 00 00 01 117356 D Rev 00 5 9 Configuring IP Services With Proxy ARP enabled the router will respond with an ARP reply if there is a valid route that is if the router is able to forward traffic to the destination in the routing table This route may be a subnet route or a default route For the router to respond for subnets that are reachable via the default route you must configure IP to use a default route for unknown subnets see Using a Default Route for an Unknown Subnet on page 4 15 Some devices use Proxy ARP to determine a gateway rather than relying on a statically defined default gateway These devices will use ARP for all remote destinations To enable the router to reply to ARP for remote destinations on other networks you must enable Proxy ARP and set the Nonlocal ARP Destination parameter to Accept see Customizing Global ARP Characteristics on page 5 5 By default Proxy ARP is disabled on the interface You can use the BCC or Site Manager to enable Proxy ARP Using the BCC Navigate to the IP interface specific prompt and enter proxy lt state gt state is one of the following on off For example the following command turns on Proxy ARP on IP i
262. dcast multiaccess neighbor for this interface Enter the appropriate IP address of the nonbroadcast multiaccess neighbor in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 4 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces gt Neighbors Enable Enable Disable Allows you to enable and disable this neighbor configuration for this interface This parameter is useful if you want to temporarily disable a neighbor configuration rather than delete it Set to Disable if you want to disable this neighbor configuration Or set to Enable if you previously disabled this neighbor configuration and now want to reenable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 2 Priority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces gt Neighbors 1 0 to 255 Indicates the priority of this neighbor with 255 indicating the highest priority The neighbor priority value is used in multiaccess networks for the election of the designated router If this parameter is set to 0 this router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network Either accept the default neighbor priority value or enter some other value from 0 to 255 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 9 11
263. ddress gt remote lt remote_ip_address gt as lt as_number gt local_ip_adadress is the address expressed in dotted decimal format of an IP interface on the local router remote_ip_address is the address of an IP interface on the remote peer s router as_number is the number of the AS in which the remote peer is located For example the following command defines a peer to peer connection between local IP interface 2 3 3 3 and remote interface 2 3 3 4 The remote BGP peer is located in AS 4 bgp peer local 2 3 3 3 remote 2 3 3 4 as 4 peer 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 4 The BGP peer to peer relationship is now established with default values for all BGP peer parameters You customize the peer to peer connection by modifying BGP peer parameters as described in Chapter 8 117356 D Rev 00 2 5 Configuring IP Services Starting Router Discovery You start Router Discovery by adding it to an IP interface Navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter rdisc The Router Discovery prompt appears For example the following command adds Router Discovery to IP interface 2 2 2 2 255 0 0 0 ip 2 2 2 2 255 0 0 0 rdisc rdisc 2 2 2 2 Router Discovery is now running on IP interface 2 2 2 2 255 0 0 0 with default values for all parameters You customize Router Discovery on the interface by modifying parameters as described in Configuring and Customizing Router Discovery on page 4 63 2 6 117356 D Rev 00 Chapter 3 Starting I
264. ded around the network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 11 Broadcast Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces 30 seconds 1 hour for dial optimized routing 5 seconds to 86 400 seconds 24 hours 1 hour to 1 209 600 seconds 2 weeks for dial optimized routing Specifies how frequently RIP does a full update of the routing table Enter a value in 5 second increments 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 12 Timeout Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces 90 seconds 3 hours for dial optimized routing 15 seconds to 259 200 seconds 72 hours 3 hours to 3 628 800 seconds 6 weeks for dial optimized routing Specifies the time period that RIP will wait for an update for a particular network before declaring it to be unreachable Bay Networks recommends a timeout value of the broadcast time multiplied by 3 Enter a time in 5 second increments 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 13 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Holddown Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces 90 seconds 3 hours for dial optimized routing 15 seconds to 259 200 seconds 72 hours 3 hours to 3 628 800 seconds 6 weeks for dial optimized routing Specifies the time period that unusable routes will be advertised through this interface after the route has become invalid
265. disabled the router echoes the route as unreachable withdrawn If the peer router saves routes that contain its own AS number and is running short of memory send an unreachable echo A BGP speaker that participates in inter AS multicast routing must advertise a route it receives from one of its external peers If the router stores the route in its routing table it must also advertise it back to the peer from which the route was received For a BGP speaker that does participate in inter AS multicast routing such echoing is optional Delayed Granularity Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 30 seconds 1 to 30 Specifies the number of seconds a route server waits before accepting and serving routes to a client that another route server may have accepted This parameter is a backoff timer that eliminates contention between route servers for clients IBGP route servers in a cluster balance their client load This value should be less than two thirds of the smallest holdtime interval of all connections between route servers in the AS and their clients including route servers in other clusters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 36 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Mana
266. dow 6 Set the Remote Autonomous System IP Address parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 24 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 9 9 Configuring IP Services Specifying the Gateway Mode You can configure the EGP router to operate in one of two gateway modes for any given IP interface Noncore When the router is configured as a noncore gateway the AS to which it belongs acts as a stub AS It advertises and forwards only traffic that originated or is destined for a network within its AS Core When the router is configured as a core gateway the AS to which it belongs acts as a transit AS In the core mode it can advertise and forward traffic to networks that are reachable inside or outside of its local AS If you choose noncore mode the AS to which this EGP neighbor belongs will act as a stub AS That is it will advertise only networks that reside within the AS The default gateway mode is core mode If the EGP router is reconfigured to run in noncore mode the Site Manager automatically configures EGP export route filters on that IP interface This action suppresses OSPF external routes to EGP and the advertisement of any networks learned by EGP You can use Site Manager to specify the gateway mode of this EGP neighbor Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In
267. dress eer te Serre rarer ena me gnou 4 53 Deniro a saue ROUTE aariin TAN AAR 4 56 Defining a Statie Default ROUE ssiisvisaisnrridi anueiai 4 62 Defining a Static Black Hole for a Supernet 0 cecccceceseeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeaeeeeaes 4 62 Configuring and Customizing Router Discovery cccceceeeseeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaeeetnes 4 63 Enabling and Disabling Router Discovery sac E E Sere ree Pe 4 64 Ghoosing a Broadcast TOE ceased code dcicrskaseesceateseeissuantendctedammeacidecdmnsetamndatenacnecane 4 64 Specifying a Minimum Time Interval Between Advertisements c ceeeee 4 65 Specifying a Maximum Time Interval Between Advertisements IE E 4 65 Configuring the Lifetime of Advertised Addresses c cccceteeeeeeeeeeteeeeteeteneeeeaes 4 66 Specifying Interface Preference ccccecccceeeceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeseaeesaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeteeeeetees 4 66 Chapter 5 Configuring Address Resolution Pa E E E E E A AE A E A A E E LT 5 2 Enabling and Disabling Global ARP eae E E PT a a D 4 Gusiomizing Global ARP Characterishi s siinid aane aA 5 5 Selecting an Address Resolution Scheme for an IP Interface c ccceseeeeesteeeees 5 6 Selecting an Encapsulation Option for ARP and Probe 2 c cceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeseeeseneees 5 8 Enabling Proxy ARP on an Interface ssis ananena D Timing Out Entries in the Address Resolution Cache pasai A ee T rani Chapter 6 Cust
268. dress range The local address range is highlighted 7 Set the N to 1 Address parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 102 Click on OK The address range is configured for N to 1 translation 12 28 117356 D Rev 00 Chapter 13 Generic Routing Encapsulation Tunnel You create a Generic Routing Encapsulation GRE tunnel by setting GRE parameters as described under the following topics Topic Page GRE Overview 13 1 How GRE Tunneling Works 13 2 Avoiding Tunnel Misconfiguration 13 3 Configuring a Generic Routing Encapsulation Tunnel 13 6 Adding and Deleting Protocols for GRE Tunnels 13 6 Configuring a Remote Tunnel End Point 13 8 ee 1 k Deleting a GRE Tunnel GRE Overview GRE which is defined in RFCs 1701 and 1702 is a protocol that encapsulates IP and other layer 3 protocols enabling data transmission through an IP tunnel This tunneling mechanism allows e Transport of non IP traffic through intermediate systems that support only IP e Creation of a virtual private network VPN that uses the Internet as a section of your own private network e Communication between subnetworks with unregistered or discontiguous network addresses 117356 D Rev 00 13 1 Configuring IP Services When using GRE remember that e This protocol is slower than native routing because packets require additional processing e IP fragmenta
269. dropped Either accept the default Ignore or select Accept 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 5 Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters Enable Enable Disable Enables or disable this import route filter Set to Disable if you want to disable this filter Set to Enable if you previously disabled this filter and now want to reenable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 2 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters 1 1 to 16 Assigns a weighted preference value to a route included in the routing tables If confronted with multiple routes to the same destination the router by default grants preference to routes in the following order direct OSPF internal BGP 3 static OSPF external and RIP If Intra AS IBGP routing is used then any other route source is preferred over a BGP 3 route If this hierarchy is acceptable accept the default value 1 for preference If you want to grant preference to this BGP 3 derived route assign a new preference value in the range of 1 to 16 the greater the number the higher the preference The default preference for static routes is 16 but may be set to
270. e announce B 35 Route Origin accept B 14 B 18 Route Preference accept B 6 Rule Precedence accept B 7 Specific Inter AS Metric announce B 50 Tag accept B 10 Type accept B 9 Type announce B 44 Poll Interval parameter 7 41 A 80 poll interval OSPF 7 41 poll mode for EGP neighbors 9 13 Poll Mode parameter 9 13 A 25 Index 10 Poll Timer parameter 9 14 A 26 poll interval command 7 41 Preference parameter 4 61 A 53 preference definition 1 12 Primary Log Mask parameter 7 23 A 72 priority command 7 34 Priority parameter 7 46 A 84 product support xxvii Proxy ARP 5 9 proxy command 5 10 Proxy parameter 5 11 A 33 publications Bay Networks xxvii R Range Mask parameter 7 52 A 87 Range Net parameter 7 52 A 87 Redirect parameter 4 40 A 35 redundant connection command 8 20 Registration Refresh Interval parameter 4 52 A 42 Remote Address parameter 8 87 A 21 Remote Autonomous System IP Address parameter EGR 9 9 EGP neighbor 3 12 A 23 Remote Party Sub Address parameter 4 55 Remote Peer IP Address EGP neighbor 3 12 A 24 Require In Security parameter 10 9 A 59 Require Out Security parameter 10 8 A 59 retransmission interval command 7 36 retransmit interval for OSPF 7 36 Retransmit Interval parameter OSPF interface 7 37 A 78 OSPF virtual interface 7 57 Retransmit Interval OSPF virtual interface A 90 revised IP security option See RIPSO RIP addin
271. e circuitless interface of the router in the remote AS These ECMP routes are typically submitted statically but they could also be submitted by OSPF or RIP In Figure 8 9 for example two BGP routers located in different ASs are connected by two physical links 8 106 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Peer to Peer Session IP circuitless interface ne em espectee arse see Me fe Ne icy es Local AS Remote AS cs eat Si mv em mee Ne a r SS a Mm ce TO Key ECMP static routes IPOO90A Figure 8 9 ECMP Static Routes Assume that the IP routing table in the BGP router in AS 1 contains two ECMP static routes to the circuitless interface of the BGP router in AS 2 One ECMP route uses interface 1 the other route uses interface 2 Assume also that the two EBGP speakers have established a peer to peer session using their circuitless IP interfaces Now assume that the local EBGP speaker has received from its remote peer advertisements for routes to three destinations destination_1 destination_2 and destination_3 If you configure the local EBGP speaker for ECMP route balancing BGP submits one BGP route to the routing table for each BGP destination using in turn round robin the available ECMP routes as follows 1 BGP submits a BGP route to destination_1 and specifies interface 1 as the next hop 2 BGP submits a BGP route to destination_2 and specifies in
272. e definition 7 5 backup soloist 7 12 border router 7 54 boundary function 7 14 database synchronization 7 2 dead interval 7 39 deleting from an interface 3 8 enabling and disabling 7 10 7 28 external route tag 7 18 features configurable cost metrics 7 42 link state protocol 7 2 hello interval 7 37 IP address for 7 11 logging messages 7 22 maximum transmission unit size 7 44 modifying area ID 7 49 network type 7 31 point to multipoint interfaces 7 32 poll interval 7 41 retransmit interval 7 36 router priority for multiaccess networks 7 33 slot for soloist 7 13 specifying a preferred path 7 42 starting 3 7 summary route 7 51 117356 D Rev 00 OSPF continued transit delay estimating 7 35 virtual link 7 55 OSPF area area 7 49 import summaries 7 53 state 7 48 stub 7 53 stub metric 7 53 OSPF parameters export route filters Action C 11 Auto Tag C 12 Enable C 11 Export Address C 9 Export From Protocol C 10 Export Mask C 10 Tag C 12 Type C 11 global Backup Log Mask 7 25 import route filters Import Address C 8 Preference C 9 OSPF Slot parameter 7 13 A 71 ospf max paths command 4 21 outbound datagram unlabeled default labels for 10 14 outbound datagrams authority flags in 10 11 ICMP error error labels for 10 15 security labels for 10 8 security level for 10 10 stripping security options from 10 7 P Password parameter OSPF interface 7 50 A 81 OSPF
273. e physical interface and enter ip address lt address gt mask lt mask gt address and mask are a valid IP address and its associated mask expressed in dotted decimal notation For example the following command configures IP interface 2 2 2 2 255 0 0 0 on an Ethernet physical interface on slot 2 connector 2 ethernet 2 2 ip address 2 2 2 2 mask 255 0 0 0 ip 2 2 2 2 255 0 0 0 2 2 117356 D Rev 00 Starting IP Services with the BCC An IP interface is now configured on the Ethernet interface with default values for all interface parameters When you configure an IP interface the BCC also configures IP globally on the router with default values for all IP global parameters You customize IP by modifying IP global and interface parameters as described in Chapter 4 Starting RIP You start RIP on the router by adding RIP to an existing IP interface Navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter rip For example the following command adds RIP to IP interface 2 2 2 2255 0 0 0 ip 2 2 2 2 255 0 0 0 rip rip 2 2 2 2 RIP is now running on the router and on the interface with default values for all parameters You customize RIP by modifying RIP parameters as described in Chapter 6 117356 D Rev 00 2 3 Configuring IP Services Starting OSPF You start OSPF on the router by adding OSPF to an existing IP interface Navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter ospf area lt area_id gt a
274. e Broadcast Interface E21 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 2 129 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 192 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 0 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast Table E 6 AS Boundary Router 6 Site Manager Window Parameter Setting Interface S21 Wan Protocol Standard IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 4 1 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 252 OSPF Global Ritr ID 128 10 4 1 OSPF Global Yes AS Boundary Router OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 1 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Point to point Interface E21 Add Protocols RIP IP Configuration IP Address 10 1 1 6 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 0 117356 D Rev 00 E 7 A accept policies for IP 1 14 accept policies maximum number for IP 4 16 acquisition mode for EGP neighbors 9 12 Acquisition Mode parameter 9 12 A 25 acronyms XXV action command 7 51 adding local address range 12 19 NAT to an interface 3 14 RIP to an interface 3 5 Addr Mask Reply parameter 4 39 A 31 address E 164 4 43 IP for OSPF 7 11 MAC 4 43 SMDS 4 47 WAN for frame relay network 4 48 Address Mask parameter 4 61 A 52 Address Resolution Protocol address resolution scheme for 5 7 cache timeout feature 5 12 customizing global characteristics 5 5 datalink encapsulation options for 5 8 enabling and disabling 5 4 function of 5 2 HP Probe 5 6 Inverse ARP 5 6 proxy ARP 5 9 X 25 DDN and
275. e IP router floods All Subnet Broadcast ASB datagrams it receives out this interface An ASB datagram has a destination address equal to the broadcast address for an entire network all subnets For example if a network interface serves the subnet 128 10 2 1 with a subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 the IP router considers any datagram with a destination address of 128 10 255 255 or 128 10 0 0 to be an ASB datagram Specify On if you want the IP router to flood ASBs out this interface specify Off to restrict the router from flooding ASBs out this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 12 Address Resolution Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces ARP ARP X 25_ DDN X 25_ PDN INARP ARPINARP NONE X 25 BFEDDN PROBE ARPPROBE Indicates the address resolution scheme for this interface The default option ARP enables ARP on this interface The option INARP Inverse ARP enables the address resolution for frame relay interfaces It is used to discover the IP address of the station at the remote end of the virtual circuit The PROBE option enables HP Probe for Ethernet interfaces Depending on your network requirements select INARP only when all frame relay stations support Inverse ARP Select ARPINARP for your frame relay interfaces ARPINARP enables both ARP and Inverse ARP Select X 25_ DDN for your X 25 DDN interfaces Select X 25_PDN for your X 25 PDN interfaces Select PROBE to enable HP Probe on
276. e Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 4 23 Configuring IP Services Customizing the IP Routing Table Structure Structurally the IP routing table consists of indexes and entries Each index contains a pointer to a sublist of entries By default the IP routing table contains 8 000 indexes A routing table in which all indexes point to the same number of entries is considered to be in perfect balance For example a routing table that contains 100 indexes pointing to 1 000 entries is in perfect balance if each index points to 10 entries In reality an IP routing table is allowed to contain indexes that deviate from perfect balance by a number of entries specified as the deviation of nodes value By default the deviation of nodes value is 25 To use the BCC to specify the number of indexes in the IP routing table and to specify a deviation of nodes value enter the following commands rtbl indexes lt number gt rtbl deviation of nodes lt deviation gt number is the number of indexes in the IP routing table deviation is the number of entries by which an index is allowed to deviate from perfect balance For example the following command sequence configures an IP routing table with 1 000 indexes and a deviation value of 10 ip rtbl indexes 1000 ip rtbl deviation of nodes 10 Caution Bay Networks recommends that you use the default values for the IP routing table parameter
277. e Prompt Beginning at the prompt for an IP interface that you have configured on the router enter rip A RIP interface specific prompt appears To display the current default values for RIP interface parameters enter info For example the following command sequence invokes a RIP prompt for IP interface 2 2 2 2 and displays values for IP interface parameters ip 2 2 2 2 255 0 0 0 rip rip 2 2 2 2 info on ip 2 2 2 2 255 0 0 0 state enabled supply enabled listen enabled default supply disabled default listen disabled mode poisoned ttl 1 broadcast timer 30 timeout timer 90 holddown timer 90 version ripl triggered updates disabled authentication type none authentication frsve disabled rip 2 2 2 2 117356 D Rev 00 6 5 Configuring IP Services Opening the Site Manager Window for RIP Interfaces Use the following Site Manager procedure to open the RIP Interfaces window and choose the interface whose parameters you want to inspect Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Configuration window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want to The parameter values for that interface enable appear in the IP RIP Interface Configuration window 6 6 117356 D Rev
278. e a circuitless IP interface in nonforwarding mode 3 16 117356 D Rev 00 Starting IP on the Circuitless Interface Starting IP Services with Site Manager To configure a circuitless IP interface begin at the Configuration Manager window and proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP Choose Circuitless IP The IP menu opens The Circuitless IP menu opens Choose Create The IP Configuration window opens a R o py Click on OK 6 Choose a protocol and click on OK Site Manager saves the circuitless IP interface and opens a special Select Protocols window that lists the protocols that you can configure on a circuitless interface A configuration window opens for the protocol you selected 117356 D Rev 00 3 17 Configuring IP Services Choosing Slots to Support the Circuitless Interface By default all slots support the IP circuitless interface You can use Site Manager to specify the slots that can support the circuitless interface Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want t
279. e as end points of a connection between two ASs run an exterior gateway protocol such as EGP 2 Figure 9 1 AS1 AS2 BGP connection Figure 9 1 IP00026A EGP Connection Between Two Autonomous Systems Running RIP The Bay Networks implementation of EGP complies with RFCs 827 and 904 It runs over the same LAN and WAN media protocols that IP runs over including Ethernet token ring synchronous Wellfleet Proprietary Synchronous frame relay SMDS X 25 DDN PDN Pt to Pt ATM PVC FDDI T1 E1 HSSI and PPP Note EGP assumes that each advertised network is a natural class network A B or C based on its high order bits EGP cannot advertise or interpret subnets or supernets 9 2 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing EGP Services An EGP router does the following e Acquires EGP neighbors e Determines neighbor reachability e Exchanges network reachability information with its neighbors Each of these capabilities has an associated phase in EGP the neighbor acquisition phase the neighbor reachability phase and the network reachability phase respectively In the acquisition phase EGP is responsible for forming neighbor relationships between routers that are peers Routers that are peers each have an interfa
280. e filter applies to all networks Enter the appropriate network address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 3 Export Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Depends on the address class of the network address Specifies the range of addresses upon which this filter acts For example consider Class B Network 172 32 0 0 which allocates the upper 8 bits of the host identification field to the Subnet ID and the final 8 bits to the Host ID The address mask directs the filtering process to a specific portion of the IP address In other words any IP address that matches the masked portion of 172 32 0 0 is subject to filtering If you enter 255 255 0 0 for this parameter only the Net ID portion of the address will be filtered If you enter the mask 255 255 255 0 for this parameter the Net ID and Subnet ID portions of the address will be filtered If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 0 0 0 0 then the filter applies to all routes If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 255 255 255 255 then the filter applies to the default route Enter the appropriate mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 4 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Option
281. e flags you did not specify for the May Out Authority parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 90 Default Level Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Unclassified Unclassified Confidential Secret Top Secret Specifies the security level that the router sets when it supplies default security labels to unlabeled outbound IP datagrams Specify a default level within the range specified by the Min Level and Max Level parameters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 91 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Error Label Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable If you select Enable the router uses the Error Authority and Min Level fields to create an error label The router supplies the error label to outbound ICMP error datagrams If you select Disable the router does not supply error labels for this interface To allow the router to supply error labels for outbound ICMP error datagrams accept the default Enable 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 92 Error Authority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces No authority flags selected No authority flags selected GENSER SIOPESI SCI NSA DOE ALL Specifies the authority flags that the router uses when it supplies err
282. e or more other areas To configure OSPF as a border router 1 Assign the backbone ID 0 0 0 0 to an OSPF interface 2 Assign an area ID to another OSPF interface Configuring a Virtual Backbone Link Through a Transit Area Every border router must have a connection to the backbone This connection can be physical or virtual If the border router has an interface to a backbone network that router is considered to be physically connected to the backbone In Figure 7 6 border router 1 and border router 2 are both physically connected to the backbone In some cases it may not be possible to configure a border router with an interface to a backbone network If the router has an OSPF neighbor that is physically connected to the backbone the router can use that neighbor to establish a virtual link to the backbone In Figure 7 7 for example border router 1 has lost its interface to the backbone network In its place the network administrator has configured an interface to a network in area B Through this network border router 1 now has a neighbor border router 2 that is connected physically to the backbone The network administrator can use border router 2 to configure a virtual link between border router 1 and the backbone An area that provides a virtual link between a border router and the backbone is considered to be a transit area In Figure 7 7 area B functions as a transit area 117356 D Rev 00 7 55 Configuring IP
283. ect route with the lowest metric An OSPF intra area route with the lowest metric An OSPF interarea route with the lowest metric An OSPF Type 1 external route with the lowest metric A BGP route with the highest LOCAL_PREF value A RIP route with the lowest metric sO 00h coat ON SNe Ry Ae tS An EGP route with the lowest metric A static route with the lowest metric An OSPF Type 2 external route with a metric type earlier than Router Software Version 8 00 Note If OSPF is configured to propagate external routes using the route weight as the type 2 metric routes that are received as OSPF ASE type 2 routes are evaluated according to their respective origins for example RIP or BGP 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services IP Routing Policies and Filters The IP router allows you to control the flow of routing data to and from the routing tables This control is provided by two mechanisms e IP accept and announce policies e IP import and export filters Note Accept and announce policies provide a superset of the parameters provided by import and export filters Bay Networks supports both IP policies and IP route filters However network administrators using import and export filters for routing table management should migrate as quickly as possible to IP policies IP accept policies and the subset of parameters provided by import filters govern the addition of new RIP OSPF BGP
284. ects what other routers learn only with regard to the local boundary router s self originated information In configuring a policy IP operates according to the following rules e IP compares routing information against the match criteria in active policies e Once a match occurs IP reviews other matching policies for precedence e IP applies the matching policy with the highest precedence to the routing information and takes the specified action e IP uses the values of any set criteria in the policy to change the content of the routing information The following topics show you how to configure OSPF policies Topic Page Defining an OSPF Accept Policy 7 59 Supplying Modification Values for an OSPF Accept Policy 7 62 Specifying Matching Criteria for an OSPF Accept Policy 7 64 Defining an OSPF Announce Policy 7 66 Supplying Modification Values for an OSPF Announce Policy 7 69 Supplying Matching Criteria for an OSPF Announce Policy 7 71 7 58 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Defining an OSPF Accept Policy To define a new OSPF accept policy you must do the following e Supply a name for the policy e Set the state of the policy enabled or disabled e Specify whether OSPF accepts or ignores an update that matches the policy e Rank the policy according to preference precedence and other criteria You can use the BCC or Site Manager to define an OSPF accept policy
285. ed to multicast or broadcast networks to discover the IP addresses of their neighboring routers Routers configured with Router Discovery periodically multicast or broadcast a router advertisement from each of their interfaces announcing the IP address or addresses of that interface Hosts discover the addresses of their neighboring routers by listening for these advertisements Hosts will use the router with the highest preference level as a gateway 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Route Preferences The IP router maintains an internal routing table When determining how to forward a datagram the IP router consults the table to determine the specific route a datagram should take A routing table can contain direct routes for the IP router s network interfaces static routes and the routes learned from RIP OSPF BGP and or EGP if enabled information about adjacent hosts is maintained in a separate table A routing table can contain multiple routes to the same destination In such a situation IP uses among other information a preference value to determine which route to select Preference values range from 1 to 16 the higher the number the greater the preference By default RIP BGP EGP and OSPF external routes have a preference value of 1 Static routes direct routes and OSPF intra area and interarea routes have a default preference of 16 You can configure a preference value in the range of 1 to 16 for RIP
286. ee Bay Networks will replace defective media at no charge if it is returned to Bay Networks during the warranty period along with proof of the date of shipment This warranty does not apply if the media has been damaged as a result of accident misuse or abuse The Licensee assumes all responsibility for selection of the Software to achieve Licensee s intended results and for the installation use and results obtained from the Software Bay Networks does not warrant a that the functions contained in the software will meet the Licensee s requirements b that the Software will operate in the hardware or software combinations that the Licensee may select c that the operation of the Software will be uninterrupted or error free or d that all defects in the operation of the Software will be corrected Bay Networks is not obligated to remedy any Software defect that cannot be reproduced with the latest Software release These warranties do not apply to the Software if it has been i altered except by Bay Networks or in accordance with its instructions ii used in conjunction with another vendor s product resulting in the defect or iii damaged by improper environment abuse misuse accident or negligence THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES AND LIMITATIONS ARE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Licensee is responsible
287. eer 8 41 Keepalive Timer parameter 8 42 A 14 L Lifetime parameter 4 66 A 68 listen command 6 16 local address mapping A 102 Local Address parameter BGP peer 3 9 A 11 in multiple RR cluster configuration 8 96 in peer to peer session definition 8 36 in route reflector cluster configuration 8 93 in RR client configuration 8 99 in single route reflector configuration 8 91 local address ranges adding 12 19 deleting 12 20 local address NAT 12 17 Local AS parameter BGP 3 9 A 3 Local AS to Advertise to Peer parameter 8 49 A 15 Local Autonomous System ID parameter 3 12 9 7 A 23 Local IP Address parameter 8 87 A 21 Local Pref Calculation parameter 8 33 Local Preference attribute calculating 8 8 local as command 8 15 local pref calculation command 8 33 log mask configuring for NAT 12 11 log message types NAT 12 12 log mask command 7 23 MAC Address parameter adjacent host 4 55 A 55 IP interface 4 44 A 34 MAC address for IP interface 4 43 Mapping Entry Timeout parameter controlling with Max Timeout parameter 12 9 117356 D Rev 00 enabling and disabling 12 13 Mask parameter area range A 88 A 89 IP interface 3 18 A 39 mask reply command 4 38 Max BGP Version parameter 8 40 A 12 Max Level parameter 10 10 A 60 Max Timeout parameter controlling Mapping Entry Timeout parameter 12 9 enabling and disabling 12 14 max timeout period 12 14 Maximum Interval param
288. eeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeseeeeeees B 46 BGP 3 Specific Announce Policy Parameters NEDER T T aso ieaie B 48 BGP 4 Specific Announce Policy Parameters cccccccssseeeseneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeesaees B 52 Appendix C Import and Export Route Filters RIF IMDOrt FRETS scdcccnssendccatanerraceammmrateransencbaasinnen dcvaasseeccledaserteieeammndadanchdindamnraiaaeaeres C 1 PIF EDON FTE iania Ta caus oedema team oumtsts SE ASEA N E C 5 OSPF Import Filters 0 e ein obora states error oipe ee meee sei see C 8 COFF ENOI FIA eee ERAT TEER EPR er NE C 9 BOFS Tt ANE uaaa duals Ay neencntea eine C 12 BGs ERDO FUNGI S oon a Aae EE a aE ar Ea R C 17 RGP IMON FIE nnn a nactehaanaeieas C 21 EGP Export Filters prensa iene eae T AT nu uI ue C 23 xvi 117356 D Rev 00 Appendix D Route Weight Worksheet Appendix E IP OSPF Configuration Index 117356 D Rev 00 xvii Figure 1 1 Figure 1 2 Figure 1 3 Figure 1 4 Figure 4 1 Figure 4 2 Figure 4 3 Figure 5 1 Figure 5 2 Figure 7 1 Figure 7 2 Figure 7 3 Figure 7 4 Figure 7 5 Figure 7 6 Figure 7 7 Figure 8 1 Figure 8 2 Figure 8 3 Figure 8 4 Figure 8 5 Figure 8 6 Figure 8 7 Figure 8 8 Figure 8 9 Figure 9 1 Figure 10 1 Figure 10 2 Figure 11 1 117356 D Rev 00 Figures Network and Host Portions of IP Addresses ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeenaaes 1 3 Internet Segmented into Three Autonomous Systems n s 1 9 IP Ro
289. efault For example the following command causes IP to respond to Probe MTUs on interface 2 2 2 2 ip 2 2 2 2 mtu discovery on ip 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 5 Set the MTU Discovery parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 31 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 4 37 Configuring IP Services Enabling and Disabling ICMP Address Mask Replies You can configure IP to generate ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol address mask reply messages on this interface in response to valid address mask request messages The interface generates ICMP address mask reply messages in compliance with the relevant sections of RFCs 950 and 1009 By default IP does not generate address mask reply messages You can use the BCC or Site Manager to turn this feature on and off as required Using the BCC Navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter mask reply lt state gt state is one of the following on
290. eighbor TIMES sneonen ai a ae E E 9 14 Chapter 10 Configuring RIPSO on an IP Interface Secil Label OMA osoena a e a Naa Eaa 10 2 Moound IP Ea I aa sameness geaduinnty aeiteneds geaabaheg aed an petumnnnn pea 10 4 Forwarded IP Datagrams meena PEAR nee penne ees rere iene 10 4 CORSA al IF aL AORING ecccccnceeescccbasneiaxceeneadacedesseecstuaiende E EE Eaa 10 5 Aeee ea E215 2210s E A T E EE NT IE O E A terre Tern Cc TT 10 5 Enabling and Disabling RIPSO nN EA E T POT aenn N 10 6 Specifying the IP Datagram Type for Stripping Security Cations E E E N E 10 7 Specifying the Outbound Datagram Type Requiring Security Labels 0 0e 10 8 Specifying the Inbound Datagram Type Requiring Security Labels cseeeee 10 9 Setting the Security Level for IP Datagram cccecceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeesteeeeees 10 10 Choosing Authority Flags in Outbound Datagrams reels wees seinen ieee 10 11 Choosing Authority Flags in Inbound Datagrams cccceeesseccecesseeeeeeeesteeeeeeseeeeees 10 12 Supplying Implicit Labels for Unlabeled Inbound Datagrams ccceseeeeeeeeeeeees 10 13 Enabling and Disabling Default Labels for Unlabeled Outbound Datagrams 10 14 Enabling and Disabling Error Labels for Outbound ICMP Error Datagrams 10 15 plge SUE E E A E E AA AIA A EA TET A NNT 10 16 117356 D Rev 00 xiii Chapter 11 Connecting the Router to a Bla
291. el fields to create a default label Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interfaces window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interfaces window 5 Set the following parameters e Default Label Default Authority Default Level Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 65 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 10 14 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring RIPSO on an IP Interface Enabling and Disabling Error Labels for Outbound ICMP Error Datagrams Use Site Manager to specify whether you want the router to supply an error label to outbound ICMP error datagrams The router uses the Error Authority and Min Level fields to create an error label Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interfaces window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interfaces window 5 Set the following parameters Error Label
292. enable this parameter If the router serves as an Internet gateway with a default route to the Internet the parameter can be disabled The default route must be present in the routing table Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IP Global Parameters window opens Set the Enable Default Route for Subnets parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 48 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 4 15 Configuring IP Services Specifying the Maximum Number of IP Policies By default IP allows you configure up to 32 announce policies and 32 accept policies for each protocol that you configure on the router You must increase this value if you want IP to allocate more memory and implement additional policies Using the BCC Navigate to the IP global prompt and enter max policies lt max_policies gt max_policies is the maximum number of accept and announce policies you can configure for each routing protocol For example the following command sets the maximum policy value to 50 ip max policies 50 ip Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window
293. enabling Loop Detection c ccescceeceeeseceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeneeeaaes 8 54 Specifying the Route Reflector Mode of the Remote Peer aean Seca 8 56 Setting the Backoff Timer on an IBGP Route Server aenescens 8 56 Setting the TTL Counter on an Update eccccsssceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeesseneeessaeeeeeneees 8 57 Using the Circuitless IP Interface for a Peer to Peer Session cceteeeeeteeeeeteeeeeeees 8 58 Configuring Peers over an Unnumbered Point to Point Link eccceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeee 8 59 Assigning Weight and Class Values to an AS nsise aches elaine T Configuring BGP Accept and Announce Policies cccccceeesceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeesenes 8 63 Defining a BGP Acces PONY ssccicucssnicstisnsenteaiieienisiaen iene a 8 64 Supplying Modification Values for a BGP Accept Policy PE 8 67 Specifying Matching Criteria for a BGP Accept Policy cceeessseeeessteeeeesnaees 8 70 Behring a BGP Announce PONS isisisi sienio ae a aS 8 73 Supplying Modification Values for a BGP Announce Policy sccceeeesseeeeenees 8 76 Specifying Matching Criteria for a BGP Announce Policy 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 80 Configuring BGP 4 AS Pattern Matching 008 EE P PEE REA 8 86 Coniiguring BGP Message Logging seision EA 8 87 Configuring IBGP as a Route Reflector or an RR Client ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 8 88 Configuring a Single Route Reflector
294. ening template ralph to updates for network 3 4 5 6 bgp accept fred accept fred bgp action accept accept fred bgp route damping enabled accept fred bgp route damping template ralph accept fred bgp match match bgp accept fred network 3 4 5 6 16 exact network 3 4 5 6 255 255 0 0 exact bgp accept fred 8 114 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Using Site Manager To create a route flap dampening template complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Policy Filters The Policy Filters menu opens 4 Choose BGP 4 The BGP 4 menu opens 5 Choose Accept Policies The BGP4 Accept Policy Filters window opens 6 Click on Route Flap The Route Flap Dampening List window opens 7 Click on Add The Route Flap Dampening Configuration window opens 8 Set the following parameters Name Cutoff Threshold Reuse Threshold Reachable Decay Unreachable Decay Max HoldDown Memory Limit Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page B 21 9 Click on OK You return to the Route Flap Dampening List window 10 Click on Done You return to the BGP4 Accept Policy Filters window 117356 D Rev 00 8 115 Configuring IP Services To apply a route flap dampening
295. ept policy A policy specific prompt appears indicating that the BCC has created the policy using default values for all parameters For example the following command creates an accept policy named pol_1 rip accept pol_1 accept pol_1 rip To customize a policy enter lt parameter gt lt value gt parameter value is one of the parameter value pairs shown in Table 6 1 6 30 117356 D Rev 00 Table 6 1 Customizing RIP Services BCC Definition Parameters for RIP Accept Policies Parameter Values Function state Enabled default Disabled Enables and disables the policy you have created action preference Ignore default Accept 1 default to 16 Specifies whether the protocol ignores a route that matches the policy or forwards the route to the routing table manager Assigns a metric value the higher the number the greater the preference to a route that the protocol forwards to the routing table manager If confronted with multiple routes to the same destination the routing table manager may use this value to decide which route to insert Routes for all networks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 should have the lowest preference and routes for the most specific networks longest address and mask should have the highest preference precedence 0 default to any integer Assigns a metric value to this policy a policy with a higher value takes precedence over a policy with a lowe
296. er For example the following command assigns a metric value of 10 to IP interface 2 2 2 2 ospf 2 2 2 2 metric 10 ospf 2 2 2 2 117356 D Rev 00 7 43 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The OSPF Interfaces window opens 5 Click on the OSPF interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the OSPF Interfaces window 6 Set the Metric Cost parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 80 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Specifying the MTU Size Configuration Manager window OSPF recognizes a maximum transmission unit MTU size for updates transmitted on an interface By default when you configure OSPF on an interface OSPF uses the MTU size specified for the type of network to which the interface is connected a value less than the synchronous MTU size 1200 This setting allows all Note When running OSPF over a synchronous PPP link set the MTU size to gt OSPF routes to be learned over the link Using Site Manager you can configure OSPF to do the following e Send packets no larger than the IP MTU size for Ethernet 1500 e Use the MT
297. erface 3 15 Destination IP Address parameter 4 61 A 51 Deterministic Mcast Hold Down parameter A 74 dial optimized routing for RIP 6 22 disabling all subnet broadcasting on IP interface 4 41 BGP 8 12 default labels for unlabeled outbound datagrams 10 14 dynamic policy configuration for BGP 8 23 EGP 9 6 equal cost multipath support 4 18 Index 3 disabling continued error labels for outbound ICMP error datagrams 10 15 global ARP 5 4 global IP 4 5 ICMP address mask replies 4 38 ICMP redirect messages 4 39 IP interface on a circuit 4 32 ISP mode 4 23 MTU discovery on an interface 4 37 multihop connections for BGP 8 22 OSPF 7 10 7 28 OSPF area 7 48 redundant connections for BGP 8 20 RIP 6 7 RIP listening 6 16 RIPSO 10 6 route filter support 4 17 UDP checksum processing 4 42 disabling NAT on an interface 12 9 dynamic address mapping A 102 dynamic address translation 12 9 dynamic global address ranges NAT 12 22 dynamic local address ranges NAT 12 19 dynamic policy configuration for BGP enabling and disabling 8 23 E E 164 address for IP interface 4 43 EBGP ECMP parameter 8 110 ebgp ecmp method command 8 108 ecmp method command 4 18 educational services xxvii EGP deleting from the router 3 13 enabling and disabling 9 6 implementation notes 9 5 local AS number for 9 7 neighbor acquisition mode for 9 12 enabling and disabling 9 11 gateway mode for 9 10 poll mode f
298. erface Password is valid only when Authentication Type is set to Simplepassword Enter the appropriate password All routes in the same area must either have no authentication or have the same password 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 10 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services RIP Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether the Routing Information Protocol RIP is enabled on this interface Select Enable to enable RIP on this interface Select Disable to disable RIP on this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 2 RIP Supply Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether the interface transmits periodic RIP updates to neighboring networks Select Enable to configure the interface to transmit RIP updates Select Disable to prohibit the interface from transmitting RIP updates 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 5 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters RIP Listen Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RI
299. erface List for BGP window 117356 D Rev 00 8 55 Configuring IP Services Specifying the Route Reflector Mode of the Remote Peer For complete information about configuring a route reflector or RR client see Configuring IBGP as a Route Reflector or an RR Client on page 8 88 Setting the Backoff Timer on an IBGP Route Server By default an IBGP route server waits 30 seconds before acquiring an RS client that has initiated a peer to peer session This delay eliminates contention between route servers for clients Site Manager allows you to specify a connection delay interval from 1 to 30 seconds Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose Peers Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters The IP Interface List for BGP window opens 6 Click on BGP Peers The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on the peer for which you want to edit parameters The parameters for that peer appear in the window Set the Delayed Granularity parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 16 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 8 56 117356 D Rev 00 Confi
300. eriodically issues an open message BGP speakers respond to connection requests by returning open messages In Figure 8 3 for example BGP speaker A sends an open message to BGP speaker B to request a connection BGP speaker B responds by sending an open message to BGP speaker A Open message A to B BGP speaker A speaker B Open message B to A Keepalive message Ato B BGP speaker A speaker B Keepalive message B to A IP0022A Figure 8 3 Establishing and Confirming a Connection Between BGP Peers All BGP speakers respond to connection requests from other speakers By default BGP attempts to initiate a connection on each interface configured for peer to peer communications If the attempt is unsuccessful BGP retries every 120 seconds You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a retry interval or disable the initiation function 117356 D Rev 00 8 37 Configuring IP Services Using the BCC Navigate to a BGP peer prompt and enter retry lt interval gt interval is the number of seconds between attempts to initiate a peer to peer session For example the following command causes BGP to retry every 60 seconds to establish a peer to peer session between IP interface 2 2 2 2 and 2 2 2 3 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 retry 60 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this 1
301. ernal and external links are running OSPF and BGP 8 100 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP AS i i 1 AE BE JLo i OSPF OSPF i BGP_ BGP i 1 3 2 3 1 I I i 1 D 1 CEI Eee Z J Aree E _ i i OSPF 2 osPF OSPF i 3 2 i i l 4 1 i 1 FEI l a 2 i OSPF i l BGP i 3 i l Key ECMP OSPF routes from router F to router A IP0089A Figure 8 6 BGP OSPF Autonomous System Assume for this example that OSPF is configured throughout the AS to support ECMP routes and that all links in the AS have the same cost This means that the IP routing table in router F includes two ECMP routes to router A One route uses interface 1 the other route uses interface 4 Assume as well that the BGP speakers on routers A B and F have established a full mesh of IBGP peer to peer sessions with each other using routers C D and E 117356 D Rev 00 8 101 Configuring IP Services Now consider that BGP on router F receives advertisements to three destinations destination_1 destination_2 and destination_3 from its peer on router A For each of these destinations BGP must consult the IP routing table to determine the next OSPF hop If you configure BGP on router F
302. ero holdtimes then no holdtime is used The calculated holdtime is the amount of time either peer will wait for a keepalive or update message before declaring the connection down Either accept the current Holdtime Timer value or set the parameter to 0 or some value greater than 2 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 13 Keepalive Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 30 seconds Any decimal number Specifies how often keepalive messages will be sent across this peer connection If a holdtime of 0 is negotiated no periodic keepalive messages are sent Otherwise the Keepalive timer is set to the smaller of this configured value and one third of the holdtime Either accept the current keepalive value or set this parameter to some value greater than 0 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Min AS Origination Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 15 seconds A value greater than 0 Determines the minimum amount of time that must elapse between successive advertisements of update messages that report changes within the advertising BGP speaker s own autonomous system Enter a value greater than 0 seco
303. ers If you specify an external route source a route from that source that meets the other criteria of this policy matches the policy This parameter applies only to OSPF routes that use the new ASE type 2 metric The protocol from which OSPF received the route is encoded in the ASE metric along with the route s metric To specify any external route source use the default ospf type Any default Specifies which types of OSPF routes match Type 1 this policy and applies only to Type 2 OSPF sourced routes and if OSPF is External included as a route source Internal protocol source Any default Specifies one or more route source Direct identifiers If you select a route source ID a Static route from that source that meets the other RIP criteria of this policy matches the policy OSPF EGP BGP bgp as List of AS numbers Specifies one or more autonomous system numbers This policy applies to BGP advertisements received from BGP peers in an AS on this list and applies only to BGP sourced routes and if BGP is included as a route source bgp next hop List of IP addresses Specifies one or more IP addresses This policy applies to BGP advertisements whose Next Hop attribute matches an IP address on this list and applies only to BGP sourced routes and if BGP is included as a route source continued 6 42 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing RIP Services Table 6 6 BCC Match Cr
304. ersion 8 39 Keeping the Connection Alive 8 41 Setting the External Advertisement Timer 8 43 Specifying a Holddown Time 8 45 Setting a Minimum AS Origination Interval 8 47 Qverriding the Local AS Number 8 49 Specifying a Maximum Update Size 8 50 Setting the Route Echo Switch 8 52 Disabling and Reenabling Loop Detection 8 54 Specifying the Route Reflector Mode of the Remote Peer 8 56 Setting the Backoff Timer on an IBGP Route Server 8 56 Setting the TTL Counter on an Update 8 57 8 34 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Defining a Peer to Peer Session To define a peer to peer session you specify the following e The address of the local IP interface e The address of the remote IP interface e The AS number of the autonomous system in which the remote BGP peer is located If the remote peer is located in a different AS from the local peer the remote address must be on the same subnet as the local address To override this restriction see Enabling Multihop Connections on page 8 21 If the local peer and the remote peer are located in the same AS BGP assumes that you are configuring an IBGP session and does not impose this restriction You can use the BCC or Site Manager to supply this information Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP prompt and enter peer local lt ocal_address gt remote lt remote_address gt as lt as_number gt local_address is the IP address of the local interface remote_address is t
305. es RIP uses a hop count of RIP Network Diameter plus one thus declaring the destination unreachable Poisoned reverse can speed up the convergence of the network routing tables Select Split to configure this RIP interface to implement a split horizon When split horizon is enabled the RIP interface omits routes learned from a neighbor in RIP updates subsequently sent to that neighbor Select Actual to configure this RIP interface to advertise routes with the learned cost This is useful on a frame relay interface that has virtual connections VCs to different routers that are part of the same logical IP subnet 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 9 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Time to Live Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces 1 1 to 255 hops Specifies a TTL value to be inserted in the IP header for RIP updates Certain RIP implementations ignore packets with a TTL value of 1 hop Use this parameter to provide interoperability with such implementations Setting a TTL of 1 prevents RIP updates from inadvertently getting off the local network Increasing the TTL introduces the risk of the update getting off the local network and being forwar
306. es not perform local preference calculation Instead it assigns a value of 100 to the route and uses a modified formula for best route selection For example the following command disables BayRS BGP local preference calculation and route selection bgp local pref calculation disabled bgp Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Local Pref Calculation parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 9 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 8 33 Configuring IP Services Establishing a Peer to Peer Session A BGP speaker forms neighbor relationships with other BGP speakers This happens when a BGP speaker establishes a TCP connection to a BGP peer which is simply the BGP speaker at the other end of the connection based on local configuration information You establish a BGP peer to peer session by setting BGP parameters as described under the following topics Topic Page Defining a Peer to Peer Session 8 35 Initiating a Peer to Peer Session 8 37 Negotiating the BGP V
307. es the datagram to the appropriate interface and caches the information in the appropriate forwarding table either by appending information to the table if the table is not full or by overwriting the oldest first in table entry if the table is full If IP flushes a route from the routing table it also removes the route from the forwarding tables thus ensuring that invalid routing information is not retained in interface specific caches An interface that receives packets that are destined for a large number of different destinations may benefit from a larger forwarding table The larger the number of entries the more likely it is that the destination will already be in the forwarding table and the faster the route lookups will be for those destinations Keep in mind that configuring a forwarding table size that is larger than necessary reduces the total amount of memory usable by other applications On the other hand configuring a routing table too small can affect overall router performance Check the number of cache hits and misses to determine the optimal size of the forwarding table For debugging purposes if you see the wflIpInterfaceCacheMisses statistic going up at a rapid rate consider increasing the table size However an occasional cache miss does not warrant an increase in table size 117356 D Rev 00 4 49 Configuring IP Services By default IP allocates a cache for 128 destination entries on the interface You ca
308. ese requirements and generates an ICMP error message On a non RIPSO interface the router accepts only unlabeled IP datagrams and IP datagrams that are labeled as Unclassified with no authority flags set Forwarded IP Datagrams When the router receives an IP datagram that needs forwarding on a RIPSO interface the router compares the security classifications and authority values specified in the security label with those configured on the outbound interface Before forwarding the datagram the router e Checks that all RIPSO conditions are met see the preceding section e Applies any outbound specific configuration parameters The router drops any datagrams that do not meet these requirements and generates an ICMP error message 10 4 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring RIPSO on an IP Interface Originated IP Datagrams When the router originates a datagram and the following conditions are true the router labels the datagram with the default security label before transmitting it e The datagram needs forwarding through a RIPSO interface e The RIPSO interface requires outbound labels for originated datagrams Unlabeled IP Datagrams If the router receives an unlabeled IP datagram from an interface on which RIPSO is not enabled or on which labels are not required for inbound datagrams and the IP datagram needs forwarding to an interface on which RIPSO is enabled and labels are required for outbound datagrams then the router l
309. esponds Interface Override Value 8 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the BGP4 Announce Policy Filters window 117356 D Rev 00 8 79 Configuring IP Services Specifying Matching Criteria for a BGP Announce Policy You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify matching criteria for a BGP announce policy Using the BCC Navigate to the policy specific prompt and enter match For example the following command invokes a match prompt for BGP announce policy pol_1 announce pol_1 bgp match match bgp announce pol_1l To specify a match enter lt mMatch_criterion gt lt value gt match_criterion value is one of the criterion value pairs shown in Table 8 13 8 80 117356 D Rev 00 Table 8 13 Configuring and Customizing BGP BCC Match Criterion for BGP Announce Policies Criterion Values Function as path pattern Empty string or any regular expression Allows as_path pattern matching Enter a valid regular expression to indicate an AS and its position in a path The policy applies to all routes whose AS path includes the AS in that position For example the expression 200 means that the policy applies to all routes whose as_path attribute contains AS 200 as the last AS in the path external source Any default Direct Static RIP OSPF with type 2 metric EGP BGP Specifies one or more external route source identifiers If you specify
310. ess translation e Static Assigns a permanent well known registered address to a specific private unregistered host address for a one to one map e Dynamic Assigns address translation on an as needed basis NAT software recycles dynamically mapped addresses after a timeout period that you configure e N to 1 Assigns a range of local IP addresses to a single global IP address Dynamic Address Translation Using NAT you can create a pool of registered IP network addresses and remap your current addresses to addresses allocated from this pool when establishing a connection outside your company s private or local network The connection appears to the host or server on the Internet as if it is from the registered address space For example company A which uses a nonregistered IP addressing scheme within its network environment needs to access resources in company B s network company B is located in a different network on the Internet In this environment NAT enables communications between the networks of company A and company B without requiring either company to restructure its existing network 12 2 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Network Address Translation For example a host sends an outbound packet from inside company A to company B The packet follows normal IP routing to the NAT border router at the egress point in company A When the NAT interface receives the packet NAT software extracts the source
311. et to on if you do not want to use the default values configured in the BFE for this link continued 117356 D Rev 00 Connecting the Router to a Blacker Front End Table 11 1 BFE X 25 Packet Level Parameter Settings continued Parameter Setting Max Window Size Range is 2 to 7 If you specify any setting other than the default value configured in the BFE set Flow Control Negotiation to on This value should be coordinated with the X 25 service record value Max Packet Length Options include 128 256 512 and 1024 If you specify any value other than the default value configured in the BFE then set Flow Control Negotiation to on If the IP interface is configured to support multiple IP security levels then set to 1024 This value should be coordinated with the X 25 service record value Trans Recv Throughput Class Parameter is ignored Max Throughput Class Parameter is ignored Throughput Class Negotiation Off Network User Identification Off Incoming Calls Accept On Outgoing Calls Accept On Fast Select Accept Off Reverse Charge Accept Off Fast Select Off Reverse Charging Off CUG Selection Null CUG Outgoing Access Null CUG Bilateral Selection Null RPOA Selection Off Charging Information Off Transit Delay Off Full Addressing On Acceptance Format Defext Release Format Defext CCITT now ITU T DXE1980 Conformance Network Standard DOD
312. eter 4 65 A 68 Maximum Policy Rules parameter 4 16 A 48 max update size command 8 50 max version command 8 39 May In Authority parameter 10 12 A 62 May Out Authority parameter 10 11 A 61 Message Level parameter 8 87 A 22 Message Trace Switch parameter 8 87 A 22 metric command 7 43 Metric Cost parameter 7 44 A 80 Metric parameter A 89 Min AS Origination Interval parameter 8 48 A 15 Min BGP Version parameter 8 40 A 12 Min Level parameter 10 10 A 60 Minimum Interval parameter 4 65 A 67 min originate time command 8 47 min version command 8 39 mode command 6 11 mtu command 7 45 MTU Discovery parameter A 31 IP 4 37 MTU Size parameter 7 45 A 81 mtu discovery command 4 37 multiaccess network router priority for 7 33 Multicast Deterministic parameter A 73 Multicast Extensions parameter A 73 Multicast Forwarding parameter A 82 Multicast Route Pinning parameter A 74 Index 7 multi hop command 8 22 Multi hop EBGP Connection parameter 8 22 A 6 multinet definition 4 31 Multiple Nexthop Calculation Method parameter 4 19 A 49 Must In Authority parameter 10 12 A 62 Must Out Authority parameter 10 11 A 61 N NAT 12 17 adding to an interface 3 14 configuring a global timeout period 12 13 configuring dynamic global address ranges 12 22 configuring dynamic local address ranges 12 19 configuring static mapping 12 17 configuring the log mask 12 11 configuring
313. etric value to be used to compare metric value this policy with other policies that a route may match A policy with a higher metric takes precedence over a policy with a lower metric In case of a tie the protocol uses an internal index value assigned to the policy by IP software In general the index value is indicated by the position of the policy in the Site Manager display the last policy in the display has the highest index value Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens Choose Policy Filters Choose BGP 4 The Policy Filters menu opens The BGP 4 menu opens ay R oO hy Choose Announce Policies The BGP4 Announce Policy Filters window opens Click on Add The BGP4 Announce IP Policy Filter Configuration window opens continued 8 74 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Site Manager Procedure continued You do this 7 Set the following parameters Name e Networks Action e Rule Precedence Route Source Advertise From RIP Gateway e Received on RIP From OSPF Router ID Received OSPF Type Received OSPF Tag From EGP Peer From EGP AS From EGP Gateway From BGP Peer From BGP AS Received BGP Next Hop External Route Source
314. ev 00 Connecting the Router to a Blacker Front End Table 11 2 BFE X 25 Network Service Record Parameter Settings continued Parameter Required Setting CUG Facility Type Parameter is ignored CUG Number Parameter is ignored 117356 D Rev 00 Chapter 12 Configuring Network Address Translation This chapter covers the following topics Topic Page Overview of Network Address Translation 12 2 Customizing NAT Global Attributes 12 8 Customizing a NAT Interface 12 15 Configuring Static Translation 12 17 Configuring Dynamic Local Address Ranges 12 19 Configuring Dynamic Global Address Ranges 12 22 Configuring N to 1 Address Translation 12 25 117356 D Rev 00 12 1 Configuring IP Services Overview of Network Address Translation As corporate networks grow they often use the Internet protocol without acquiring registered network addresses This is acceptable as long as the network remains private However when access to the global Internet is required conflicts often arise between private local addresses and global addresses registered to other users While it is possible to restructure the local network the job is difficult and costly especially if there are well known servers with links or references to each other Network Address Translation NAT helps remedy the problem of unregistered IP addresses in IP networks You can configure three types of network addr
315. evices that can access these labeled IP datagrams As a labeled IP datagram traverses an IP network only those systems that have the proper clearance that is whose security classification range covers the classification specified by the datagram should accept and forward the datagram Any system whose security classification range does not cover the classification specified by the security label should drop the datagram Note RIPSO does not include any method of preventing a system that does not support RIPSO from simply accepting and forwarding labeled datagrams Thus in order for RIPSO to be effective all systems in a network must support RIPSO and process IP datagrams as described 117356 D Rev 00 10 1 Configuring IP Services By default RIPSO is disabled on IP interfaces You can use Site Manager to enable RIPSO on an IP interface and specify e Arrange of acceptable security levels for IP datagrams the interface receives and transmits e A set of required and allowed authority values for IP datagrams the interface receives and transmits e Whether inbound datagrams received on this interface require security labels e Whether outbound datagrams transmitted on this interface either forwarded or originated by the router require security labels e Whether datagrams received or transmitted on this interface should have their labels stripped You also specify whether the router creates the following types of labels
316. falls To monitor BGP for route flaps you set the route dampening parameter on a BGP accept policy that matches the route BGP creates a penalty value for the route and sets the value to 0 BGP increments the penalty each time the route flaps BGP provides a a route flap dampening template that allows you to control the way BGP evaluates a route s penalty and how based on the penalty it decides to suppress or unsuppress the route The template consists of the following parameters e Cutoff threshold If the penalty value rises above the value that you specify as the cutoff threshold BGP suppresses the route e Reuse threshold If the penalty value falls below the value that you specify as the reuse threshold BGP unsuppresses the route e Reachable decay If the route is still reachable after the period of time that you specify BGP reduces the penalty value by half BGP uses a half life decay algorithm to decrement the penalty value e Unreachable decay If the route is still unreachable after the period of time that you specify BGP reduces the penalty value by half BGP uses a half life decay algorithm to decrement the penalty value 117356 D Rev 00 8 111 Configuring IP Services e Maximum holddown time If the route remains suppressed after the number of minutes that you specify BGP unsuppresses it even if the penalty value exceeds the threshold This action does not change the penalty value e Memory limit If the
317. filter will apply to updates from that router If this field is set to 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to updates from any router Enter the appropriate IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 7 C 2 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Interface Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Specifies the local IP address of the interface that connects this router to the RIP gateway This filter will apply only to those updates received on this interface If set to 0 0 0 0 this filter applies to all interfaces Enter the appropriate IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 8 Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters Accept Accept Ignore Specifies whether the route is transferred to the routing tables If this parameter is set to Accept default the routing information is sent to the routing tables If this parameter is set to Ignore the routing information is dropped Either accept the default Accept or select Ignore 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 5 117356 D Rev 00 C 3 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Inst
318. flector see Configuring IBGP as a Route Reflector or an RR Client on page 8 88 Disabling and Reenabling Route Aggregation By default BGP aggregates non BGP originated subnet routes to their corresponding natural network routes for advertisement to BGP peers You can use Site Manager or the BCC to disable this feature This switch does not affect the advertisement of BGP originated routes Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP prompt and enter subnet aggregation lt state gt state is one of the following enabled default disabled For example the following BCC command disables subnet aggregation bgp subnet aggregation disabled bgp 8 26 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Aggregate Subnets parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 8 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Enabling and Disabling Black Hole Punching If BGP advertises aggregate routes you can configure BGP to submit each aggregate route to the routing table as a black hole If IP receives a packet that does not match any of the expl
319. for IBGP ECMP route balancing BGP submits one BGP route to the routing table for each BGP destination using in round robin fashion the available OSPF ECMP routes as follows 1 BGP submits a route to destination_1 and specifies interface 1 the interface to router D as the next hop 2 BGP submits a route to destination_2 and specifies interface 4 the interface to router C as the next hop 3 BGP submits a BGP route to destination_3 and specifies interface 1 as the next hop Figure 8 7 shows the three route balancing BGP ECMP entries to the routing table on router 4 Destination Mask PEO O Age Cost Next Hop AS destination_1 BGP 4 577438 126992 F 1 764 destination_2 BGP 4 577438 126992 F 4 764 destination_3 BGP 4 577438 126992 F 1 764 Figure 8 7 IBGP ECMP Route Balancing If you configure BGP for traffic balancing BGP submits multiple BGP routes one for each OSPF ECMP route in the following manner 1 BGP submits two IP routes to destination_1 One route specifies interface 1 the second route specifies interface 4 2 BGP submits two IP routes to destination_2 One route specifies interface 1 the second route specifies interface 4 3 BGP submits two IP routes to destination_3 One route specifies interface 1 the second route specifies interface 4 8 102 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Figure 8 8 shows the six traffic balancing BGP ECMP entries to the routing table on router 4 Dest
320. g and Disabling OSPF on the Router rere T TT a i 117356 D Rev 00 ix SUR ihihy Nore IL oars inated aussi ae nine DN Configuring the Soloist and Backup Soloist on a Slot ee O T a le Enabling the Boundary FUNCION scccicanissactesaascertcmetvcnemaecersemeniceremmdeaiemutennmies 7 14 Configuring the Metric Type for an ASE Advertisement c cceseeeeeeteeeteees 7 15 Choosing a Tag Generation Method for an ASE Advertisement epa ee 7 18 Seting he Holddown TIMET sssrini rusia sna asa aA ANE 7 21 Conrania Message Logging srxisrsurrsiiwirs oaa aaa 7 22 Configuring External Route Preference c cccsccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeenee 7 24 CuSiaMIZiNg OSPF ori an IP Merate sss a AN 7 25 Navigating the BCC to an OSPF Interface Prompt PETE P PRETA 7 26 Opening the Site Manager Window for OSPF Interfaces ccccscccecesssteeeeeeenees 7 27 PiU and Disabling OSPE as ss catortincs cancun deaniuansietannnduskaanansustanensednnwn indie iauniiuse 7 28 Configuring an Area ID seinen otioti acrais onai iei Legh seas aioin 7 29 pecina he lmeraca TPE riarorarnioin iain ated AA O N 7 30 Using Point to Multipoint Interfaces in a Star Topology sssssseeesseeeseesseeesessreeene 7 32 Specifying Router Priority for a Multiaccess Network cccccseeeeeeseeesteeeeeeees 7 33 Esima nag ihe Fansii Delay sacronnsnsnnsssidieei aa O Setting the Retransmit Interval Manes eee ea
321. g table entry for a default route the route will not be visible in the routing table 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 7 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Default Route Listen Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces Disable Enable Disable Specifies whether or not IP adds default route information to its internal routing table Select Enable to configure the RIP interface to listen for and potentially add the default route 0 0 0 0 information to its internal routing table Note that you must also enable RIP Listen on this interface A configured policy can override this setting Select Disable to prohibit the RIP interface from adding the default route 0 0 0 0 information to its internal routing table 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 8 Poisoned Reverse Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces Poisoned Poisoned Actual Split Specifies how the RIP interface advertises routes it learns from an adjacent network in periodic updates subsequently sent to that network Select Poisoned to configure this RIP interface to implement poisoned reverse When poisoned reverse is enabled the RIP interface advertises routes to the adjacent network from which it has learned the routes In RIP updat
322. g to an interface 3 5 authenticating password on Version 2 update 6 18 configuring timers 6 22 default route 6 19 117356 D Rev 00 RIP continued deleting from an interface 3 6 dial optimized routing 6 22 enabling and disabling 6 7 equal cost multipath support 4 20 listening for default route 6 21 listening for updates 6 16 poisoned reverse updates 6 11 sending triggered updates 6 13 setting diameter 6 3 split horizon updates 6 11 stabilization time 6 28 starting 3 4 supplying updates 6 10 time to live value for updates 6 14 update mode 6 8 rip command 6 2 RIP Diameter parameter global IP 6 3 A 46 RIP Listen parameter IP RIP interface 6 17 RIP interface A 93 RIP Maximum Equal Cost Paths parameter 4 21 A 49 RIP Mode parameter 6 9 A 97 RIP parameters export route filters Action C 7 Enable C 7 Export Address C 5 Export Mask C 6 From Protocol C 6 Interface C 7 Rip Metric C 8 import route filters Action C 3 Enable C 4 Import Address C 1 Import Mask C 2 Interface C 3 Preference C 4 RIP Gateway C 2 RIP Supply parameter IP RIP interface 6 10 RIP interface A 92 rip diameter command 6 3 rip max paths command 4 21 117356 D Rev 00 RIPSO 10 1 enabling and disabling 10 6 example of 10 16 security labels format of 10 2 route echo enabling and disabling for BGP 8 52 8 54 Route Filter Support parameter 4 17 A 48 route filter support enabling and disabl
323. ge Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Range Net Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas gt Ranges gt Add None Any network number Allows you to assign a single network address to a group of subnets This network address together with the subnet mask you provide specifies the subnets to be grouped in this area range Just one link summary advertisement will be generated for all subnets in this range rather than one link summary advertisement for each of the subnets included in that network Enter the appropriate network number in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 14 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 4 1 5 Range Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas gt Ranges gt Add None Any address mask This parameter together with Range Net indicates all of the networks that belong to this range The range mask is not restricted to the natural address class mask for the address supplied in the Range Net parameter Enter the appropriate subnet mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 14 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 4 1 6 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options F
324. ger Parameters Loop Detection Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers Enabled Enabled Disabled Specifies whether BGP terminates a peer to peer session if it discovers a loop in the AS path Set this parameter as required 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 41 Peer EBGP ECMP Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers Disabled Disabled Route Balance Traffic Balance Configures BGP to use ECMP routes in the routing table for route balancing or traffic load balancing To configure BGP to use ECMP routes for route balancing set this parameter to Route Balance To configure BGP to use ECMP routes for traffic load balancing set this parameter to Traffic Balance 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 42 TTL Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 0 0 to 255 hops Specifies the starting value of the time to live TTL counter in each packet sent to the remote peer This parameter places a limit on the allowed distance number of hops to the remote peer For external BGP peers this parameter is valid only if BGP is configured to allow multihop peer to peer sessions If BGP does not allow multihop external peer to peer sessions this parameter is set to 1 to enforce the one hop rule To set this parameter to the TTL value configured for global IP use the default setting 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 44 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services
325. ger Procedure System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens 5 Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on Add 8 Set the following parameters Peer Address Peer AS Local Address Peer Mode Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 10 The BGP Peer Parameters window opens 9 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the BGP Peer List window 10 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP To associate a route reflector with a cluster use the following procedure Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Cluster Identifier parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 8 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window
326. ges sent by the router to alert a host that it should be using a different path to route data Reset to Disable if you do not want this interface to send out redirects For example in a frame relay network two stations on the same network may not be directly connected if the network is not fully meshed Thus in this case you would set the Redirect parameter to Disable 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 70 117356 D Rev 00 A 35 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Ethernet Arp Encaps Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces ARP Ethernet ARP Ethernet ARP SNAP ARP Both Probe LSAP ARP Ethernet Probe LSAP ARP SNAP Probe LSAP ARP Both Probe LSAP Defines the data link encapsulation to use for ARP and HP Probe packets generated at this interface if the underlying medium is Ethernet This parameter is ignored if the underlying medium is anything other than Ethernet Depending on the selection you have made for the ARP Resolution parameter ARP Probe or ARP Probe select the appropriate encapsulation option If your address resolution scheme is ARP only select Ethernet encapsulation SNAP encapsulation or Ethernet SNAP encapsulation If your resolution scheme is HP Probe only select LSAP encapsulation If your resolution scheme is ARP Probe se
327. ggered Updates parameter IP RIP interface 6 13 RIP interface A 97 triggered updates command 6 13 tunnel GRE 13 6 type command 7 31 Type parameter OSPF interface 7 31 U Udp Xsum On parameter 4 43 A 34 udp checksum command 4 42 UnNumbered Assoc Address parameter BGP 3 9 EGP 3 12 IP configuration 3 2 A 29 NAT 3 14 OSPF 3 7 RIP 3 4 Unnumbered Associated Alternate parameter 3 21 A 41 Unnumbered CCT Name parameter 4 61 A 53 unnumbered interface definition 3 19 update mode RIP 6 8 update size maximum for BGP 8 50 V version command 6 8 virtual link OSPF 7 55 Ww WAN address configuring for frame relay network 4 48 Weight Value parameter 8 62 A 18 weight definition 1 13 Z Zero Subnet Enable parameter 4 13 A 46 117356 D Rev 00 Index 13
328. ght of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 A 18 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Weight Value 3 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the class 3 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 Weight Value 4 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the class 4 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 Weight Value 5 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt
329. global address ranges deleting 12 22 12 23 global address NAT 12 17 global timeout period 12 13 GRE tunnel parameters Connection Name A 104 IP Interface A 104 Remote Logical IP Address A 105 Remote Logical IPX Address hex A 105 Remote Physical IP Address A 105 Tunnel Name A 104 H Hello Interval parameter OSPF interface 7 38 A 79 OSPF virtual interface 7 57 A 90 hello interval OSPF 7 37 Hello Timer parameter 9 14 hello interval command 7 38 Index 5 Hold Down Timer parameter OSPF 7 21 A 71 holddown command BGP peers 8 45 global OSPF 7 21 Holddown Timer parameter 6 27 A 96 holddown timer command 6 26 Holdtime parameter 8 46 A 14 hops specifying maximum number with time to live value 4 11 Host Cache parameter 5 12 A 33 Host Encapsulation parameter 4 55 A 55 host only mode configuring bridging 4 8 configuring global IP for 4 6 HP Probe definition 5 6 IBGP interior BGP 8 4 IBGP ECMP Method parameter 8 105 ibgp ecmp method command 8 104 Identifier parameter BGP 3 9 A 3 implementation notes EGP 9 5 OSPF 7 7 Implicit Authority parameter 10 13 A 63 Implicit Label parameter 10 13 A 63 implicit labels unlabeled inbound datagrams 10 13 Implicit Level parameter 10 13 A 64 Import AS Extern parameter 7 53 A 86 Import Summaries parameter 7 53 import summaries command 7 53 inbound datagrams authority flags in 10 12 security labels for 10 9
330. gment value containing one or more AS numbers There are two AS path segment types type 1 an unordered set of ASs that a route in the update message has traversed and type 2 an ordered set of ASs that a route in the update message has traversed as path prepend List of AS numbers Specifies AS numbers that BGP adds to an AS path before it adds the current AS to the path continued 8 76 117356 D Rev 00 Table 8 12 continued Attribute Values Configuring and Customizing BGP BCC Override Attributes for BGP Announce Policies Function atomic aggregate Automatic default Force Ignore Allows control over the atomic path attribute By default the router automatically sets this attribute if it knows that certain networks in aggregate range have not been included in an aggregate advertisement local preference False default True Indicates whether or not you are supplying an override value for the Local Preference path attribute in the routing update message The local pref attribute is valid only in an update advertised to an IBGP peer If you select False the router uses the IP route weight value to calculate the local_pref path attribute local pref override Null default or a route weight value Specifies an override value for the local preference attribute med method None default Indicates whether or not a multiexit Specified discrimina
331. gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the addresses of one or more routers that could send RIP updates to this router This policy applies to RIP advertisements from routers on this list and applies only to RIP sourced routes and if RIP is included as a route source Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to RIP updates from any router RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 11 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 11 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 11 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 11 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 11 B 32 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies Received on RIP Interface Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Anno
332. gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of AS numbers Specifies an AS path override Enter a non null value to override the AS path attribute of a route matching this policy Each element of the AS path is an AS number Valid only if the Action parameter is set to Propagate Use the default empty list to allow the existing AS path attribute to remain in the route 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 27 B 50 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Next Hop Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Null An IP address Overrides the Next Hop path attribute with the IP address you specify To allow the existing Next Hop attribute use the default null value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 28 Community Match Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of BGP communities Specifies one or more BGP communities This policy applies to all BGP advertisements that match the list Supply an octet string using the following format each community ID is 4 bytes long 0 in the two most significant bits causes the router to perform the match on the lower 16 bits the default empty list means
333. guration window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the IP RIP Interface Configuration window 6 Set the RIP Mode parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 97 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 6 9 Configuring IP Services Supplying RIP Updates on an Interface By default RIP supplies RIP updates to neighboring networks on each interface You can use the BCC or Site Manager to disable and reenable this feature on an interface as required Using the BCC Navigate to a RIP interface specific prompt and enter supply lt state gt state is one of the following enable default disable For example the following command causes RIP to stop supplying updates on IP interface 2 2 2 2 rip 2 2 2 2 supply disable rip 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Configuration window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the IP RIP Interface Configuration window 6 Set the RIP Supply parameter Click o
334. guration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IP addresses of one or more interfaces on this router This policy applies to RIP updates received on interfaces that appear on this list Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to RIP updates received on any interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 11 B 8 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Apply Subnet Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies Null Null or IP address mask Specifies a mask that will override the interface s subnet mask in the presence of networks with variable length subnet masks Supply a mask set the Action parameter to Accept and use the default Network parameter an empty list If you specify a mask of 0 0 0 0 the router determines which mask to apply For example if the network in the update is a subnet of the same network as the receiving interface the router applies the mask of the receiving interface If the network in the update is a subnet of a different natural network the router applies the natural mask of that network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 12 OSPF Specific Accept Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Type
335. guring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import Gateway Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Specifies the gateway advertised as the next hop for the network The default value of 0 means any gateway Enter the appropriate gateway number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 12 1 9 Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Import Filters Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this import route filter Set to Disable if you want to disable this filter Set to Enable if you previously disabled this filter and now want to reenable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 12 1 2 Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Import Filters Accept Accept Ignore Specifies whether the route is transferred to the routing tables If you select Accept default the routing information is sent to the routing tables If you select Ignore the routing information is dropped Either accept the default Accept or select Ignore 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 12 1 5 C 22 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB
336. guring and Customizing BGP Setting the TTL Counter on an Update By default IP uses the IP global time to live TTL value to set the TTL counter in each BGP update that it sends to a remote BGP peer Each router that forwards the packet to the next hop decrements the TTL counter by 1 See Setting the Time to Live Value on a Source Packet on page 4 11 The BCC provides a parameter that allows you to configure a different TTL value for updates sent over a BGP peer to peer session For an external BGP peer to peer session this parameter is valid only if BGP is configured to allow multihop EBGP sessions If multihop sessions are not allowed BGP sets the TTL value to 1 to enforce the one hop rule See Enabling Multihop Connections on page 8 21 You can use the BCC to perform this function To specify a TTL value for updates sent over a BGP peer to peer session navigate to a BGP peer prompt and enter ttl lt value gt value is one of the values listed in Table 8 7 Table 8 7 BGP Time to Live Values Value Meaning O default Causes IP to use the IP global TTL value 1 to 255 Specifies a TTL value that IP uses instead of the IP global TTL value For example the following command sets the TTL parameter to 50 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 ttl 50 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 117356 D Rev 00 8 57 Configuring IP Services Using the Circuitless IP Interface for a Peer to Peer Session In configuring a
337. h it is enabled You can use the BCC or Site Manager to disable and reenable this feature as required Using the BCC Navigate to a RIP interface specific prompt and enter listen lt state gt state is one of the following enable default default For example the following command causes RIP to stop listening for updates on IP interface 2 2 2 2 rip 2 2 2 2 listen disable rip 2 2 2 2 6 16 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing RIP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Configuration window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear 6 Set the RIP Listen parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 93 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Authenticating the Password on a Version 2 Update By default RIP running in RIP Version 2 mode does not authenticate the password on incoming updates RIP checks for the presence of a password as follows e If no password is present RIP accepts the update e Ifa password is present RIP drops the update With authentication enabled RIP drops all received Version 1 upd
338. h the mask and the number of hosts per subnet Table 1 1 Subnet Masks for Class B and Class C Addresses Number of Subnets Number of Hosts Number of Bits Subnet Mask Recommended per Subnet Class B 2 255 255 192 0 2 16 382 3 255 255 224 0 6 8 190 4 255 255 240 0 14 4 094 5 255 255 248 0 30 2 046 6 255 255 252 0 62 1 022 7 255 255 254 0 126 510 8 255 255 255 0 254 254 9 255 255 255 128 510 126 10 255 255 255 192 1 022 62 11 255 255 255 224 2 046 30 12 255 255 255 240 4 094 14 13 255 255 255 248 8 190 6 14 255 255 255 252 16 382 2 Class C 2 255 255 255 192 2 62 3 255 255 255 224 6 30 4 255 255 255 240 14 14 5 255 255 255 248 30 6 6 255 255 255 252 62 2 117356 D Rev 00 IP Concepts Terminology and Features Supernet Addressing A supernet is a group of networks identified by contiguous network addresses IP service providers can assign customers blocks of contiguous addresses to define supernets as needed Each supernet has a unique supernet address that consists of the upper bits shared by all of the addresses in the contiguous block For example consider the following block of contiguous 32 bit addresses 192 32 0 0 to 192 32 7 0 in dotted decimal notation 11000000 00100000 00000000 00000000 11000000 00100000 00000001 00000000 11000000 00100000 00000010 00000000 11000000 00100000 00000011 00000000 11000000 00100000 00000100 00000000
339. he IP Interfaces window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interfaces window Set the Require Out Security parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 59 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 10 8 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring RIPSO on an IP Interface Specifying the Inbound Datagram Type Requiring Security Labels Use Site Manager to specify the type of inbound datagrams that require IP security labels Options are None Inbound IP datagrams are not required to contain labels All All inbound IP datagrams received on this interface must contain basic IP security options Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols Choose IP The Protocols menu opens The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interfaces window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interfaces window Set the Require In Security parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 59 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 10 9 Configuring
340. he IP address of the remote interface as_number is the number of the AS in which the remote peer is located For example the following command defines a session with a remote peer in AS 5 The local IP interface is 2 2 2 2 The interface for the remote peer is 2 2 2 5 bgp peer local 2 2 2 2 remote 2 2 2 5 as 5 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 117356 D Rev 00 8 35 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens 5 Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on Add The BGP Peer Parameters window opens 8 Set the following parameters Peer Address Peer AS Local Address e Peer RS Mode Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 10 9 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the BGP Peer List window 10 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Initiating a Peer to Peer Session A BGP speaker that wants to initiate a peer to peer connection p
341. he IP interface appears To display the current default values of the parameters for this interface enter info For example the following command sequence 1 Invokes the prompt for IP interface 2 2 2 2 255 0 0 0 which has been configured on Ethernet slot 2 connector 2 2 Displays the current parameter values for IP interface 2 2 2 2 ethernet 2 2 ip address 2 2 2 2 mask 255 0 0 0 ip 2 2 2 2 255 0 0 0 info on ethernet 2 2 state enabled address 2 2 2 2 mask 255 0 0 0 assocaddr 0 0 0 0 cost 1 broadcast 0 0 0 0 configured mac address 0x mtu discovery off mask reply off all subnet broadcast off address resolution arp proxy off host cache aging cache off udp checksum on end station support off redirects on cache size 128 ip 2 2 2 2 255 0 0 0 117356 D Rev 00 4 29 Configuring IP Services Opening the Site Manager Window for IP Interface Parameters Use the following Site Manager procedure to open the IP Interface List window which displays all IP interface parameters and their current values Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 4 30 117356 D Rev 0
342. he IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF window opens 4 Choose Policies 5 Choose Announce The OSPF Announce Policies window opens 6 Set the following parameters Enable Name e Networks Action Rule Precedence e Route Source e External Route Source Advertise From RIP Gateway Received on RIP Interface RIP Metric From OSPF Router ID e Received OSPF Type Received OSPF Tag From EGP Peer From EGP AS Received EGP Gateway From BGP Peer From BGP AS Received BGP Next Hop Type Tag Automatic Tag OSPF Metric Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page B 25 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 7 70 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Supplying Matching Criteria for an OSPF Announce Policy You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify matching criteria for an OSPF announce policy Using the BCC Navigate to the policy specific prompt and enter match A match prompt for the policy appears For example the following command invokes a match prompt for the OSPF announce policy pol_1 announce pol_1 ospf match match ospf announce pol_1 To supply matching criteria enter lt match_parameter gt lt value gt match_parameter value is one of the parameter value pairs shown in Table 7 11 Table 7 11 BCC Matching Parameters for OSPF Announce Policies
343. he Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The OSPF Interfaces window opens 5 Click on the OSPF interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the OSPF Interfaces window 6 Set the Area ID parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 76 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 7 29 Configuring IP Services Specifying the Interface Type OSPF supports the following types of interface Broadcast An interface connected to a broadcast network that supports multiple routers OSPF can address a single physical message to all attached routers Examples of such a network are Ethernet FDDI and token ring Nonbroadcast multiaccess NBMA An interface to an NBMA network that supports multiple routers However OSPF cannot address a single physical message to all routers Examples of such a network are frame relay and X 25 Point to point An interface to a point to point network that joins a single pair of OSPF routers An example of such a network is a network of synchronous lines Point to multipoint An interface to a point to multipoint network that supports multiple routers in a partial mesh configuration Bay Networks supports the standard OSPF point to multipoint interface and also provides a
344. he broadcast address as specified in RFC 1058 RIP aggregates subnet information e In RIP Version 2 mode RIP generates Version 2 updates using the multicast address 224 0 0 9 as specified in the RIP Version 2 RFC 1388 RIP does not aggregate subnet information e In RIP Version 2 mode with aggregation RIP generates RIP Version 2 updates using the multicast address and performs aggregation of subnets into a natural network advertisement on interfaces belonging to another network In both Version 2 modes RIP checks for a password on all received updates see Authenticating the Password on a Version 2 Update on page 6 17 By default RIP sends Version 1 updates You can use the BCC or Site Manager to choose Version 2 with or without aggregation of subnet information Using the BCC Navigate to a RIP interface specific prompt and enter version lt version gt version is one of the following rip1 default rip2 aggr For example the following command causes RIP to send Version 2 updates with aggregation of subnets rip 2 2 2 2 version aggr rip 2 2 2 2 6 8 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing RIP Services Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Confi
345. he neighbors are operational and can provide reliable network reachability information Two neighbors will be able to exchange network reachability information only if they are both in the up state and know that they are both in the up state This is the point at which neighbor reachability is positively determined In the network reachability phase EGP is responsible for determining which networks are reachable through two EGP neighbors that is it provides the network reachability information This information provides a list of gateways the networks those gateways can reach and their associated distances Two neighbors determine network reachability by exchanging poll messages and routing update responses as follows e The active neighbor sends a poll message to a passive neighbor that it already knows to be reachable The poll message requests routing information from the passive neighbor e The routing update response contains the routing information the list of gateways on the common network the networks they can reach and associated distances Both active and passive neighbors can send routing update messages The active neighbor usually sends a routing update response after it sends a poll message The passive neighbor usually sends a routing update response in response to a poll message 9 4 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing EGP Services EGP Implementation Notes This section provides you with some important guidelines to
346. he other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 Weight Value 8 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the class 8 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 A 20 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables a weight assignment for a particular AS Set to Disable to disable the weight assignment for this AS set to Enable if you previously disabled this weight assignment and now want to reenable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 2 BGP Event Message Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions
347. he remote router interface looks up the packet s destination address in its routing table and chooses the next hop to reach host 2 13 2 117356 D Rev 00 Generic Routing Encapsulation Tunnel Router 1 Router 2 Internet Intranet S 5 i Host A Z 2 Router Tunnel Ss Pea Tunnel Router interface interface interface interface MAC header MAC header a 10 0 0 1 Source IP address Source IP address 10 0 0 1 8 0 0 2 Destination IP address Destination IP address 8 0 0 2 data data MAC header Source IP address Destination IP address UI GRE header 10 0 0 1 Source IP address 8 0 0 2 Destination address data Key Transport protocol L J Passenger protocol IP0064A Figure 13 1 GRE Tunneling Avoiding Tunnel Misconfiguration Before configuring a tunnel you should be aware of a limitation inherent in the use of all tunnels including GRE tunnels A tunnel is a virtual point to point connection between two routers that are actually several hops apart This point to point connection can hide the real distance between the routers from portions of the network leading to unintended suboptimal routing decisions and in some cases to routing loops 117356 D Rev 00 13 3 Configuring IP Services In particular if a router at one end of a tunnel determines that the
348. high bandwidth and maintenance costs For example a full mesh topology for an AS with 50 IBGP speakers requires 1 225 internal peer to peer connections 117356 D Rev 00 8 5 Configuring IP Services To avoid the high costs of a full mesh topology to support IBGP speakers within a large AS you can configure a router to function as an IBGP route reflector IBGP speakers that need to communicate with other BGP speakers in the AS establish a single peer to peer client session with the route reflector For information about the IBGP route reflector see Configuring IBGP as a Route Reflector or an RR Client on page 8 88 BGP Updates BGP 3 and BGP 4 speakers exchange routing information in the form of routing updates that include a network number and a list of autonomous systems that the routing information has passed through the AS path In addition an update includes the following e List of path attributes e Local preference value BGP 4 only Path Attributes A BGP 3 update message includes a variable length sequence of path attributes Each attribute entry consists of an attribute value and a field describing the attribute Table 8 1 describes the mandatory and optional BGP 3 path attributes Table 8 1 BGP 3 Path Attributes Attribute Description AS path Mandatory attribute containing a list of the ASs that must be traversed to reach the given destinations Origin Mandatory attribute containing one of the fo
349. hing Criteria for an OSPF Announce Policy cetenaees pinuan onl Chapter 8 Configuring and Customizing BGP BGP Concepts and Terminology messinesi a aaa aaa aaia 8 2 Poerio Feer BOSSI ING sits ccasasctesesekaed aea ia aa aa 8 3 Stub and Multihomed Autonomous Systems cceececeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeees 8 4 Interior BGP Routing P mee P E P PTA 8 4 BGF Roule Renee caseina A E E 8 5 BORLU EE oriai a A A aSa edad SESA 8 6 Path Attributes T ET a E T oran ere sata aaae 8 6 BGP 4 Local Preference Caleulation 1 0 ccsssiiessad ender aaneieaeei eaten OO Best Route Selection soman a a 8 9 BOROOPF WTP QCNG IN scrinia aree aa Oa AE 8 9 BGP Implementation Noles senssa LO Configuring BGP Globally goreti isnan AEEA A EEEE mebeets Ain aaa 8 11 Enabling and Disabling BOP oriniai aa aa aaa rere 8 12 Supping a BGF WIP MNMBE rogiuraniminnn a aaa 8 14 Identifying the Local AS TEA PP E aao meena H 8 15 Disabling and Reenabling IBGP Support ssssssessssesssssessssssrsssrrssrrnssrnessrnsssnessreesneee 816 Specifying Route Types for IBGP Advertisements cccccccccecsseceeseeeseseeeeeeeees 8 17 Seting the Update Interval TIMer sisinio aianei 8 19 Allowing Redundant GonmnectiHnS ses istenciaipesies danse idneveuangaianeiaaeds 8 20 Enabling Multihop Connections E Tee eee EEEE 8 21 Disabling and Reenabling Dynamic Policy Configuration cccsceeseeeeseeeeees 8 2
350. hoose Static The NAT Static Mapping List window opens 5 Click on the Add button The NAT Static Mapping Add window opens Enter a local address Enter a global address 8 Click on OK The static mapping pair appears in the list of current mapping pairs 117356 D Rev 00 12 17 Configuring IP Services Enabling and Disabling Static Address Translation To change the state of NAT static address translation proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose NAT The NAT menu opens 4 Choose Static The NAT Static Mapping List window opens Highlight the interface you want to modify from the list of IP interfaces Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 101 Click on OK NAT is enabled for the selected mapping pair 12 18 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Network Address Translation Configuring Dynamic Local Address Ranges Use Site Manager to add delete or change the state of dynamic local address ranges Adding a Local Address Range The local address range is a range of local unregistered source addresses When NAT software detects a packet with one of these source addresses on a NAT local interface it maps the local
351. hould have the highest preference precedence 0 default to any integer Assigns a metric value to this policy a policy with a higher value takes precedence over a policy with a lower value This value determines the order of precedence for policies that match the same route 7 60 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing OSPF Services Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens Choose OSPF The OSPF window opens Choose Policies ay P oO p Choose Accept The OSPF Accept Policies window opens Set the following parameters Enable Name Networks Action Route Preference e Rule Precedence Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions in Appendix B Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 7 61 Configuring IP Services Supplying Modification Values for an OSPF Accept Policy You can use the BCC or Site Manager to supply values that OSPF uses to modify fields in an OSPF update that matches the policy Using the BCC Navigate to the policy specific prompt and enter modify A modification prompt appears for the policy For example the following command invokes a prompt for OSPF accept policy
352. ht is the preferred path An assigned weight can range from 1 to 15 plus an infinity value Any path containing an AS weight of infinity is avoided AS weight classes allow you to assign multiple weight values to the same AS This feature allows you to consider an AS path differently for different networks For example consider a situation in which two networks 192 32 1 0 and 192 32 2 0 are both reachable by two paths The first path to each network shares a common AS AS 5 The second path to each network also shares a common AS AS 10 If you want to favor AS 5 in the path to 192 32 1 0 and AS 10 in the path to 192 32 2 0 you can assign one weight class to the AS in the path to network 192 32 1 0 and another class to the AS in the path to 192 32 2 0 When a BGP router receives a new route it evaluates the route against any existing accept policies If after this evaluation the path still is to be used the router calculates the total weight of the path Configure AS weights the same on all BGP routers in an AS 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services You can use Site Manager to assign a weight and a weight class to an AS Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose Weights The BGP AS Weight Parameters window opens 5
353. ibutes more difficult For any router supporting both BGP and OSPF the OSPF router ID and the BGP identifier must be the same 8 10 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Configuring BGP Globally You configure BGP by setting BGP parameters as described under the following topics Topic Page Enabling and Disabling BGP 8 12 Supplying a BGP Identifier 8 14 Identifying the Local AS 8 15 Disabling and Reenabling IBGP Support 8 16 Specifying Route Types for IBGP Advertisements 8 17 Setting the Update Interval Timer 8 19 Allowing Redundant Connections 8 20 Enabling Multihop Connections 8 21 Disabling and Reenabling Dynamic Policy Configuration 8 23 Configuring BGP as a Soloist 8 24 Associating a Route Reflector with a Cluster ID 8 26 Disabling and Reenabling Route Aggregation 8 26 Enabling and Disabling Black Hole Punching 8 27 Disabling and Reenabling the BGP 4 MED Attribute 8 30 Disabling BayRS Local Preference Calculation and Route Selection 8 32 117356 D Rev 00 8 11 Configuring IP Services Enabling and Disabling BGP When you start BGP on the router BGP is automatically enabled for both BGP 3 and BGP 4 peer to peer connections You can use the BCC and Site Manager to disable and reenable BGP on the router You can also use Site Manager to disable and reenable BGP 3 and BGP 4 Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP prompt and enter state lt
354. icit subnet routes the black hole route causes it to discard the packet For more information about black hole routes see Defining a Static Black Hole for a Supernet on page 4 62 By default BGP does not submit a black hole route to the IP routing table for an aggregate route that it advertises to a BGP peer You can use the BCC or Site Manager to enable this feature You can also configure IP to return an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender of a packet to an unknown destination 117356 D Rev 00 8 27 Configuring IP Services Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP prompt and enter black hole punching lt action gt action is one of the values described in Table 8 5 Table 8 5 Black Hole Punching Parameter Settings Value Meaning disabled default Disables black hole punching drop Enables black hole punching IP drops packets for an unknown destination without returning an ICMP message to the sender reject Enables black hole punching IP drops packets for an unknown destination and returns a destination unreachable message to the sender For example the following command line causes BGP to submit aggregate routes to the routing table as black hole routes IP drops packets for unknown destinations but does not return ICMP destination unreachable messages to the sender bgp black hole punching drop bgp 8 28 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing BGP
355. ific OSPF prompt and enter hello interval lt interval gt interval is the number of seconds between hello messages For example the following command causes OSPF to transmit a hello message every 20 seconds on IP interface 2 2 2 2 ospf 2 2 2 2 hello interval 20 ospf 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The OSPF Interfaces window opens 5 Click on the OSPF interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the OSPF Interfaces window 6 Set the Hello Interval parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 79 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 7 38 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Setting the Dead Interval The dead interval is the number of seconds that OSPF waits to receive a hello packet from a neighbor before considering the neighbor to be down The dead interval value should be some multiple of the hello interval value Each type of network has an optimum dead interval If the interface is connected to a broadcast network Bay Networks suggests you use the default setting 40 seconds Table 7 5 lists the suggested setting
356. ight and Weight Class Parameters A 18 BGP Event Message Parameters A 21 A 2 117356 D Rev 00 Site Manager Parameters BGP Configuration Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Identifier Choose BGP in the Select protocols window None An IP address of an IP interface on this router Identifies the BGP router There is no default for this parameter You must use an IP address of one of the router s IP interfaces Either accept the current BGP identifier or enter a new IP address The BGP identifier must be one of the router s IP interfaces If both BGP and OSPF are running on the router then the OSPF router ID must be equivalent to one of the configured IP interfaces 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 4 Local AS Select BGP in the Select protocols window None 1 to 65 535 Identifies the autonomous system to which this BGP router belongs Enter a value from 1 to 65 535 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 5 BGP Global Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID BGP Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global Enable Enable Disable Globally enables or disables BGP on all router interfaces Set to Disable if you want to disable BGP for the entire router Set to Enable if you previously disabled
357. iguration Manager window 7 48 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Modifying an Area ID In an AS that contains multiple areas you must assign a unique ID to each area You specify an ID when you define the area You can use the BCC to change the ID Using the BCC Navigate to an OSPF interface prompt and enter area lt id gt id is an area identifier expressed in dotted decimal notation Configuring Authentication OSPF provides a measure of security for an area through the use of passwords If an area is configured to use authentication all OSPF interfaces configured in that area must be configured with a password The password must be identical on each interface connected to the same network Different networks can have different passwords In such an area a router that receives a packet verifies the password before doing anything else with the packet Unauthorized routers are not allowed to communicate with the OSPF system By default authentication is disabled in an area You can use the BCC or Site Manager to enable authentication and specify a password Using the BCC To enable authentication navigate to the area specific prompt and enter authentication type simplepassword If you have enabled authentication on the area you can specify a password Navigate to the OSPF interface specific prompt and enter authentication key lt string gt string is any ASCII string up to eight characters long
358. iguring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Route Origin Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Accept Policies Any Any IGP EGP IGP or EGP Incomplete Incomplete or IGP Incomplete or EGP Specifies the values of the BGP origin path attribute that apply to this policy Select the origin values you want to accept for this policy 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 13 BGP 3 Route Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Accept Policies 1 1 to 16 Specifies a value that is used to compare a route that matches this policy with other BGP 3 routes that match the policy The larger the value the greater the preference To specify maximum preference enter 16 This parameter is valid only if the Action parameter is set to Accept 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 14 AS Weight Class Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Accept Policies Weight class 1 Weight class 1 to weight class 8 Indicates which weight class should be used when calculating the AS path weight Set the Action parameter to Accept and supply a valid BGP 3 weight class BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6
359. iguring a Remote Tunnel End Point rere opeki pia pena Serer iene OG Deleting a Remote Tunnel End Point sessirnir 13 10 Debio a GRE MONE sas ca acess tsa nttanateunteia tin apataate oo iianiaduaatindueitia suidect a i 13 11 Appendix A Site Manager Parameters Ree Fr ala LN Sets ste ntsy vader emusns E E a a O E R A 2 BGP Configuration Parameters aa EN nun AT T arean enue cate PPS BOP Gopa PRN tS ass asstdaera ass raan pied ANN A 3 BGP J Il Parameter nienia a a ai A 10 BGPA Glopa Parame IE iinet i oE a ES eri A 10 BGP Peer ParamelefS sisiiiisnips intact ain unit seindeeminen inenyend A 10 BGP AS Weight and Weight Class Parameters ii T agreia aai A 18 BGP Event Message Parameters cogent teacieedcesecnerticneteascctdase iai aaia A 21 EORPA A 22 EGP Global Parameters arai ii P EE E A E peeeeciats A A 23 EGP Neighbor Parametra ririn nnarkinaN ia aa AA A A 24 aa TS E A E E N N A N TAT A 27 IP Contiguratioh Parameters sonrisa ronin naaie A 27 IP Witenes Farana aaa sescanis Seneens aida eave EE A 29 IP Global Parameters E T PE PE picts P Serer Sorna A 43 Statie Roule Parami OIE sec ccats crntencie toate daecs e e naar a ar aeta A 51 Adiacent Host PAA SU vsicu sence wisi fas sxddiadens uenadh oeda ieia EEEE A 54 RIPSO Parameters E T aeien inoan T ET ee resda iinoa A 57 Router Discovery ParamolelS hessniiiiiiii eeieGietaaees A 67 OPFETTE O a a a A 69 OSPF Goba Parameetri aa e a Ran A
360. in an AS seese ETa uuan 8 88 Configuring a Route Reflector Cluster cccccccccccessseteecdscsascsderesnusseesdssevevecesannrieess 8 92 Configuring Multiple RR Clusters in an AS ecceeeeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeees 8 94 Conngurng A0 PR GIN srai e EA 8 98 Configuring IBGP for Route and Traffic Load Balancing cccceseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 8 100 Configuring EBGP for Route and Traffic Load Balancing rate seine sotmoncO gt WG Configuring EBGP Route Flap Dain penny scsescsisccesdcencds cacdasarecndevantnsevctaedadadeadacnens 8 111 xii 117356 D Rev 00 Chapter 9 Customizing EGP Services EGP Concepts and Terminology cc ccieiess scacctassronnnsd sues daaeeassddauegecnecaptedeanquadeie a En 9 2 EGP implementati NOS suiii AA E N EN 9 5 Customizing EGP on the Router ET eres eee ies ee mii 111 96 Enabling and Digable EGP aisimi aa a a aa E 9 6 Supplying a Local AS Number osresiirsioinaag i inaa 9 7 Configuring a Neighbor E EE EE damepecia cain E T EE T P Poe Specifying the Neighbor s Address Tiina RN 9 9 Specifying the Gateway MOC ciicsicossciscomsisssunnsned anaeeedaredisnaneonerasancian 9 10 Enabling and Disabling the Neighbor Relationship 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 9 11 Choosing the Acquisition Mode sccsssssvnsadnssiestivasitesaiessvesibiarsesievewai paiveeeadioavienapsstede 9 12 Choosing the Poll Mode aooaa E EE E T N ET 9 13 Seting N
361. ination Mask Proto Age Cost Next Hop AS destination_1 BGP 4 577438 126992 F 1 764 destination_1 BGP 4 577438 126992 F 4 764 destination_2 BGP 4 577438 126992 F 1 764 destination_2 BGP 4 577438 126992 F 4 764 destination_3 BGP 4 577438 126992 P L 764 destination_3 BGP 4 577438 126992 F 4 764 Figure 8 8 IBGP ECMP Traffic Load Balancing You can use the BCC or Site Manager to configure IBGP for ECMP route balancing and traffic load balancing 117356 D Rev 00 8 103 Configuring IP Services Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP global prompt and enter ibgp ecmp method lt method gt method is one of the values described in Table 8 15 Table 8 15 IBGP ECMP Methods Method Meaning route balance BGP submits one BGP route to the IP routing table for each BGP destination using in turn round robin the available IGP ECMP routes to the next hop traffic balance BGP submits multiple routes to IP using all known IGP ECMP IP next hops For example the following command configures BGP for IBGP ECMP traffic load balancing bgp ibgp ecmp method traffic balance bgp 8 104 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing BGP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global
362. ing 4 17 route echo command 8 52 8 54 route filters command 4 17 Router Discovery broadcast type for advertisements 4 64 definition 1 11 4 63 enabling and disabling 4 64 interface preference for 4 66 interval between advertisements 4 65 lifetime of advertised addresses 4 66 Router ID parameter 7 12 A 70 router id command 7 11 8 14 routing table estimating size of 4 14 Rtr Priority parameter 7 34 A 77 S security label format 10 2 10 3 security labels datagram types that require inbound 10 9 outbound 10 8 security level for IP datagrams 10 10 size of routing table estimating 4 14 slot mask command 7 13 SMDS Arp Request Address parameter 4 47 A 37 SMDS Group Address parameter IP interface 4 47 A 36 soloist configuring BGP as 8 24 OSPF 7 13 Soloist Slot Mask parameter A 99 soloist configuring NAT as 12 10 split horizon RIP updates 6 11 Index 11 starting BGP 3 9 EGP 3 12 TP 3 2 IP on circuitless interface 3 17 OSPF 3 7 RIP 3 4 starting NAT 3 14 state command ARP 5 4 BGP 8 12 global IP 4 5 IP interface 4 32 OSPF 7 10 OSPF area 7 48 OSPF interface 7 28 RIP 6 7 static address mapping A 101 static black hole routes configuring A 51 A 52 definition 4 62 8 27 static routes definition 4 56 Status parameter A 88 Strip Security parameter 10 7 A 58 stripping security options from IP datagrams 10 7 Stub Default Metric parameter 7 53 A 86 stub me
363. ing IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Depends on the address class of the network address Specifies the range of addresses this filter acts upon For example consider Class B Network 172 32 0 0 which allocates the upper 8 bits of the host identification field to the Subnet ID and the final 8 bits to the Host ID The address mask directs the filtering process to a specific portion of the IP address Thus any IP address that matches the masked portion of 172 32 0 0 is subject to filtering If you enter 255 255 0 0 for this parameter only the net ID portion of the address is filtered If you enter the mask 255 255 255 0 the Net ID and Subnet ID portions of the address are filtered If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 0 0 0 0 then the filter applies to all routes If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 255 255 255 255 then the filter applies to the default route Enter the mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 4 Export From Protocol Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters Any Any RIP EGP OSPF Direct Static BGP 3 Iden
364. ing tree explorer STE and all route explorer ARE ARP packets 117356 D Rev 00 4 45 Configuring IP Services You can use the following Site Manager procedure to configure source route end node support on a per circuit basis and choose STE or ARE ARP packets Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols Choose IP The Protocols menu opens The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 5 Set the following parameters TR Endstation TR Endstation ARP Type Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 35 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 4 46 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring an SMDS Address Configuring and Customizing IP By default if the interface is connected to an SMDS network IP uses the SMDS configured addresses You can use Site Manager to supply the following A complete SMDS E 164 address specified by the SMDS subscription agreement that you have with your SMDS provider An address resolution multicast address for this IP interface in an SMDS network Site Manager Procedure You do this 1 In the Configuratio
365. ink state advertisements LSAs are received and placed in the link state database LSDB of the router The information in the LSDB is also propagated to other routers in the OSPF routing domain According to the OSPF standard all routers in a given area must maintain a similar database To maintain database integrity across the network a router must not manipulate received LSAs before propagating them to other routers To accomplish this OSPF accept and announce policies act in the following manner OSPF accept policies control which OSPF non self originated external routing information is passed to the routing table manager The accept policies control only what the local router uses they do not affect the propagation of OSPF internal and OSPF non self originated external information to other routers OSPF announce policies control which self originated external routing updates are placed into the LSDB for distribution according to the OSPF standard OSPF announce policies affect what other routers learn but only with regard to the local router s self originated information IP accept and announce policies and policy parameters are described in Appendix B IP import and export filters and filter parameters are described in Appendix C 117356 D Rev 00 1 17 Configuring IP Services IP Traffic Filters A traffic filter enables the router to selectively relay or drop an inbound packet frame or datagram based on standard protoco
366. inks for each area border router that does not reside within or directly interface to the backbone Every area border router must have a configured path to the backbone Rather than just a hop count OSPF considers the cost of a path when choosing the best path Each interface however is assigned the default cost 1 for the path to which it interfaces If you have a preferred path you must edit the Metric Cost parameter for your interfaces You will need to assign a higher metric cost for those paths that are not preferred paths If you have any devices in your network running OSPF and are now adding a Bay Networks router you must make sure that the router s timer values coincide with the timers in your other devices Determine the timer values of the other devices and change the router s timer values to match them If you change the topology for example if you add an area combine two areas move routers and so on you must reconfigure the appropriate OSPF elements OSPF area ranges interfaces neighbors virtual links and so on 117356 D Rev 00 7 7 Configuring IP Services Customizing OSPF Global Features OSPF global features affect the way OSPF runs on the router They apply to all OSPF interfaces You customize OSPF global features by setting parameters as described under the following topics Topic Page Navigating the BCC to the OSPF Global Prompt 29 Opening the Site Manager Wi
367. ins configured until you disable it 117356 D Rev 00 12 9 Configuring IP Services For instructions on how to create and enable static translation refer to Configuring Static Translation on page 12 17 For instructions on how to create and enable dynamic translation see the following sections Configuring Dynamic Local Address Ranges on page 12 19 and Configuring Dynamic Global Address Ranges on page 12 22 Configuring the Soloist Slot Mask To specify the slots on which NAT can run as a soloist proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose NAT The NAT menu opens 4 Choose Global 5 Choose Soloist Slot Mask The NAT Base Group Record window opens 6 Click on the Values button Site Manager displays a list of slots 7 Choose the slots you want to specify as available to run as a soloist Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 99 Site Manager displays the binary values that correspond to your slot selections in the Soloist Slot Mask field For example if a router has five slots and you choose Slots 3 and 5 the binary value 00101 appears in the Soloist Slot Mask field The leftmost bit represents the slot with the lowest number Click on OK Site
368. ion Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens Choose RIP The RIP window opens Choose Policies ay P oO N Choose Announce The RIP Announce Policies window opens Set the following parameters Enable Name Action Route Precedence Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page B 2 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 6 39 Configuring IP Services Supplying Modification Values for a RIP Announce Policy You can use the BCC or Site Manager to supply a value that RIP uses to modify field in a RIP update that matches the policy Using the BCC Navigate to the policy specific prompt and enter modify A modification prompt appears for the policy For example the following command invokes a set command for RIP announce policy pol_1 announce pol_1 rip modify modify rip announce pol_1 To specify an override value enter lt parameter gt lt value gt parameter value is one of the parameter value pairs shown in Table 6 5 Table 6 5 BCC Override Parameter for RIP Announce Policies Parameter Values Function metric O the default or Specifies an optional RIP export metric to use an export metric when advertising a route that matches this policy 6 40 117356 D Rev 00 Customi
369. ions Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Retransmit Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Virtual Interfaces 5 seconds 1 to 360 seconds Indicates the number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this interface This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link state request packets This value should be well over the expected round trip time Although the default value is 5 Bay Networks suggests the following values for this parameter for broadcast 10 seconds for point to point 15 seconds for NBMA 15 seconds for point to multipoint 15 seconds Either accept the default value of 5 seconds or set the retransmit interval to some other value from 1 to 360 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 7 Hello Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Virtual Interfaces 15 seconds 1 to 360 seconds Indicates the number of seconds between the hello packets that the router sends on the interface Although the default value is 15 seconds Bay Networks suggests the following values for this parameter for broadcast 10 seconds for point to point 15 seconds for NBMA 20 seconds for point to multipoint 15 seconds Either accept the default value of 15 seconds or set the Hello Interval parameter to some other va
370. is parameter allows Proxy ARP to generate replies when the source and destination networks in the ARP request differ Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols System responds The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IP Global Parameters window opens Set the following parameters ARP Forwarding e Nonlocal ARP Source Nonlocal ARP Destination Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 44 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 5 5 Configuring IP Services Selecting an Address Resolution Scheme for an IP Interface In addition to ARP IP supports Inverse ARP HP Probe and X 25 address resolution schemes as follows Inverse ARP provides address resolution for frame relay interfaces Use Inverse ARP to discover the IP address of the station at the remote end of the virtual circuit HP Probe a Hewlett Packard proprietary protocol is an address resolution mechanism that functions much like ARP to determine a network host s physical address using the host s IP address by binding a 32 bit IP address to a 48 bit MAC address IP supports HP Probe over Ethernet and the following HP Probe messages Unsolicited Reply incoming and outgoing Name Request incoming
371. is dangerous because it can cause BGP speakers to establish a BGP connection that traverses a third party AS which may violate policy considerations and may also introduce forwarding loops 117356 D Rev 00 8 21 Configuring IP Services Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP prompt and enter multi hop lt state gt state is one of the following enabled disabled default For example the following command enables BGP for multihop peer to peer connections bgp multi hop enabled bgp Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Multi hop EBGP Connection parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 6 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 8 22 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Disabling and Reenabling Dynamic Policy Configuration By default BGP reconfigures IP policies dynamically This means that if you modify a policy BGP dynamically reevaluates all affected routes in the light of the modified policy BGP then sends the appropriate withdraw or update to the affected peers BGP maintains records of which routes have been sent
372. is meseieis T mT natisa OO Seting he Hella MEA sirarsa a si ender eeeveney 7 37 Seting he Dead UMC siooni aa a aaia ia 7 39 Setting the Poll Interval for NBMA Neighbors Renewed PEA PE PEREA 7 41 Specio ha Morg COSE umatna ar NN N E a AA CHU MEY ihe MTI 2E urisi aaao aeae ERN ASAAN 7 44 Configuring a Neighbor on an NBMA Interface ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeees 7 46 Bes E E E I A A E E terre err 7 47 Supplying an ID for the Area n PE errr pets pepigit E 7 47 Disabling and Reenabling an ATGA cccccnccncsactcommesearcaminsareunumesccncuemmncancmnmumcsecensumennneaas 7 48 MOAPA ATOR D niro a aaO E Ea a EEO ERS 7 49 Configuring Authentication oan S A T P T irena punan en AQ Gonlieuring a Suniitiary ROWIE aa iaiiedc auesnead ibA INEA 7 51 Configuring a SUID ATER earainn aai aa E 7 52 Coniguring an Area Border ROUGE srinaiomnisieiooerencnnmeni ei Oe tanned 7 54 Configuring a Virtual Backbone Link Through a Transit Area n 7 55 Configuring OSPF Accept and Announce Policies obeita err er reste elevates n 7 58 Defining an OSPF Accept POGY ceiien aaaea 7 59 x 117356 D Rev 00 Supplying Modification Values for an OSPF Accept Policy c ccccseeeseeesreeees 7 62 Specifying Matching Criteria for an OSPF Accept Policy cccecseeseeeeeeeeeeeees 7 64 Defining an OSPF Amounce PONY serisinden 7 66 Supplying Modification Values for an OSPF Announce Policy s s s 7 69 Supplying Matc
373. istered source address 10 0 0 15 to one of the available registered global addresses in this case 192 55 10 3 and puts a new entry in the local global translation entry list Figure 12 3 117356 D Rev 00 12 5 Configuring IP Services NAT router Current local global mapping entry list Local address Global address range list range list 10 0 0 1 192 55 10 1 10 0 0 2 192 55 10 2 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 192 55 10 0 to 192 55 10 255 10 0 0 15 192 55 10 3 15 0 0 0 to 15 255 255 255 192 20 10 0 to 192 20 10 255 50 1 1 0 to 50 1 1 225 IP packet 10 0 0 15 192 55 10 20 Source address Destination address IP0053A Figure 12 3 NAT Updates the Local Global Translation Entry List NAT software also replaces the unregistered local source address 10 0 0 15 with the translated global address 192 55 10 3 and sends the packet on its way to its destination in company B s network Figure 12 4 12 6 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Network Address Translation NAT router Current local global Local address 7 Global address mapping entry list range list range list 10 0 0 1 192 55 10 1 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 192 55 10 0 to 192 55 10 255 10 0 0 2 192 55 10 2 15 0 0 0 to 15 255 255 255 192 20 10 0 to 192 20 10 255 50 1 1 0 to 50 1 1 225 IP packet Source address Destination address 10 0 0 15 TPOOS4A Figure 12 4 NAT Replaces the Unregistered Local Address with a Registered
374. ite Manager to specify a different interval Using the BCC Navigate to a BGP peer specific prompt and enter min originate time lt seconds gt seconds is an integer indicating the minimum number of seconds that BGP waits between advertisements For example the following command causes BGP to wait at least 30 seconds between updates on the peer session established between interfaces 2 2 2 2 and 2 2 2 53 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 min originate time 30 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 117356 D Rev 00 8 47 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on the peer for which you want to edit The parameters for that peer appear in parameters the window 8 Set the Min AS Origination Interval parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 15 9 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 8 48 117356 D Rev 00 Overriding the Local AS Number Configuring and Customizing BGP By def
375. iteria for RIP Announce Policies continued Parameter Values Default Function bgp peer List of IP Specifies the IP address of one or more BGP addresses peers This policy applies to BGP advertisements authored by a router on this list and applies only to BGP sourced routes and if BGP is included as a route source egp as List of AS numbers Specifies one or more autonomous system numbers This policy applies to EGP advertisements received from EGP peers in an AS on this list and applies only to EGP sourced routes and if EGP is included as a route source egp gateway List of IP Specifies the IP address of one or more EGP addresses gateways This policy applies to EGP advertisements that use a gateway on this list as the next hop and applies only to EGP sourced routes and if EGP is included as a route source egp peer List of IP Specifies the IP address of one or more EGP addresses peers This policy applies to EGP advertisements authored by a router on this list and applies only to EGP source routes and if EGP is included as a route source inbound interface List of IP Specifies the address of one or more addresses interfaces on this router This policy applies to RIP advertisements received on the interfaces on this list and applies only to RIP sourced routes and if RIP is included as a route source network List of IP Specifies which networks will match this addresses policy Each identifier consists of
376. ject ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Cluster Identifier Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global Null 1 to 4 294 967 295 Associates the IBGP route server with a cluster If BGP is configured as an IBGP route server in a cluster you must specify a cluster ID All IBGP route servers in the same cluster must have the same cluster ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 18 Aggregate Subnets Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether subnet routes from non BGP sources are aggregated to their corresponding natural network routes for advertisement to BGP peers Advertisement of BGP originated routes is not affected by this switch Set this parameter as required 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 22 Black Hole Routes Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global Disabled Disabled Drop Reject Specifies whether BGP submits a black hole route into the routing table for an aggregate route advertised to a BGP peer To drop a packet for an unknown destination set this parameter to Drop To configure BGP to return an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender set this parameter to Reject 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 23 A 8 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Defa
377. k subnet host Routers outside the network do not interpret the subnet and host portions of the IP address separately Routers inside a network containing subnets use a 32 bit subnet mask that identifies the extension bits In network subnet host the subnet host portion or the local portion contains an arbitrary number of bits The network administrator allocates bits within the local portion to subnet and host and then assigns values to subnet and host For example the following is the IP address of a network that contains subnets 10000000 00100000 00001010 10100111 You specify this address in dotted decimal notation as 128 32 10 167 The second bit of the first octet is set to 0 indicating that the network is a Class B network Therefore the NIC assigned network portion contains 16 bits and the locally assigned local portion contains 16 bits The network administrator allocates the 16 bits in the local portion field as follows e Upper 8 bits 00001010 with a value of 10 to the subnet portion e Lower 8 bits 10100111 with a value of 167 to the host portion In other words the 16 bit local portion field together with the 16 bit network field specify host 167 on subnet 10 of network 128 32 You now need a subnet mask to identify those bits in the 32 bit IP address that specify the network field and those bits that specify the subnet field Like the IP address you specify the subnet mask in dotted decimal notation 11735
378. k ID in the received advertisement originating as AS number Specifies an autonomous system This policy applies to BGP advertisements that originate from this AS peer IP address Specifies a BGP peer This policy applies to BGP advertisements from this peer The BCC treats this matching criterion as an object When you press Enter the BCC creates an object and displays an object specific prompt To specify multiple criteria create multiple objects 117356 D Rev 00 8 71 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Policy Filters The Policy Filters menu opens 4 Choose BGP 4 The BGP 4 menu opens 5 Choose Accept Policies The BGP4 Accept Policy Filters window opens 6 Click on Add The BGP4 Accept IP Policy Filter Configuration window opens 7 Set the following parameters Enable Name Networks Action Route Preference Rule Precedence Injection List Peer AS e Peer Address Local Preference BGP 4 Preference AS Weight Class AS Pattern Community Match Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on pages B 2 and B 16 8 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the BGP4 Accept Policy Filters window 8 72 1173
379. k IDs are injected into the routing table If you supply a list that includes the encoding 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 the actual received network IDs are injected into the routing table along with the other IDs in the injection list This allows insertion of an aggregate or default along with the actual network The only valid network ID that you can include in an injection list is the default ID 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This parameter replaces the received routes with the default route and places the default route in the routing table This parameter associates the default route with the attributes of the best route that matches the policy If you are constructing a BGP 3 or BGP 4 accept policy keep in mind that the Injection List parameter does not perform route aggregation as defined in RFC 1654 To aggregate routes in a transit AS you must construct an announce policy and use the announce Advertise parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 9 B 16 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Peer AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of autonomous system numbers each ranging from 1 to 65 536 Specifies one or mo
380. k IDs to include in place of the network IDs listed in the route to be advertised Specify a non null value only if the announce Action parameter is Propagate The values you enter in the advertise list determine the action taken If you supply a list of network IDs these IDs are advertised instead of the actual IDs in the route If you use the default an empty list the actual IDs are advertised Note that by default BGP 4 aggregates subnets into their natural network IDs If you supply a list that includes the encoding 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 the actual network IDs are advertised along with the other IDs in the advertise list This allows advertisement of an aggregate or default along with the actual network If the actual network is a subnet and the advertising protocol supports subnet advertisements the subnet is advertised RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 10 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 10 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 10 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 10 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 10 117356 D Rev 00 B 31 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID From RIP Gateway Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters
381. k state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this interface This value is also used when retransmitting OSPF packets Although the default value is 5 Bay Networks suggests the following values for this parameter for broadcast 5 seconds for point to point 10 seconds for NBMA 10 seconds for point to multipoint 10 seconds Either accept the default value of 5 seconds or set the retransmit interval to some slightly higher number for slower speed serial lines 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 10 A 78 117356 D Rev 00 Site Manager Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Hello Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 10 seconds 1 to 65 535 seconds Indicates the number of seconds between the hello packets that the router sends on the interface Although the default value is 10 seconds Bay Networks suggests the following values for this parameter for broadcast 10 seconds for point to point 15 seconds for NBMA 20 seconds for point to multipoint 15 seconds Either accept the default value of 10 seconds or set the hello interval to some higher number for slower speed serial lines This value must be the same for all routers attached to the same network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 11 Dead Interval Configuration Man
382. l address BGP OSPF Interaction RFC 1403 defines the interaction between BGP and OSPF when OSPF is the IGP within an autonomous system For routers running both protocols the OSPF router ID and the BGP identifier must be an IP address and must be identical A route policy must be configured to allow BGP advertisement of OSPF routes Interaction between BGP 4 and OSPF includes the ability to advertise supernets to support classless interdomain routing CIDR BGP 4 allows interdomain supernet advertisements OSPF can carry supernet advertisements within a routing domain 117356 D Rev 00 8 9 Configuring IP Services BGP Implementation Notes This section provides guidelines that you should follow when you configure BGP If you do not follow these guidelines BGP either will not work efficiently or will become disabled on the interfaces involved The guidelines are as follows BGP will not operate with an IP router in nonforwarding host only mode Make sure that the routers you want BGP to operate with are in forwarding mode If you are using BGP for a multihomed AS one that contains more than one exit point Bay Networks strongly encourages you to use OSPF for your IGP and BGP for your sole exterior gateway protocol or use intra AS IBGP routing If OSPF is the IGP you should also use the default OSPF tag construction Using EGP or modifying the OSPF tags makes network administration and proper construction of BGP path attr
383. l fields or user defined fields Traffic filters apply to incoming traffic only For information about IP traffic filters see Configuring Traffic Filters and Protocol Prioritization RFC Compliance Table 1 2 lists the Internet Requests for Comments RFCs with which the IP router complies This manual assumes you are familiar with these RFCs Table 1 2 IP Router RFC Support RFC Specifies 768 User Datagram Protocol UDP 783 Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP 791 Internet Protocol IP 792 Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP 793 and 1323 Transmission Control Protocol 826 Address Resolution Protocol ARP 903 RARP server 904 EGP 2 950 Internet subnetting procedures 951 BootP 1009 Internet gateways 1027 Proxy ARP 1042 IP over IEEE 802 x networks 1058 and 1388 Routing Information Protocol RIP 1063 Maximum transmission unit MTU discovery option 1108 RIPSO 1112 Host extensions for IP multicasting 1157 Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP continued 117356 D Rev 00 IP Concepts Terminology and Features Table 1 2 IP Router RFC Support continued RFC Specifies 1188 IP over FDDI networks 1209 IP over SDMS 1256 ICMP Router Discovery messages 1267 BGP 3 1293 Inverse ARP over frame relay 1332 IP over PPP 1356 IP over X 25 1403 BGP OSPF Interaction 1483 IP over ATM DXI IP over PVC IP mu
384. l_i rip interface 2 2 3 3 rip interface 2 2 3 3 rip accept pol_1 117356 D Rev 00 6 35 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens Choose RIP The RIP window opens Choose Policies Choose Accept The RIP Accept Policies window opens DPIN AJLV N Set the following parameters Networks From Gateway Received on Interface Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions on pages B 4 and B 8 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 6 36 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing RIP Services Defining a RIP Announce Policy To define a new announce policy you must do the following e Supply a name for the policy e Set the current state of the policy enabled or disabled e Specify whether RIP announces or ignores an update that matches the policy e Rank the policy according to precedence and other criteria You can use the BCC or Site Manager to define a RIP announce policy Using the BCC To define a new announce policy navigate to the RIP global prompt and enter announce lt policy_name gt policy_name is a unique name for the announce policy A policy specific prompt appears indicating that the BCC has created the
385. le if you want to disable this filter Set to Enable if you previously disabled this filter and now want to reenable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 2 C 4 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Apply Subnet Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters Null or IP address mask Specifies a mask that will override the interface s subnet mask in the presence of networks with variable length subnet masks Supply a mask set the Action parameter to Accept and use the default Network parameter an empty list If you specify a mask of 0 0 0 0 the router determines which mask to apply For example if the network in the update is a subnet of the same network as the receiving interface the router applies the mask of the receiving interface If the network in the update is a subnet of a different natural network the router applies the natural mask of that network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 9 RIP Export Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP network address Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies If set to 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to all networks Enter the appropriate
386. lect Ethernet LSAP encapsulation SNAP LSAP encapsulation or Ethernet SNAP LSAP encapsulation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 71 SMDS Group Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces The SDMS configured address A complete SMDS E 164 address specified by the SMDS subscription agreement that you have with your SMDS provider Provides a MAC layer multicast address for this IP interface in an SMDS network This parameter is displayed only if this is an SMDS circuit Enter an entire E 164 address for example E1 617 555 1212 FFFF If you do not supply an address IP uses the SDMS configured address To configure this parameter for a multinet or multigroup configuration see Configuring SMDS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 65 A 36 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters SMDS Arp Request Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces The SDMS configured address A complete SMDS E 164 address specified by the SMDS subscription agreement that you have with your SMDS provider Provides an address resolution multicast address for this IP interface in an SMDS network This parameter is displayed only if this is an SMDS circuit Enter an entire E 164 address for example E1 617555 1212 FFFF If you do not supply a
387. liable transport layer connection Because a reliable transport mechanism is used periodic updates are not necessary BGP updates contain path attributes that describe the route to a set of destination networks When multiple paths are available BGP compares these path attributes to choose the preferred path BGP 3 and BGP 4 are supported BGP 4 is the border gateway protocol that supports CIDR Exterior Gateway Protocol EGP The Exterior Gateway Protocol EGP 2 is used to exchange network reachability information between routers in different autonomous systems An IGP such as RIP or OSPF is used within an AS to facilitate the communication of routing information within the autonomous system The routers that serve as the end points of a connection between two autonomous systems run an exterior gateway protocol such as EGP 2 117356 D Rev 00 IP Concepts Terminology and Features Routers establish EGP neighbor relationships in order to periodically exchange reliable network reachability information The router uses this information to maintain a list of gateways the networks the gateways can reach and the corresponding distances Router Discovery Protocol Before a host can send IP datagrams beyond its directly attached subnet the host must discover the address of at least one operational router on that subnet Router Discovery is an extension of the Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP that enables hosts attach
388. licy using default values for all parameters For example the following command creates an accept policy named accept_pol_1 bgp accept accept_pol_1 accept accept_pol_1 bgp In response to the prompt enter lt parameter gt lt value gt parameter value is one of the parameter value pairs described in Table 8 8 117356 D Rev 00 Table 8 8 Configuring and Customizing BGP BCC Definition Parameters for BGP Accept Policies Parameter Values Function state Enabled default Disabled Enables and disables the policy you have created action preference Ignore default Accept 1 default to 16 Specifies whether the protocol ignores a route that matches the policy or forwards the route to the routing table manager Assigns a metric value the higher the number the greater the preference toa route that the protocol forwards to the routing table manager If confronted with multiple routes to the same destination the routing table manager may need to use this value to decide which route to insert Routes for all networks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 should have the lowest preference and routes for the most specific networks longest address and mask should have the highest preference precedence 0 default to any integer Assigns a metric value to this policy a policy with a higher value takes precedence over a policy with a lower value This value determines the order of precedence
389. llo dead and poll interval e No virtual links are configured e Route summarization is not used e The frame relay cloud is set to the default management type It is non fully meshed with all group mode PVCs e There are three area border routers router 2 router 3 and router 4 two internal backbone routers router 1 and router 5 and one AS boundary router router 6 has an Ethernet interface using RIP e Router 2 is the designated router for the FDDI segment Router 4 must be the designated router for the frame relay cloud e The unnumbered LAN connecting router 6 and router D is included to ensure that every internal node in area 0 0 0 1 is reachable from every other internal node 117356 D Rev 00 E 1 Configuring IP Services AS STUB area 0 0 0 2 Router Z Router Y EC IL Backbone 0 0 0 0 Router X 190 u 128 10 2 128 255 255 255 192 160 128 10 2 0 5 129 E IT Router 5 F31 Router V 255 255 255 248 ABR E31 Router 4 4 FR group mode non fully meshed to 2 spoke routers 1 F31 Router 1 E21 Internal backbone router
390. llowing values IGP the path is valid all the way to the IGP of the originating AS EGP the path was advertised using EGP by the last AS in the AS path e Incomplete the path is valid only to the last AS in the AS path Next hop Mandatory attribute that defines the IP address of the router to use as a next hop for the advertised destinations Inter AS Optional attribute used to choose between paths to the destinations listed Unreachable Discretionary attribute used to indicate destinations that have become unreachable 8 6 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP The BGP 4 update message has the same format and contains the same mandatory attributes as the BGP 3 update message with the following additions e In place of the unreachable attribute that BGP 3 includes as part of the path attribute description the BGP 4 update includes an unreachable field This field specifies destinations that have become unreachable e In place of the BGP 3 optional attributes a BGP 4 update message can include the optional attributes described in Table 8 2 Table 8 2 BGP 4 Optional Path Attributes Attribute Description Multiexit discriminator Chooses between paths to the destinations listed Local preference Allows AS border routers to indicate the preference they have assigned to a chosen route when advertising it to IBGP peers Atomic aggregate Ensures that certain ne
391. lobal The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the BGP Interval Timer parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 5 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 8 19 Configuring IP Services Allowing Redundant Connections By default BGP performs redundancy checking on peer to peer TCP sessions BGP can maintain only one TCP session with a remote BGP peer If the remote peer attempts to establish another session on another physical connection BGP rejects the session BGP uses a collision detection method based on the router ID to check for redundant sessions The advantage of a peer to peer configuration with multiple sessions on multiple physical connections is redundancy if one connection fails the peers can communicate over another link The disadvantage is that such a configuration results in multiple copies of each route You can use the BCC or Site Manager to disable redundancy checking to allow TCP sessions with the same remote peer on multiple physical connections You can also use the BCC to specify the maximum number of redundant routes that BGP allows By default BGP allows up to 255 redundant routes Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP prompt and enter redundant connection lt state gt max redundant routes lt max_routes gt state is one of the following enabled default disabled max_routes
392. local interface the following events occur 1 NAT determines that the local source address falls within an N to 1 range 2 NAT assigns the N to 1 global source address and a unique port number to the packet 3 NAT transmits the packet on the global interface In Figure 12 5 for example the network administrator has set up an N to 1 local address range of 55 0 0 0 to 55 255 255 255 and associated this range of local addresses with global IP address 192 1 1 1 The following events occur 1 NAT receives a packet from host A on the local interface with a local source address of 55 0 0 1 and a port number of 2001 2 Determining that the local source address falls within an N to 1 range NAT stores the port number replaces the local source address with the global address 192 1 1 1 assigns a new unique port number X12Y and transmits the packet on the global interface 3 Subsequently NAT receives a packet from host B on the local interface with local source address 55 0 0 2 and port number 2222 Determining that this local source address falls in the same N to 1 range NAT replaces the local source address with the global address 192 1 1 1 assigns unique port number X54Y and transmits the packet on the global interface 117356 D Rev 00 12 25 Configuring IP Services Host A Host B C C Local interface Global interface NAT eee N to 1 translator a
393. log Highlight the line entry for Primary Log Mask in the Edit OSPF Global Parameters window and click on Values Choose the log messages that you want to enter into the primary log by clicking on their buttons Then click on OK 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 13 Backup Log Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Log no messages Trace Info Debug INTF state NBR state LSA self origin LSA receipt Route change Bad LS Less recent LSA More recent LSA Max age LSA Specifies which OSPF log messages should be logged in the backup log Highlight the line entry for Backup Log Mask in the Edit OSPF Global Parameters window and click on Values Choose the log messages that you wish to enter into the backup log by clicking on their buttons Then click on OK 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 14 A 72 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Tag Generation Method Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Zero Zero Autotag Proprietary Specifies the method of OSPF external tag field generation Set the parameter to Autotag if you want OSPF to generate a tag value according to RFC 1403 OSPF BGP Interaction Use the def
394. ls gt IP gt Static Routes None Based on the network class of the IP address you specified at the Destination IP Address parameter Specifies the subnet mask of the destination network Specifies the supernet mask of the supernet for which you want to configure a black hole static route Enter the subnet or supernet mask in dotted decimal notation To configure a default route enter 0 0 0 0 To configure a black hole static route enter a supernet mask 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 4 Cost Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes 1 1 to the value of the RIP Diameter parameter maximum 126 Specifies the number of router hops a datagram can traverse before reaching the destination IP address The IP router uses the cost value when determining the best route for a datagram to follow Enter the number of router hops 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 5 Next Hop Addr Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes 0 0 0 0 Any valid IP address Specifies the IP address of the next hop router Defines a black hole route for a supernet Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation To configure a black hole static route enter 255 255 255 255 If you are configuring a static route to an unnumbered interface enter 0 0 0 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 6 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Defaul
395. ls menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Static Routes The IP Static Routes window opens 4 Click on Add The IP Configuration window opens 5 Set the following parameters Destination IP Address Address Mask Cost Next Hop Addr Next Hop Mask Preference Unnumbered CCT Name Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 51 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the IP Static Routes window 117356 D Rev 00 4 61 Configuring IP Services Defining a Static Default Route If IP receives a data packet with a destination address that it is unable to match in its routing table it looks for a default route that it can use to forward the packet To include a default route in the routing table create a static route with a destination address of 0 0 0 0 For the next hop address specify a router that can forward the packet to its destination Defining a Static Black Hole for a Supernet A router that advertises an aggregate route by using a supernet address to represent multiple explicit routes must be able to discard packets that match the supernet address but that do not match any of the explicit routes For example consider a router that advertises an aggregate route using the supernet address 192 32 0 0 255 255 248 The supernet address represents eight specific networks 192 32 0 0 to 192 32 7 0 Once the aggregate route has been pro
396. lticast over PVC 1490 IP over frame relay 1577 IP over SVC 1583 Open Shortest Path First OSPF Protocol Version 2 1771 BGP 4 117356 D Rev 00 1 19 Chapter 2 Starting IP Services with the BCC This chapter shows you how to use the BCC to perform a basic configuration that is a configuration using all available defaults for the IP services described in this manual Topic Page Starting IP 2 2 Starting RIP 2 3 Starting OSPF 2 4 Starting BGP 2 5 Starting Router Discovery 2 6 117356 D Rev 00 2 1 Configuring IP Services Starting IP To start IP on the router you must 1 Configure a physical interface on an available slot connector 2 Configure an IP interface on the physical interface Step 1 Configuring a Physical Interface To configure a physical interface on a slot and connector navigate to the top level box prompt and enter lt interface_type gt slot lt siot_number gt connector lt connector_number gt interface_type is the name of a link module on the router slot_number is the number of the slot on which the link module is located connector_number is the number of a connector on the link module For example the following command configures an Ethernet interface on slot 2 connector 2 box ethernet slot 2 connector 2 ethernet 2 2 Step 2 Configuring an IP Interface To configure an IP interface on a physical interface navigate to the prompt for th
397. lue 0 means any peer Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation If the peer is in a remote AS the address must be on the same subnet as the local interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 8 Import Originating AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters 0 0 to 65 535 Specifies the AS from which the route originated the last AS in the AS path The filter will apply to updates created by any routers in this AS The value 0 means any AS Enter the appropriate AS number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 9 Import Route Origin Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters Any Any IGP EGP Incomplete Specifies the value of the Origin Path attribute in the update message received Set the appropriate Import Route Origin value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 10 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Import Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters Ignore Accept Ignore Specifies whether the route is transferred to the routing tables If you set this parameter to Accept the routing information is sent to the routing tables If you select Ignore the routing information is
398. lue from 1 to 360 seconds This value must be the same for the virtual neighbor and for all routers attached to the same network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 8 A 90 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Dead Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Virtual Interfaces 60 seconds 1 to 2 000 seconds Indicates the number of seconds that a router s hello packets have not been seen before its neighbors declare the router down This value should be some multiple of the hello Interval Although the default value is 60 seconds Bay Networks suggests the following values for this parameter for broadcast 40 seconds for point to point 60 seconds for NBMA 80 seconds for point to multipoint 60 seconds Either accept the default value of 60 seconds or enter some other value for this parameter This value must be the same for all routers attached to the same network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 9 Password Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Virtual Interfaces None Any ASCII text string up to eight characters long Specifies the password used for this area You can specify a password up to eight ASCII characters in length that will appear in the authentication field of all OSPF packets across this int
399. m version navigate to a BGP peer prompt and enter max version lt version gt version is one of the following bgp3 bgp4 default 117356 D Rev 00 8 39 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on the peer for which you want to edit parameters The parameters for that peer appear in the window Set the following parameters Min BGP Version Max BGP Version Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 12 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 8 40 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Keeping the Connection Alive After a session has been established BGP peers periodically issue keepalive messages to maintain the connection By default BGP issues a keepalive message every 30 seconds You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify how often BGP issues a keepalive message on this peer to peer session or to disable the keepalive
400. me for the policy RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 4 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 4 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 4 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 4 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 4 117356 D Rev 00 B 3 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Networks Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of network identifiers Each entry consists of a network number a mask and a flag to indicate whether the ID refers to a specific network or a range of networks Specifies the networks to which this policy applies Enter a specific encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match the default route Enter a range encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match any route Use the default empty list to match any route RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 5 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 5 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 5 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 5 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 1
401. meter 4 34 A 30 broadcast command 4 33 Broadcast Timer parameter 6 23 A 95 Broadcast Type parameter 3 7 4 64 A 67 A 77 broadcast timer command 6 23 C cache timeout feature ARP 5 12 cache size command 4 50 circuitless IP interface configuring 3 17 selecting slots for 3 18 circuitless IP interfaces 3 16 Classless Inter Domain Routing CIDR 1 8 configuring a GRE tunnel 13 6 Connect Retry Timer parameter 8 38 A 13 conventions text Xxiv cost command 4 35 Cost parameter IP interface 4 36 A 30 IP static route 4 61 A 52 customizing NAT global attributes 12 8 117356 D Rev 00 D datalink encapsulation options for ARP 5 8 DDN X 25 address resolution 5 6 Dead Interval parameter OSPF interface 7 40 A 79 OSPF virtual interface 7 57 A 91 dead interval OSPF 7 39 dead interval command 7 39 Default Authority parameter 10 14 A 65 Default Label parameter 10 14 A 64 default labels unlabeled outbound datagrams 10 14 Default Level parameter 10 14 A 65 Default Route Listen parameter RIP interface 6 21 A 94 Default Route Supply parameter RIP interface 6 20 A 93 Default TTL parameter 4 12 A 45 default listen command 6 21 default supply command 6 19 deleting BGP 3 10 BGP 3 3 10 EGP 3 13 IP from an interface 3 3 OSPF from an interface 3 8 RIP from an interface 3 6 deleting a global address range 12 22 12 23 deleting a local address range 12 20 deleting NAT from an int
402. mng a Holddown Penod asnrsassismninnn 6 26 Specifying a Stabilization Time diana E Te anen ani aeia 6 28 Configuring RIP Accept and Announce Policies ccecesceceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeseaaeeteneeeeees 6 29 Defining a RIP Accepi PONY iscsi ciscccirienneiaceuieindrsarinnintnesodarden ere uel 6 30 Supplying Modification Values for a RIP Accept Policy cccccssseeessteeeeeeenees 6 33 Specifying Matching Criteria for a RIP Accept Policy cccceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 6 35 Defining a RIP Announce PONY serisinin 6 37 Supplying Modification Values for a RIP Announce Policy essees 6 40 Specifying Matching Criteria for a RIP Announce Policy ccessccceesssteeeeeesees 6 41 Chapter 7 Customizing OSPF Services OSPF Concepts and Terminology sariari n N E OSPF Addresses and Variable Length Masks c ccccseeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeueeeeeaaeeees 7 3 OSPF NENOOS sariini a a A A Eaa E A DA ENO ai 7 3 NODOTA EON I aR 7 4 Designated Routers PN panaon PERR TT TEE PE n ones errr aee o COS PIP AGAS oiiaii ohne a A EERE Er OE aaea E Rrr 7 5 OSPE PA DDOR iniae A iSe aa 7 6 AS External Routes aian PAT E T Anag T A PT ase a OSPF implemematon NOME sreimisiuianiniusianai aR a 7 7 Customizing OSPF Global Feat rgg scriniis a aai 7 8 Navigating the BCC to the OSPF Global Prompt siisiiisirrsic snenia 7 9 Opening the Site Manager Window for OSPF Global Parameters 0 ceee 7 9 Enablin
403. mpening on this accept policy To enforce route flap dampening on the routes specified by this accept policy set this parameter to Enable otherwise accept the default Disable 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 26 B 20 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Route Flap Dampening Template Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies default when the Route Flap Dampening parameter is set to Enable Name of a configured route flap dampening template Specifies the name of the configured route flap dampening template to apply to the routes specified by this accept policy Enter the name of a configured route flap dampening template or accept the default template 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 27 Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies gt Route Flap None An alphanumeric string up to 20 characters Identifies the name of the route flap dampening template Enter a string that uniquely identifies the route flap dampening template 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 8 1 3 Cutoff Threshold Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accep
404. n Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes This parameter defaults to Enable when you configure the static route Enable Disable Specifies the state active or inactive of the static route record in the IP routing tables Select Disable to make the static route record inactive in the IP routing table the IP router will not consider this static route Select Enable to make the static route record active again in the IP routing table 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 2 Destination IP Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes None Any valid IP network address Specifies the IP address of the network to which you want to configure the static route Specifies a supernet for which you want to configure a black hole static route Enter the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation To configure a default route enter 0 0 0 0 To configure a black hole static route enter a supernet address You can configure up to 12 static routes to the same destination 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 3 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Address Mask Configuration Manager gt Protoco
405. n Instructions MIB Object ID Router ID Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global The IP address of the first OSPF circuit configured on this router Any IP address preferably one of the router s IP interface addresses This IP address uniquely identifies this router in the OSPF domain By convention and to ensure uniqueness one of the router s IP interface addresses should be used as the router ID The router ID will determine the designated router on a broadcast link if the priority values of the routers being considered are equal The higher the router ID the greater its priority Enter the appropriate IP address in dotted decimal notation If both OSPF and BGP are running on the router the OSPF router ID must be identical to the BGP identifier In addition the OSPF router ID must match one of the IP addresses configured on the router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 4 AS Boundary Router Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global No Yes No Indicates whether or not this router functions as an AS boundary router Only AS boundary routers are allowed to convert non OSPF routes into OSPF routes so that they can be passed along throughout the OSPF routing domain The router can be an AS boundary router if one or more of its interfaces is connected to a non OSPF network for example RIP BGP or EGP Set this parameter to Yes if this router functions as an AS boundary router
406. n Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Depends on the address class of the network address Specifies the range of addresses this filter acts upon For example consider Class B Network 172 32 0 0 which allocates the upper 8 bits of the host identification field to the Subnet ID and the final 8 bits to the Host ID The address mask directs the filtering process to a specific portion of the IP address In other words any IP address that matches the masked portion of 172 32 0 0 is subject to filtering If you enter 255 255 0 0 for this parameter only the Net ID portion of the address will be filtered If you enter the mask 255 255 255 0 for this parameter the Net ID and Subnet ID portions of the address will be filtered If the Import Address field is set to 0 0 0 0 and this parameter is set to 0 0 0 0 then the filter applies to all routes If the Import Address field is set to 0 0 0 0 and this parameter is set to 255 255 255 255 then the filter applies to the default route Enter the mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 4 RIP Gateway Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Identifies by IP address the router that is sending the updates This
407. n Help or see the parameter description on page A 92 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 6 10 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing RIP Services Specifying the Update Mode RIP can issue routing updates in the following modes e Poisoned reverse the default e Split horizon e Actual cost Poisoned reverse mode and split horizon mode are schemes for controlling the way a router advertises a route to the neighbor from which it learned the route In poisoned reverse updating a router that sends updates to a neighbor includes routes learned from that neighbor but sets the route metric to infinity In split horizon updating a router that sends updates to a neighbor omits routes that it learned from that neighbor On certain interfaces for example on a frame relay interface that has virtual connections VCs to different routers that are part of the same logical IP subnet you may need to advertise all learned routes with the actual cost By default RIP sends poisoned reverse updates You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a different update mode Using the BCC Navigate to a RIP interface specific prompt and enter mode lt mode gt mode is one of the following poisoned actual split For example the following command causes RIP to send split horizon updates on IP interface 2 2 2 2 rip 2 2 2 2 mode split rip 2 2 2 2 11
408. n Preallocation also makes better use of memory and reduces the amount of memory required By default the router allocates resources to support 500 network and host entries in the routing table If you have enabled ISP mode the default value is 40 000 entries You must reduce this value to an appropriate size if the system is running with 8 MB or 16 MB processor modules Failure to change the value will result in an out of memory error on these processors Avoid making an estimate that is excessively large doing so will cause a wasteful overallocation of memory Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IP Global Parameters window opens 4 Set the following parameters Estimated Networks Estimated Hosts Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 47 5 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 4 14 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Using a Default Route for an Unknown Subnet By default IP drops packets addressed to an unknown subnet and returns an ICMP to the sender This prevents local traffic from accidentally following the default route to the Internet In cases where remote sites follow a default route to a central site it is appropriate to
409. n Manager window choose Protocols System responds The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window Set the following parameters e SMDS Group Address SMDS Arp Request Address Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 36 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 4 47 Configuring IP Services Configuring a WAN Address for a Frame Relay Network If an interface is connected to a frame relay network you can use Site Manager to configure the following e A broadcast address If you enter a value for the FRM Broadcast parameter the frame relay switch rather than the router will broadcast the message e A multicast address for this IP interface that will send messages to all OSPF routers in a frame relay network If you enter a value for the FRM Cast 1 DLCI parameter the frame relay switch rather than the router will send the message to all OSPF routers e A multicast address for this IP interface that will send messages to all OSPF designated routers in a frame relay network If you enter a value for the FRM Cast 2 DLCI parameter the frame relay switch rather than the rou
410. n address IP uses the SDMS configured address To configure this parameter for a multinet or multigroup configuration see Configuring SMDS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 66 FRM Broadcast Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces 0 Any decimal number Provides a broadcast address for this IP interface in a frame relay network If you enter a value for this parameter the frame relay switch rather than the router will broadcast the message This parameter is displayed only if this is a frame relay circuit Enter the broadcast address provided by the frame relay subscription agreement 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 67 117356 D Rev 00 A 37 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID FRM Cast 1 DLCI Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces 0 Any decimal number Provides a multicast address for this IP interface that will send messages to all OSPF routers in a frame relay network If you enter a value for this parameter the frame relay switch rather than the router will send the message to all OSPF routers This parameter has meaning only if OSPF has been added to this interface Enter the multicast address for all OSPF routers as provided by the frame relay subscription agreement 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 68 FRM Cast 2 D
411. n off as required Navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter For example the following command turns off UDP checksum processing on IP interface 2 2 2 2 ip 2 2 2 2 udp checksum off ip 2 2 2 2 4 42 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing IP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 5 Set the Udp Xsum On parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 34 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Use the default in virtually all instances Disable UDP checksum processing to provide backward compatibility with UNIX BSD 4 1 Specifying a MAC Address or E 164 Address You can use Site Manager to specify a MAC address or an E 164 address for this interface Table 4 3 shows the valid settings for the MAC address parameter Table 4 3 MAC Address Parameter Settings Value Meaning 0 The IP router uses its IP address and the circuits MAC address when transmitting packets on this interface User specified MAC address
412. n specify a different cache size Using the BCC Navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter cache size lt size gt size is the number of destination entries in the cache For example the following command causes IP to allocate a cache on interface 2 2 2 2 for 175 entries ip 2 2 2 2 cache size 175 ip 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 5 Set the Forward Cache Size parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 40 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 4 50 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Configuring an Interface for an ATM Logical IP Subnet RFC 1577 Classical IP and ARP over ATM is a specification for an administrative entity within an ATM network called a logical IP subnet LIS Bay Networks supports RFC 1577 For information about configuring IP interfaces on an ATM LIS see Configuring ATM Services You can use the BCC or Site Manager to do the following e Specify the ATMARP mode client
413. nabled this interface responds to Probe MTUs option 12 in RFC 1063 A probe MTU requests the minimum MTU maximum transmission unit of all networks an IP datagram must traverse from source to destination By enabling this interface to respond to probe MTUs you eliminate transit fragmentation and destination reassembly for datagrams destined for this interface and therefore decrease network load Select On to enable the Reply MTU option on this interface select Off to disable the option on this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 10 Addr Mask Reply Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Off On Off Specifies whether this interface generates ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol address mask reply messages in response to valid address mask request messages The interface generates ICMP address mask reply messages in compliance with the relevant sections of RFCs 950 and 1009 Select On to enable ICMP address mask reply message generation on this interface Select Off to disable ICMP address mask reply message generation on this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 11 117356 D Rev 00 A 31 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID ASB Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Off On Off Specifies whether th
414. nal routing information that is flooded through the AS by dividing the AS into areas Figure 7 1 shows an OSPF autonomous system divided into three areas and a required central area called a backbone that is used to distribute routing information among areas EGP Backbone area 0 0 0 0 Stub area 0 0 0 2 Area 0 0 0 1 BGP Area 0 0 0 3 IP0048A Figure 7 1 OSPF Areas Each area has a unique ID number ID 0 0 0 0 is always reserved for the OSPF backbone The AS in Figure 7 1 has three areas 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 and 0 0 0 3 and a backbone 0 0 0 0 For information about associating an OSPF interface with an area ID see Configuring an Area ID on page 7 29 117356 D Rev 00 7 5 Configuring IP Services OSPF Router Types OSPF defines the following router types Internal router A router with interfaces to networks in one area only Internal routers flood each area with complete routing information about changes that occur within the area In area 0 0 0 1 for example R4 R5 and R6 are internal routers Border router A router with an interface to the backbone network and interfaces to one or more additional areas Each border router connects one or more areas to the backbone In Figure 7 1 R3 R8 and R11 are border routers Using the backbone border routers ensure that AS external routes ASEs and summaries of routing information for all areas are distributed throughout the AS Boundary router
415. nally received routes and uses the following formula for best route selection 1 Ifthe next hop is inaccessible do not consider it 2 Consider larger BGP administrative weights first 3 If the routers have the same weight consider the route with the highest local preference 4 Ifthe routes have the same local preference prefer the route that the local router originated 5 If no route was locally originated prefer the shorter AS path 6 Ifthe routes have the same AS path length prefer the lowest origin code IGP is preferred over EGP which is preferred over incomplete 7 If the origin codes are the same and all paths come from the AS prefer the path with the lowest multiexit discriminator MED metric Treat a missing MED metric as 0 8 Ifthe MED metrics are the same prefer external paths over internal paths 9 If IGP synchronization is disabled and only internal paths remain prefer the path through the closest neighbor 10 Prefer the route with the lowest IP address value for the BGP router ID 8 32 117356 D Rev 00 Using the BCC Configuring and Customizing BGP Navigate to the BGP global prompt and enter local pref calculation lt siate gt state is one of the values shown in Table 8 6 Table 8 6 Local Preference Calculation Method State Meaning Enabled default BGP uses BayRS formulas for local preference calculation and best route selection Disabled BGP do
416. name Specifies the name of the remote GRE connection to which an adjacent host is configured Supply an ASCII string 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 13 RIPSO Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Security Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables IP security options for this interface Set to Disable if you want to disable IP security options If you set this parameter to Disable then the router accepts only the following IP datagrams labeled IP datagrams with the classification level set to Unclassified and no authority flags set and unlabeled IP datagrams 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 76 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Strip Security Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Default None Options None Incoming Outgoing All Function Specifies the type of IP datagram from which the router should remove the IP security options Instructions Select the type of IP datagram from which you want IP security options to be removed None causes the router to leave IP security options on all inbound and outbound IP datagrams intact Incoming causes the router to strip the IP security option from each incoming IP datagram after checking the IP datagram against the interface s security configuration Outgoing causes the router to strip the IP securit
417. ndicates the cost of using this type of service on this interface Bay Networks suggests the following values for this parameter for gt 100 Mb s 1 for Ethernet 802 3 10 for El 48 for T1 65 for 64 Kb s 1562 for 56 Kb s 1785 for 19 2 Kb s 5208 for 9 6 Kb s 10416 This parameter allows you to configure preferred paths If you do want to configure a preferred path allow that path to retain the default value of 1 or assign it a relatively low metric cost Then assign the less preferred paths a higher metric cost value Either accept the default value 1 or enter a larger number for a slower path or a backup route 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 16 A 80 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Password Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces None Any ASCII string up to eight characters long Specifies the password used for this area You can specify a password up to eight ASCII characters in length that will appear in the authentication field of all OSPF packets across this interface This parameter is valid only when Authentication Type is set to Simplepassword Enter the appropriate password All routers in the same area must either have no authentication or have the same password 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 17
418. ndow 12 14 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Network Address Translation Customizing a NAT Interface This section covers the following topics Topic Page Enabling or Disabling NAT on an Interface 12 15 Modifying the Interface Type 12 16 Enabling or Disabling NAT on an Interface To enable or disable NAT on a specific interface proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP Choose NAT The IP menu opens The NAT menu opens Choose Interface The NAT Interface List window opens neJ N Highlight the interface you want to enable from the list of IP interfaces Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 100 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 12 15 Configuring IP Services Modifying the Interface Type NAT software processes traffic received from an internal host on a NAT interface that you have configured as local and makes the necessary address translation NAT software sends the packet to an external network that you have configured as global To modify the interface type proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window
419. ndow 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing RIP Services Supplying a Default Route on an Interface When the routing table does not contain the route to a particular destination address the router looks for a default route to the destination Like any other route in the routing table the default route can be acquired dynamically by means of a routing protocol or entered statically by you This parameter is independent of the RIP Supply parameter A configured policy can override the parameter By default RIP does not supply a default route You can use the BCC or Site Manager to configure RIP to advertise an existing default route one that is present in the routing table in RIP updates sent to neighboring networks You can also configure RIP to generate a default route if the routing table does not contain a default route Using the BCC Navigate to a RIP interface specific prompt and enter default supply lt action gt action is one of the following enable disable default generate For example the following command causes RIP to supply a default route on IP interface 2 2 2 2 rip 2 2 2 2 default supply enable rip 2 2 2 2 117356 D Rev 00 6 19 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager windo
420. ndow click on the connector from which you want to delete OSPF services The Edit Connector window opens 2 Click on Edit Circuit The Circuit Definition window opens 3 Choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 4 Choose Add Delete The Select Protocols window opens The OSPF button is highlighted to show that OSPF is enabled on the circuit 5 Click on OSPF Site Manager deletes OSPF services from the connector 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Circuit Definition window 7 Choose File The File menu opens 8 Choose Exit Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Customizing OSPF The instructions in this chapter show you how to start OSPF using all default values and settings For information about modifying OSPF defaults see Chapter 7 3 8 117356 D Rev 00 Starting IP Services with Site Manager Starting BGP Before you can select a protocol to run on the router you must configure a circuit that the protocol can use as interface to an attached network For information and instructions see Configuring WAN Line Services and Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services When you have successfully configured the circuit the Select Protocols window opens Proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 Inthe Select Protocols window select the The IP Configuration window opens
421. ndow for OSPF Global Parameters 7 9 Enabling and Disabling OSPF on the Router 7 10 Supplying an OSPF ID 7 11 Configuring the Soloist and Backup Soloist on a Slot 7 12 Enabling the Boundary Function 7 14 Configuring the Metric Type for an ASE Advertisement 7 15 Choosing a Tag Generation Method for an ASE Advertisement 7 18 Setting the Holddown Timer 7 21 Configuring Message Logging 7 22 7 8 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Navigating the BCC to the OSPF Global Prompt Beginning at the global IP prompt enter ospf To display OSPF global parameters and their current values enter info For example ip ospf ospf info on ip state enabled router id 2 2 2 2 slot mask all slots as boundary router false holddown 1 ase metric support disabled backup lsdb disabled log mask 287 backup log mask 0 as default tag default ospf Opening the Site Manager Window for OSPF Global Parameters Use the following Site Manager procedure to open the OSPF global window The window displays all OSPF global parameters and their current values Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Global The Edit OSPF Global Parameters window opens 117356 D Rev 00 7 9 Configuring IP Services Enabling and Dis
422. nds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 30 Local AS to Advertise to Peer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers Null 1 to 65535 Specifies the AS number that is sent in an open message to this peer Enter an AS number To specify the AS number you set with the BGP Local AS parameter use the default null 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 31 Peer Max Update Size Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 800 bytes 64 to 4096 Specifies the maximum size in bytes of update messages that are sent to this peer Use the default or specify a size Note that if the size of the update message that advertises a single route is greater than the configured message size the actual message size can exceed the configured value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 32 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Peer Route Echo Switch Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers Enable Enable Disable Controls the way the router echoes a BGP route that is selected for forwarding Echoing in this case means advertising the route back to the peer from which it was received If this parameter is enabled the router advertises the route back as reachable and includes the local AS If this parameter is
423. nds between the local EGP neighbor s EGP Hello message retransmissions This variable represents the RFC 904 T1 timer Accept the default value of 60 seconds for this parameter or set it to some value from 30 to 120 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 3 1 9 Poll Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP gt Neighbors 180 seconds 120 to 480 seconds Specifies the time period in seconds between the local EGP neighbor s EGP Poll message retransmissions This variable represents the RFC 904 T2 timer Either accept the default value of 180 seconds for this parameter or set it to some value from 120 to 480 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 3 1 10 A 26 117356 D Rev 00 Site Manager Parameters IP Parameters Topic Page IP Configuration Parameters A 27 IP Interface Parameters A 29 IP Global Parameters A 43 Static Route Parameters A 51 Adjacent Host Parameters A 54 RIPSO Parameters A 57 Router Discovery Parameters A 67 IP Configuration Parameters Parameter IP Address Path Select IP from the Select Protocols window and click on OK Default None Options 0 0 0 0 or any valid IP address Function Assigns a 32 bit IP address to the interface Instructions Enter the IP address of the interface in dotted decimal notation Enter 0 0 0 0 to configure an unnumbered interface on the circuit MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 4 117356 D Rev 0
424. nfiguration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies RIP OSPF EGP Propagate BGP 3 BGP 4 Ignore Propagate Ignore Specifies whether or not to advertise a route that matches this policy To advertise the route specify Propagate To drop the route specify Ignore RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 6 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 6 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 6 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 6 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 6 B 28 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies Rule Precedence Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt
425. nfiguring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 5 Set the Cost parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 30 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Enabling MTU Discovery on an Interface A probe MTU is a request for the maximum transmission unit MTU size used on all networks an IP datagram must traverse from source to destination By configuring IP to respond to probe MTUs on this interface you eliminate transit fragmentation and destination reassembly for datagrams destined for this interface and therefore decrease network load The reply MTU and the probe MTU are options 11 and 12 in RFC 1063 By default IP does not respond to probe requests You can use the BCC or Site Manager to turn this feature on and off as required 4 36 117356 D Rev 00 Using the BCC Configuring and Customizing IP Navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter mtu discovery lt state gt state is one of the following on off d
426. nfiguring RIPSO on an IP Interface Specifying the IP Datagram Type for Stripping Security Options Use Site Manager to choose the type of IP datagram from which you want IP security options to be removed Options are None The router leaves IP security options on all inbound and outbound IP datagrams intact Incoming The router strips the IP security option from each incoming IP datagram after checking the IP datagram against the interface s security configuration Outgoing The router strips the IP security option from each outgoing IP datagram before checking each datagram against the interface s security configuration All The router strips the IP security options from both incoming and outgoing IP datagrams incoming datagrams after checking each against this interface s security configuration and outgoing datagrams before checking each against the interface s security configuration Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interfaces window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interfaces window 5 Set the Strip Security parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 58 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns yo
427. ng Encapsulation Tunnel To configure a remote tunnel end point complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose GRE The GRE Create Tunnels List window opens 4 Choose a tunnel from the list and click on The GRE Remote Connections List Remote Conn window opens 5 Click on Add The Create GRE Remote Connection window opens 6 Set the following parameters Connection Name Remote Physical IP Address Remote Logical IP Address Remote Logical IPX Address hex Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 105 7 Click on OK You return to the GRE Remote Connections List window 8 Click on Done until you return to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 13 9 Configuring IP Services Deleting a Remote Tunnel End Point To delete a remote tunnel end point complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose GRE The GRE Create Tunnels List window opens 4 Click on Remote Conn The GRE Remote Connections List window opens 5 Choose the remote tunnel end point that A confi
428. nnireunicrovs Ski PAT pobreng E AT T EA re Delsing BGP fromthe ROUTE saneisoniuini igdi mls ahaa R 3 10 Deleting BGP 3 and BGP 4 from the Router ssssssssssssssesssrsessrnesrnnssnnssnnnsrnnssnens 3 10 Customizing BAE ccsueics tosecescienteedassecasepiesedictenaciesobsedeiacaseiee sncadeeneeduetamuacieaaiebaa ends 3 11 ACI HERING arani penuasina arnaheadat baa R TAA 3 12 Deleting EGP from the Router oe T arsa T ET poetai ooa aad SHORE INS EOI aaka a Np a 3 13 SAN NAT aiaa a A a Cent teeabtatia tea th ndiads 3 14 Adding NAT to an IP Interface PIE S PE E P EEE 3 14 Deleting NAT ioman IP interfaco a cies anikassrsienisminnnian lanai aioe 3 15 VUsing the CIRCUITS IP WEE sassisiniinarini niinniin asni NEEESE NE SEENA 3 16 Starting IP on the Cieuitless Merate risoria naa 3 17 Choosing Slots to Support the Circuitless Interface ccccceeeseeeeereeeeteeeeeeeeees 3 18 Configuring an Unnumbered IP Interface PE PT PE 3 19 Using the Alternate Associated Address Option cccccseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeees 3 21 vi 117356 D Rev 00 Chapter 4 Configuring and Customizing IP CUSTOIIZ Fig IP Global Parameter crniiin A 4 2 Navigating the BCC to the IP Global Prompt sesssssssessseessesssesssesssrsssessressresssrrssens 4 3 Opening the Site Manager Window for IP Global Parameters E EE S Disabling and Res nabling Global IP ssriiniranisinaaiinnios r 4 5 Configuring the Router for No
429. nnounce B 51 B 57 EGP Interface List announce B 47 EGP Metric announce B 47 EGP Peer List announce B 46 Enable accept B 2 Enable announce B 25 External Route Source announce B 43 B 46 B 48 B 52 From BGP Peer announce B 40 Index 9 policy parameters continued From BGP Peer AS announce B 41 From EGP Peer announce B 37 From Gateway accept B 8 From OSPF Router ID announce B 34 From RIP Gateway announce B 32 Gateway List accept B 11 Injection List accept B 12 B 16 Inter AS Metric Selector announce B 49 Local Preference accept B 19 Local Preference Override announce B 55 Local Preference Value announce B 56 Multi Exit Discriminator announce B 53 Multi Exit Discriminator Value announce B 54 Name accept B 3 Name announce B 26 Networks accept B 4 Networks announce B 27 Next Hop announce B 56 Origin announce B 50 B 54 Originating AS accept B 13 B 17 OSPF Metric announce B 45 Outbound Interface announce B 43 Outbound Peer AS announce B 52 Outbound Peer AS List announce B 48 Outbound Peers announce B 49 B 53 Peer Address accept B 13 B 17 Peer AS accept B 13 B 17 Peer List accept B 10 Precedence announce B 29 Received BGP Next Hop announce B 42 Received EGP Gateway announce B 39 Received on Interface accept B 8 Received on RIP Interface announce B 33 Received OSPF Tag announce B 36 Received OSPF Typ
430. ns Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Export Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this export route filter Set to Disable if you want to disable this filter Set to Enable if you want to enable this filter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 2 Export Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters Ignore Propagate Ignore Aggregate Controls the flow of routing information If set to Propagate this route is advertised If set to Ignore advertising of this route is suppressed If set to Aggregate the network is not explicitly advertised Instead the default route 0 0 0 0 is advertised Select Propagate Ignore or Aggregate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 6 Export Use Inter AS Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters None None Specified Originating Specifies whether or not an Inter AS metric is advertised for the associated networks If set to None then no metric is advertised If set to Specified then the value specified for the Export Inter AS Metric parameter is advertised If set to
431. ns to which the advertisement applies The ability to specify a range of networks allows OSPF to send one summary advertisement that represents multiple destinations For example a summary advertisement for the destination 128 185 0 0 with a mask of Oxffff0000 describes a single route to destinations 128 185 0 0 to 128 185 255 255 OSPF Neighbors OSPF neighbors are any two routers that have an interface to the same network In each OSPF network routers use the Hello protocol to discover their neighbors and maintain neighbor relationships On a broadcast or point to point network the Hello protocol dynamically discovers neighbors however on a nonbroadcast multiaccess network you must manually configure neighbors The Hello protocol ensures that communication between neighbors is bidirectional Periodically OSPF routers send out hello packets over all interfaces Included in these hello packets is the following information e The router s priority e The router s Hello Timer and Dead Timer values e A list of routers that have sent this router hello packets on this interface e The router s choice for designated router and backup designated router Bidirectional communication is determined when one router sees itself listed in the neighbor s hello packet 117356 D Rev 00 7 3 Configuring IP Services Neighbor Adjacencies Neighbors may form an adjacency for the purpose of exchanging routing information When two routers f
432. nteger indicating the number of seconds that BGP waits for a keepalive message before declaring the connection down For example the following command sets the holddown timer to 60 seconds for the peer session established between interfaces 2 2 2 2 and 2 2 2 5 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 holddown 60 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 117356 D Rev 00 8 45 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on the peer for which you want to edit The parameters for that peer appear in parameters the window 8 Set the Holdtime parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 14 9 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 8 46 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Setting a Minimum AS Origination Interval By default a BGP speaker that issues an update to advertise a change in the AS must wait at least 15 seconds before advertising a subsequent change You can use the BCC or S
433. nterface 2 2 2 2 ip 2 2 2 2 proxy on ip 2 2 2 2 5 10 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Address Resolution Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 5 Set the Proxy parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 33 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Timing Out Entries in the Address Resolution Cache IP maintains an address resolution cache on each interface that is configured with ARP or Proxy Arp The address resolution cache contains host physical addresses learned by means of ARP or Proxy ARP If you enable the cache timeout feature on this interface the IP router removes address resolution cache entries that have not been accessed within a specified number of seconds Once an entry is removed the IP router must use ARP to reacquire the physical level address A host entry is timed out deleted if the IP router sends no traffic destined for that host within the specified timeout period By default the cache timeout feature is disabled on the interface Yo
434. nts for their attached areas Each summary advertisement specifies a range of destinations in an area An area range specification consists of a network address and a variable length mask For example a summary advertisement for the destination 140 191 0 0 with a mask of 255 255 0 0 describes a single route to the collection of destinations 140 191 0 0 to 140 191 255 255 When a packet is forwarded it is always forwarded to the network that is the best longest or most specific match for the packet s destination You can use the BCC or Site Manager to configure a summary route Using the BCC Navigate to the area specific prompt and enter summary network lt ip_address gt mask lt ip_mask gt jjp_address and ip_mask are an IP address mask pair defining the summary route For example the following command sequence creates the summary route 140 191 0 0 with a mask of 255 0 0 0 area 0 0 0 1 Summary network 140 191 0 0 mask 255 0 0 0 summary 0 0 0 1 140 191 0 0 By default OSPF advertises the summary route To change the setting navigate to the summary specific prompt and enter action lt action gt action is one of the following advertise the default block 117356 D Rev 00 7 51 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3
435. nu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window Set the Address Resolution Type parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 32 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 5 7 Configuring IP Services Selecting an Encapsulation Option for ARP and Probe If you select ARP Probe or ARP Probe you must also select the appropriate datalink encapsulation option as follows If your address resolution scheme is ARP only select Ethernet encapsulation SNAP encapsulation or Ethernet SNAP encapsulation If your resolution scheme is HP Probe only select LSAP encapsulation If your resolution scheme is ARP Probe select Ethernet LSAP encapsulation SNAP LSAP encapsulation or Ethernet SNAP LSAP encapsulation IP ignores this parameter if the underlying medium is anything other than Ethernet By default IP uses ARP Ethernet encapsulation You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify an encapsulation scheme Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP 3 Choose Interfaces The IP menu
436. o direct packets through the cloud to reach the tunnel s remote physical address The disadvantage of using a static route is that it is fixed If the path through the chosen next hop to the remote tunnel end point goes down the tunnel goes down as well until you manually reconfigure the static route Similarly even if the path through the chosen next hop becomes more costly than the path through some other attached router the tunnel continues to use the costlier path unless you manually intervene Note When configuring a static route be careful not to inadvertently create a loop 117356 D Rev 00 13 5 Configuring IP Services Configuring a Generic Routing Encapsulation Tunnel You can configure up to 64 GRE tunnels on one router each GRE tunnel can have multiple end points You can configure up to 256 remote tunnel end points distributed over the configured GRE tunnels To configure a GRE tunnel complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose GRE The GRE Create Tunnels List window opens 4 Click on Add Tunnel The Create GRE Tunnel window opens 5 Set the following parameters IP Interface Tunnel Name Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 104 Click on OK Yo
437. o edit The window displays the parameter values for that interface 5 Set the Mask parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 39 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 3 18 117356 D Rev 00 Starting IP Services with Site Manager Configuring an Unnumbered IP Interface IP allows you to configure an interface on a point to point connection without using an IP address Such an interface is called an unnumbered interface Point to point connections using unnumbered interfaces can be configured to advertise RIP OSPF IBGP DVMRP and static routes The ability to establish a point to point link using an unnumbered IP interface helps alleviate two of the major problems caused by the continued rapid growth of the Internet exhaustion of Class B network addresses and of the 32 bit IP address space You associate each unnumbered interface with the IP address of any numbered interface on the router including the circuitless interface The router can support multiple unnumbered interfaces Multiple unnumbered interfaces can be associated with the same IP address Note The associated address assigned to the unnumbered interface determines whether or not RIP configured to send updates in V1 mode will advertise a subnetwork over the unnumbered interface The associated address also determines which mask is applied to RIP V1 updates received on
438. o the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 8 13 Configuring IP Services Supplying a BGP Identifier The BGP identifier is the IP address of an interface on this router There is no default for this parameter You must supply a BGP ID using the IP address of one of the router s IP interfaces You can use the BCC or Site Manager to supply a BGP identifier for the router Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP prompt and enter router id lt p_address gt jjp_address is the address of one of the IP interfaces on the router For example the following command supplies IP address 2 2 2 2 for the BGP identifier bgp router id 2 2 2 2 bgp Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 Inthe Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the BGP Identifier parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 4 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 Identifying the Local AS Configuring and Customizing BGP Each autonomous system in the internet has a unique AS ID You can use the BCC or Site Manager to supply the ID of the AS in which the BGP router is located Using the BCC Navigate to the B
439. obal parameters as described under the following topics Topic Page Enabling and Disabling EGP 9 6 Supplying a Local AS Number 9 7 Enabling and Disabling EGP When you start EGP on the router EGP is automatically enabled for operation You can use Site Manager to disable and reenable EGP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose EGP The EGP menu opens 4 Choose Global The Edit EGP Global Parameters window opens Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 23 The Values Selection window opens Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 9 6 117356 D Rev 00 Supplying a Local AS Number Customizing EGP Services Each autonomous system has a NIC assigned decimal number ID You must supply the AS ID for the local autonomous system the AS to which this router belongs There is no default for this parameter You can use Site Manager to supply the local AS number Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose EGP 4 Choose Global The EGP menu opens The Edi
440. obal prompt and enter cluster id lt cluster_id gt cluster_id is the ID number of the cluster in which the route reflector is located For example the following command associates the route reflector with cluster 5 bgp cluster id 5 bgp To establish a peer to peer session with a route reflector in another cluster navigate to the BGP global prompt and enter peer local lt ocal_reflector_address gt remote lt remote_reflector_address gt as lt as_number gt local_reflector_address is the IP address of an interface on the local route reflector remote_reflector_address is the IP address of an interface on the remote reflector in another cluster as_number is an integer identifying the AS in which the remote server is located When the session specific prompt appears enter the following command to specify that the remote peer is a route reflector in another cluster peer mode reflector external For example the following command sequence defines a peer to peer session between two route reflectors represented by addresses 2 2 2 2 and 2 2 2 3 located in different clusters in AS 2 ip bgp bgp peer local 2 2 2 2 remote 2 2 2 3 as 2 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 peer mode reflector external peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 117356 D Rev 00 8 95 Using Site Manager Configuring IP Services Use the following procedure to establish a peer to peer session with a route reflector in another cluster You do this Site Mana
441. ocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose NAT The NAT menu opens 4 Choose Global The NAT Base Group Record window opens 5 Set the Mapping Entry Timeout parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 100 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 12 13 Configuring IP Services Configuring the Max Timeout Value You can configure the Max Timeout parameter to specify the timeout period for a dynamic translation entry When the timer expires NAT software removes the entry from the dynamic entry list Bay Networks recommends the default timeout period of 3600 seconds If you set the timeout period too low the timer will expire before NAT software can process the next packet Valid values for the timeout period are in the range from 0 to 2 147 483 648 23 seconds To can configure the timeout period for a dynamic translation entry proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols System responds The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose NAT The NAT menu opens 4 Choose Global The NAT Base Group Record window opens Set the Max Timeout parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 100 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager wi
442. off default For example the following command causes IP to send address mask reply messages on interface 2 2 2 2 ip 2 2 2 2 mask reply on ip 2 2 2 2 4 38 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing IP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 5 Set the Addr Mask Reply parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 31 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Disabling and Reenabling ICMP Redirect Messages An ICMP redirect is a message sent by the router to alert a host that it should be using a different path to route data In some cases you do not want an interface to send out redirects For example in a frame relay network two stations on the same network may not be directly connected if the network is not fully meshed Thus in this case you would disable redirects on this interface By default IP sends ICMP redirect messages You can use the BCC or Site Manager to disable and reenable this feature on an IP interface as required 11
443. ols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The OSPF Interfaces window opens 5 Click on the OSPF interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the OSPF Interfaces window 6 Set the Rtr Priority parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 77 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 7 34 117356 D Rev 00 Estimating the Transit Delay Customizing OSPF Services By default OSPF assigns a transmission delay of 1 second to an OSPF interface You can use the BCC or Site Manager to supply a different transit delay estimate Using the BCC Navigate to an interface specific OSPF prompt and enter transit delay lt delay gt delay is the transit delay in seconds For example the following command assigns a transit delay value of 3 seconds to interface 2 2 2 2 ospf 2 2 2 2 transit delay 3 ospf 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds il In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens Choose Interfaces The OSPF Interfaces window opens ay oe Click on the OSPF interface you want The parameter values for that interface
444. omizing RIP Services Customizing AIP Global Parameters srriiscniiinssininaninini niai aii aa 6 2 Seting N RIF Diameter jecccis sstedack consehediscanrenscheaieaisouninad a Ea a AE a E 6 2 KU SIS NII AIP TO gis arcesertantaesr masini a aana Navigating the BCC to a RIP iets PYGINDIL vicssciccastenissiads Aora T ee eee 8 5 Opening the Site Manager Window for RIP wvturinceis ario darhasdedin Hekensnipemadeneyts 6 6 Disabling and Reenabling RIP on an Interface cecceeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeenees 6 7 Selecting the RIP Version n se eases Seer ere Daun 1 6 8 Supplying RIP Updates on an initan EE P RAR REO viii 117356 D Rev 00 Spacing ihe Update Mod sscincasnincinmauniiionniisrmniminteinER eT Sending mTiggered LASS oniinn iaaa eunestheannidsstiauatradwnnuid 6 12 Speciying a Time to Live VANS scccctesuetis aceasta Eaa aaan 6 14 Receiving RIP Updates on an Interface srnsissisissarisiinsan 6 16 Authenticating the Password on a Version 2 Update censor T E merle Supplying a Default Route on an Interface ccccceeceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeeeeeaeseeeeeeees 6 19 Listening for a Dalault PAS scccuctssasn dere stususebasusvosiesdenmusprsuaniaesstinstene Simo sesuus 6 21 Configuring a RIP Interface for Dial Optimized Routing hee IRN 6 22 Setting RIP Timers On an WGA annisa nnana aa 6 22 Specifying an Update Mmterval eisiriisiraveiniineianiiia ianiai i 6 22 SCC a Timeout PATIOS iiciin iaaa a Ea 6 24 Speciiy
445. on Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies Any Any Direct Static RIP OSPF not valid for OSPF EGP BGP Specifies one or more route source identifiers If you select a route source ID a route from that source that meets the other criteria of this policy matches the policy To specify any source use the default RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 8 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 8 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 8 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 8 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 8 B 30 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies Advertise Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of network identifiers Specifies networ
446. on a single computer or if applicable on a single authorized device identified by host ID for which it was originally acquired b to copy the Software solely for backup purposes in support of authorized use of the Software and c to use and copy the associated user manual solely in support of authorized use of the Software by Licensee This license applies to the Software only and does not extend to Bay Networks Agent software or other Bay Networks software products Bay Networks Agent software or other Bay Networks software products are licensed for use under the terms of the applicable Bay Networks Inc Software License Agreement that accompanies such software and upon payment by the end user of the applicable license fees for such software 2 Restrictions on use reservation of rights The Software and user manuals are protected under copyright laws Bay Networks and or its licensors retain all title and ownership in both the Software and user manuals including any revisions made by Bay Networks or its licensors The copyright notice must be reproduced and included with any copy of any portion of the Software or user manuals Licensee may not modify translate decompile disassemble use for any competitive analysis reverse engineer distribute or create derivative works from the Software or user manuals or any copy in whole or in part Except as expressly provided in this Agreement Licensee may not copy or transfer the Software or user manuals
447. on of the termination of this license 8 Export and Re export Licensee agrees not to export directly or indirectly the Software or related technical data or information without first obtaining any required export licenses or other governmental approvals Without limiting the foregoing Licensee on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries and affiliates agrees that it will not without first obtaining all export licenses and approvals required by the U S Government i export re export transfer or divert any such Software or technical data or any direct product thereof to any country to which such exports or re exports are restricted or embargoed under United States export control laws and regulations or to any national or resident of such restricted or embargoed countries or ii provide the Software or related technical data or information to any military end user or for any military end use including the design development or production of any chemical nuclear or biological weapons 9 General If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the state of California Should you have any questions concerning this Agreement contact Bay Networks Inc 4401 Great America Parkway PO Box 58185 Santa Clara California 95054 8185 LICENSEE AC
448. onding multicast address On all other media the destination MAC address will be the broadcast address RIP does not aggregate subnet information in the updates If you select RIPII with aggregation RIP generates Version 2 updates but aggregates subnet information in the manner of RIP Version 1 Bay Networks recommends using RIP II mode with or without aggregation rather than RIP I mode especially if unnumbered point to point links or variable length subnets are used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 15 Triggered Updates Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces Disable Enable Disable Configures RIP to generate an update each time it recalculates a route s metric For compatibility with routers running Version 8 10 or earlier disable this feature Implementations of RIP earlier than Version 9 00 do not support triggered updates If you enable triggered updates RIP will generate triggered updates with a maximum frequency of one every 5 seconds The route will include all changes that occurred in the last 5 seconds This enforced interval prevents RIP from monopolizing CPU resources during periods of instability 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 16 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function
449. onfiguration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Export Filters Any Any RIP EGP OSPF Direct Static BGP 3 Identifies the source of the routing information direct connection static route or RIP OSPF EGP or BGP 3 derived route Select the appropriate option 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 9 1 5 C 6 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Interface Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Identifies the outgoing IP interface for the RIP update This filter will apply only to this interface If set to 0 0 0 0 this filter applies to all interfaces Enter the appropriate IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 9 1 7 Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Export Filters Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this export route filter Set to Disable if you want to disable this export route filter Set to Enable if you previously disabled this export route filter and now want to reenable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 9 1 2 Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt
450. opens The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Set the Ethernet Arp Encaps parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 36 Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 5 8 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Address Resolution Enabling Proxy ARP on an Interface Proxy ARP allows a router to answer a local ARP request for a remote destination For example in Figure 5 2 hosts B and C are located on the same network but on separate subnetworks Hosts B and C do not understand subnetworking The router connecting the two physical networks knows which host resides on which network The address mask is 255 255 255 000 In this example one subnet is a remote network with respect to the other subnet Router 140 250 200 1 140 250 200 1 00 002 00 00 01 00 002 00 00 01 140 250 200 0 140 250 250 0 E E a E A B A C J 140 250 200 2 140 250 250 3 140 250 250 2 140 250 250 3 00 002 00 10 30 00 002 00 10 6 IP0011A Figure 5 2 Proxy ARP Example Host B wants to talk to host C so host B broadcasts an ARP request which asks IP address 140 250 250 3 to respon
451. or 9 13 specifying address of 9 9 Index 4 timers for 9 14 neighbor reachability phase 9 4 network reachability phase 9 4 overview of 9 2 starting 3 12 EGP parameters Action C 22 C 26 Enable C 22 C 26 Export Address C 23 Export from Protocol C 24 Export Mask C 24 Export OSPF Tag C 26 Export OSPF Type C 25 Export Peer C 25 Hello Timer 9 14 Import Address C 21 Import AS C 21 Import Gateway C 22 Import Peer C 21 Interface C 27 Metric C 27 Preference C 23 EGP parameters Hello Timer A 26 Enable Adjacent Host parameter 4 55 Enable Default Route for Subnets parameter 4 15 A 48 Enable global mapping A 103 Enable ISP Mode Support parameter 4 23 4 25 A 50 Enable parameter adjacent host 4 55 A 54 BGP peer A 12 BGP 3 8 13 A 10 BGP 4 8 13 A 10 EGP 9 6 A 23 EGP neighbor 9 11 A 25 global IP 4 5 A 43 IP interface 4 32 A 29 IP static route A 51 NAT A 99 OSPF area 7 48 A 85 global 7 10 A 69 interface 7 28 neighbor 7 46 A 84 range A 88 virtual interface 7 57 A 89 117356 D Rev 00 Enable parameter continued OSPF interface A 76 RIP 6 7 A 92 Router Discovery 4 64 A 67 Enable parameter NAT A 99 Enable Security parameter 10 6 A 40 A 57 Enable Disable parameter NAT A 99 enabling all subnet broadcasting on IP interface 4 41 all zero and all one subnet addresses 4 13 alternate associated address 3 21 BGP 8 12 default labels for unlabeled outbound datagrams
452. or promote products derived from such portions of the software without specific prior written permission SUCH PORTIONS OF THE SOFTWARE ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE In addition the program and information contained herein are licensed only pursuant to a license agreement that contains restrictions on use and disclosure that may incorporate by reference certain limitations and notices imposed by third parties 117356 D Rev 00 Bay Networks Inc Software License Agreement NOTICE Please carefully read this license agreement before copying or using the accompanying software or installing the hardware unit with pre enabled software each of which is referred to as Software in this Agreement BY COPYING OR USING THE SOFTWARE YOU ACCEPT ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT THE TERMS EXPRESSED IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE THE ONLY TERMS UNDER WHICH BAY NETWORKS WILL PERMIT YOU TO USE THE SOFTWARE If you do not accept these terms and conditions return the product unused and in the original shipping container within 30 days of purchase to obtain a credit for the full purchase price 1 License Grant Bay Networks Inc Bay Networks grants the end user of the Software Licensee a personal nonexclusive nontransferable license a to use the Software either
453. or relationships OSPF cannot accept hello messages or send advertisements on the passive interface Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens Choose Interfaces The OSPF Interfaces window opens ay AJVIN Click on the OSPF interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the OSPF Interfaces window Set the Type parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 77 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 7 31 Configuring IP Services Using Point to Multipoint Interfaces in a Star Topology OSPF point to multipoint interfaces provide an efficient means to connect routers in a star topology The routers are configured as follows e The hub of the star topology the BCN router in Figure 7 4 is configured with a point to multipoint interface to the PVC and is set to be the OSPF designated router in the network The Router Priority parameter is set to a value greater than 0 e Each spoke of the star the AN routers in Figure 7 4 is configured with a point to multipoint interface to the PVC and is made ineligible to become the designated router The Router Priority parame
454. or security labels to outbound ICMP error datagrams Select those authority flags that the router should set when it supplies error security labels to outbound ICMP error datagrams The set of authority flags you specify here must include the set of authority flags you specified for the Must Out Authority parameter and cannot include any of the flags you did not specify for the May Out Authority parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 93 A 66 117356 D Rev 00 Site Manager Parameters Router Discovery Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Router Discovery Enable Enable Disable Disables and enables Router Discovery on this interface If you configured this interface with Router Discovery use this parameter to disable Router Discovery 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 17 1 2 Broadcast Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Router Discovery Multicast Multicast Local Direct Specifies the type of broadcast to use in sending advertisements Use Multicast wherever possible that is on any link where all listening hosts support IP multicast 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 17 1 5 Minimum Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols
455. or server You must configure one ATMARP server for each logical IP subnet you define e Define the ATM address network prefix of the ATMARP server on your network A complete ATM address consists of a network prefix and a user part e Define the user part suffix of the ATM address for the ATMARP server on your network The user part suffix consists of a 6 byte end station identifier and a 1 byte selector field e Specify for a client the interval between registration refreshes e Specify for a server the duration for which the registration is valid Using the BCC To specify the ATMARP mode navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter arp mode lt mode gt mode is one of the following client default arp To specify the address of an ATM server navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter arp server address lt address gt address is a hexadecimal address 117356 D Rev 00 4 51 Configuring IP Services To specify a server registration interval navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter arp server reg interval lt interval gt interval is one of the following clientdefault serverdefault Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the in
456. orm an adjacency they go through a process called database exchange to synchronize their topological databases When their databases are synchronized the routers are said to be fully adjacent From this point on only routing change information is passed between the adjacencies thus conserving bandwidth All routers connected by a point to point network or a virtual link will always form an adjacency Also every router on a multiaccess network forms an adjacency relationship with the designated router and the backup designated router Designated Routers To further reduce the amount of routing traffic the Hello protocol elects a designated router and a backup designated router on each multiaccess network Instead of neighboring routers forming adjacencies and swapping link state information with each other which on a large network can mean a lot of routing protocol traffic all routers on the network form adjacencies with the designated router and the backup designated router only and send link state information to them The designated router then redistributes the information from each router to every other router The Hello protocol always elects a backup designated router along with the designated router This router takes over all of the designated router s functions should the designated router fail 7 4 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services OSPF Areas OSPF routers reduce and restrict the amount of internal and exter
457. ose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Route with MED parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 9 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 8 31 Configuring IP Services Disabling BayRS Local Preference Calculation and Route Selection A BGP speaker calculates a local preference value for each route that it receives from an external peer and passes this value as the local_pref attribute in routing updates that it announces to its internal BGP IBGP peers A BGP speaker that receives a routing update from an IBGP peer uses the local_pref attribute in its best route selection process By default BGP calculates a local preference value by using the algorithm described in BGP 4 Local Preference Calculation on page 8 8 The best route selection process is described in Best Route Selection on page 8 9 Different implementations of BGP have different ways of arriving at a local preference value However within an AS all BGP speakers should use the same method to determine local preference and to select the best routes If you are configuring BayRS BGP in a network that also includes routers from other vendors you can use the BCC or Site Manager to disable BayRS local preference calculation and route selection Instead BGP assigns a value of 100 to exter
458. oses the BGP route the route with the lower weight 117356 D Rev 00 7 15 Configuring IP Services OSPF AS Row recat router A EGP route to destination X Figure 7 2 OSPF ASE Routes Internal router Boundary 2 pem Boundary router B BGP route to destination X IP0019A By default an OSPF boundary router generates a type 2 metric for BGP EGP or RIP routes For routes from all other sources the boundary router generates a type 1 metric Note The route weight value will appear to be greater than the route s original metric For this reason all routers advertising a particular network must use the same metric type type 1 or type 2 If not the router that receives the advertisements may choose the wrong route 7 16 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Using the BCC or Site Manager you can configure a boundary router to use the route weight as the OSPF metric Using the BCC Navigate to the global IP prompt and enter ase metric support lt state gt state is one of the following enabled disabled default Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF men
459. ou to the BGP4 Accept Policy Filters window 8 66 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Supplying Modification Values for a BGP Accept Policy You can use the BCC or Site Manager to supply values that BGP can use to modify an attribute in a BGP update that matches the policy Using the BCC Navigate to the policy specific prompt and enter modify A modification prompt appears for the policy For example accept pol_1 bgp modify modify bgp accept pol_l To modify an attribute enter lt attribute gt lt value gt attribute value is one of the attribute value combinations described in Table 8 9 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Table 8 9 BCC Modification Attributes for BGP Accept Policies Attribute Values Function local preference 0 default to 4 294 967 295 Specifies an override value for the local preference attribute med method Passthru default Indicates whether or not a multiexit Override discriminator metric is to be used for a Generate network matching this policy and what value Delete to use med 1 or an integer Specifies a metric for the multiexit discriminator attribute as path prepend List of AS numbers Specifies AS numbers that BGP adds to an AS path before it adds the current AS to the path inject List of IP addresses Specifies a list of networks that BGP advertises instead of the networks in the
460. ounter for each packet the router originates and transmits called a source packet When the router transmits a source packet the TTL counter starts to decrement Each router or hop that the packet traverses decrements the TTL counter by one When the counter reaches zero the router discards the packet unless it is destined for a locally attached network The TTL counter prevents packets from looping endlessly through the network Enter the maximum number of hops a source packet can traverse 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 5 117356 D Rev 00 A 45 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID RIP Diameter Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 15 1 to 127 Specifies the value or hop count the Routing Information Protocol RIP uses to denote infinity In order for RIP to operate properly every router within the network must be configured with an identical RIP diameter value If RIP is not enabled this parameter specifies the maximum number of hops within the autonomous system if RIP is not enabled the IP router still must understand network width You must set this parameter so that none of the interface cost static cost or route filter cost parameters exceed the RIP diameter Bay Networks recommends that you accept the default RIP diameter value of 15 1
461. ource The BCC implements this matching criterion as an object To specify multiple items create multiple objects 117356 D Rev 00 8 83 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager You can use Site Manager to configure a BGP 4 announce policy Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Policy Filters The Policy Filters menu opens 4 Choose BGP 4 The BGP 4 menu opens 5 Choose Announce Policies The BGP4 Announce Policy Filters window opens 6 Click on the policy that you want to edit continued 8 84 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Site Manager Procedure continued You do this 7 Set the following parameters Enable Name Networks Action e Rule Precedence e Route Source Advertise From RIP Gateway e Received on RIP From OSPF Router ID e Received OSPF Type Received OSPF Tag From EGP Peer From EGP AS From EGP Gateway From BGP Peer From BGP AS Received BGP Next Hop External Route Source Outbound Peer AS Outbound Peers e Multi Exit Discriminator e Multi Exit Discriminator Value Origin AS Path Local Preference e Local Preference Next Hop Atomic AS Pattern Community Match Click on Help or see the paramete
462. pagated the router receives network traffic for each of these specific destinations At some point the router loses connectivity to network 192 32 3 0 one of the networks in the supernet The router continues to forward traffic that matches destinations 0 0 to 2 0 and 4 0 to 7 0 However the router can no longer find a complete match in the routing table for the disconnected network 3 0 The router must drop all traffic destined for 192 32 3 0 To force the router to drop the packet for an unmatched destination you configure a special type of static route for a supernet called a black hole To do so e Enter the supernet address mask pair as the destination IP address and address mask e To create the black hole enter the black hole encoding 255 255 255 255 as the next hop address and the next hop mask 4 62 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Configuring and Customizing Router Discovery Before a host can send IP datagrams beyond its directly attached subnet the host must discover the address of at least one operational router on that subnet Router Discovery is an extension of the Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP that enables hosts attached to multicast or broadcast networks to discover the IP addresses of their neighboring routers Routers configured with Router Discovery periodically multicast or broadcast a router advertisement from each of their interfaces announcing the IP address or addresses of
463. pecifies whether redundant BGP connections to the same router will be detected and disallowed If you want only one BGP connection to the same router to be maintained use the default If you want to allow redundant connections enter Disable Collision detection is based on router ID If two BGP peers have multiple physical connections and want to establish a BGP session across each physical connection you must disable this parameter The advantage of a configuration with multiple physical connections is redundancy The disadvantage is that such a configuration results in multiple copies of each route 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 16 Multi hop EBGP Connection Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global Disable Enable Disable Specifies whether BGP allows multihop connections to an external BGP peer By default BGP enforces the rule that requires an external BGP peer to be located on a directly attached network Use this parameter to override the restriction Enabling multihop BGP connections is dangerous because it can cause BGP speakers to establish BGP connections that traverse a third party AS possibly violating policy considerations and introducing forwarding loops 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 6 A 6 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path
464. peer to peer session for BGP speakers you specify a local peer address the address of a local IP interface and a remote peer address the address of a remote IP interface In situations where BGP speakers reside on routers that have multiple network connections over multiple IP interfaces the typical case for IBGP speakers consider using the address of the router s circuitless IP interface as the local peer address By using the address of the circuitless IP interface as the local peer address in an IBGP configuration you ensure that BGP is reachable as long as there is an active circuit on the router 8 58 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Configuring Peers over an Unnumbered Point to Point Link You cannot configure a BGP peer to peer session directly on an unnumbered interface To establish a connection each side of the connection must be associated with a numbered interface For example consider the two routers in Figure 8 4 Routers A and B are connected by a point to point network using unnumbered interfaces Both routers are configured with BGP Peer to Peer connection Network 1 Network 3 Point to Point network Router A Router B Numbered IP interface configured for a BGP peer to peer connection Unnumbered IP interface IPO049A Figure 8 4 BGP over an Unnumbered Point to Point Link 117356 D Rev 00 8 59 Configuring IP Services To establish a peer to peer session be
465. penalty is applied to routes that are advertised with an origin attribute other than IGP that is EGP or incomplete For an OSPF internal route or a direct route the local preference attribute is set to local preference 8191 256 metric amp 255 where metric is the OSPF metric for an OSPF route or the configured cost for a direct route For a RIP route an EGP route an OSPF ASE route or a static route the local preference attribute is set to local preference 256 metric where metric is the RIP metric for a RIP route the EGP metric for an EGP route the OSPF metric for an OSPF ASE route or the configured cost for a static route Note that local preference values for OSPF internal routes and direct routes are higher than the local preference values calculated for BGP routes 8 8 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Best Route Selection BGP uses the following rules tie breakers to select the best BGP route Choose the route with the lower route weight Choose the route with the higher local preference attribute Choose the route with the lower multiexit discriminator MED attribute if both routes include this optional attribute Choose the route with the lower interior cost to the next hop Choose external BGP over IBGP Choose the route with the lower BGP identifier Choose the route with the lower BGP connection remote address Choose the route with the lower BGP connection loca
466. pens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Global The Edit OSPF Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the following parameters e OSPF Slot Backup Enable Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 71 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 7 13 Configuring IP Services Enabling the Boundary Function An OSPF boundary router does the following 1 2 3 Receives information about routes outside the OSPF AS using BGP RIP or another routing protocol Formats this information in AS external ASE advertisements Propagates the ASEs into the OSPF domain using OSPF By default the boundary function is disabled on the router You can use the BCC or Site Manager to configure the router as an OSPF boundary router Using the BCC Navigate to the global OSPF prompt and enter as boundary router lt state gt state is one of the following true false default Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Global The Edit OSPF Global Parameters window opens Set the AS Boundary Router parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 7
467. ph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause of DFARS 252 227 7013 for agencies of the Department of Defense or their successors whichever is applicable 6 Use of Software in the European Community This provision applies to all Software acquired for use within the European Community If Licensee uses the Software within a country in the European Community the Software Directive enacted by the Council of European Communities Directive dated 14 May 1991 will apply to the examination of the Software to facilitate interoperability Licensee agrees to notify Bay Networks of any such intended examination of the Software and may procure support and assistance from Bay Networks 7 Term and termination This license is effective until terminated however all of the restrictions with respect to Bay Networks copyright in the Software and user manuals will cease being effective at the date of expiration of the Bay Networks copyright those restrictions relating to use and disclosure of Bay Networks confidential information shall continue in effect Licensee may terminate this license at any time The license will automatically terminate if Licensee fails to comply with any of the terms and conditions of the license Upon termination for any reason Licensee will immediately destroy or return to Bay Networks the Software user manuals and all copies Bay Networks is not liable to Licensee for damages in any form solely by reas
468. policy using default values for all parameters For example the following command creates a RIP announce policy named pol_1 rip announce pol_1 announce pol_1 rip At the policy specific prompt enter lt parameter gt lt value gt parameter value is one of the parameter value pairs shown in Table 6 4 117356 D Rev 00 6 37 Configuring IP Services Table 6 4 BCC Definition Parameters for RIP Announce Policies Parameter Values Function state Enable default Enables or disables this policy Disable action Ignore default Specifies whether or not to advertise a route Propagate that matches this policy precedence 0 default to any Specifies a metric value to compare this policy metric value with other policies that a route may match A policy with a higher metric takes precedence over a policy with a lower metric In case of a tie the protocol uses an internal index value assigned to the policy by IP software In general the index value is indicated by the position of the policy in the Site Manager display the last policy in the display has the highest index value For example the following command specifies a precedence value of 12 for RIP announce policy pol_1 announce pol_1 rip precedence 12 announce pol_1 rip 6 38 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing RIP Services Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configurat
469. pplies the implicit label to unlabeled inbound datagrams received by this interface If you select Disable the router does not supply implicit labels for this interface Accept the default Enable to allow the router to supply implicit labels for unlabeled inbound datagrams 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 86 Implicit Authority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces No authority flags selected No authority flags selected GENSER SIOPESI SCI NSA DOE Specifies the authority flags that the router sets when it supplies implicit security labels for unlabeled inbound IP datagrams Select all of those authority flags that the router should set when it supplies an implicit security label The set of authority flags you specify here must include the set of authority flags you specified for the Must In Authority parameter and cannot include any of the flags you did not specify for the May In Authority parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 87 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Implicit Level Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Unclassified Unclassified Confidential Secret Top Secret Specifies the security level that the router sets when it supplies implicit security labels for unlabeled inbound IP d
470. pported ES gt Eth gt Bay gt Token gt Bay Not supported ES gt Eth gt Bay gt FDDI gt Bay Supported ES gt Eth gt Bay gt PTP gt Bay Supported ES gt Eth gt Bay gt FR gt Bay Not supported ES gt Eth gt Bay gt SDMS gt Bay Not supported ES gt Eth gt Bay gt PPP gt Bay Not supported ES gt Eth gt Bay gt Eth gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Supported ES gt Eth gt Bay gt Token gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Supported ES gt Eth gt Bay gt FDDI gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Supported ES gt Eth gt Bay gt PTP gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Supported ES gt Eth gt Bay gt FR gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Supported ES gt Eth gt Bay gt SDMS gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Supported ES gt Eth gt Bay gt PPP gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Supported Bay Networks router with bridge and IP in host only mode t Ethernet connection Token ring connection FDDI connection ttBay Networks proprietary point to point synchronous connection Frame relay synchronous connection SMDS synchronous connection tttPPP synchronous connection t Station you are communicating to or from if not Bay Networks 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Setting the Time to Live Value on a Source Packet Each IP data packet includes a time to live TTL value The TTL value specifies the maximum number of hops that the packet is allowed to traverse in the network before an intermediate router discard
471. pt Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies 0 A metric value Assigns a metric value to this policy a policy with a higher value takes precedence over a policy with a lower value Use this value to specify the order of precedence for policies that match the same route RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 8 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 8 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 8 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 8 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 8 117356 D Rev 00 B 7 Configuring IP Services RIP Specific Accept Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID From Gateway Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the addresses of one or more routers that could send RIP updates to this router This policy applies to RIP advertisements from routers on this list Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to RIP updates from any router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 10 Received on Interface Confi
472. ptions Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Peer AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of autonomous system numbers each ranging from 1 to 65 536 Specifies one or more autonomous systems This policy applies to BGP advertisements from peers in those ASs Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements from peers in any AS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 10 Peer Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies one or more BGP peers This policy applies to BGP advertisements from the peers on this list To indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements from any BGP peer use the default empty list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 11 Originating AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of autonomous system numbers Specifies one or more autonomous systems This policy applies to BGP advertisements that originate from the ASs on this list To indicate that the policy applies to BGP advertisements originating from any AS use the default empty list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 12 117356 D Rev 00 Conf
473. r descriptions beginning on pages B 25 and B 52 System responds Interface Override Value 8 Click on Done window You return to the Configuration Manager 117356 D Rev 00 8 85 Configuring IP Services Configuring BGP 4 AS Pattern Matching Table 8 14 describes the special characters used in the Bay Networks implementation of AS pattern matching Table 8 14 Characters in AS Path Pattern Matching Symbol or Operator Meaning lt Denotes the beginning of an AS SEQUENCE segment gt Denotes the end of an AS SEQUENCE segment Denotes the beginning of an AS SET segment Denotes the end of an AS SET segment lt seq gt set Denotes an AS path containing a sequence in the first segment and a set in the second segment A Denotes the following pattern occurs at the beginning of the AS path Denotes the preceding pattern occurs at the end of the AS path Denotes logical OR match this or that X Matches exactly the AS specified by X _X Matches the AS pattern beginning with X for example _99 matches 99 991 9934 X_ Matches the AS pattern ending with X for example 99_ matches 99 199 23299 8 86 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Configuring BGP Message Logging Site Manager allows you to control the event messages that BGP sends to the log file by specifying e Local and remote addresses of a peer to peer session o
474. r sessions e Message severity level fault warning information trace debug or all levels e BGP message type open update notification or keepalive Use BGP message logging parameters to limit the volume of debug level messages that BGP generates and logs If you allow BGP to log all debug level events the messages that BGP generates will quickly overrun and overwrite the log file You can use Site Manager to control BGP event messages Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose Debug The Edit BGP Debug Parameters window opens 5 Set the following parameters Local IP Address Remote Address Message Level Message Trace Switch Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 15 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 8 87 Configuring IP Services Configuring IBGP as a Route Reflector or an RR Client To avoid the high cost of a full mesh topology to support IBGP speakers within a large AS you can configure a router to function as an IBGP route reflector An IBGP speaker that needs to communicate with other BGP speakers in the AS establishes a peer to peer RR client session with the IBGP route reflector You configure an IBGP speaker to
475. r that will form an EGP neighbor relationship with this router Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 3 1 4 Gateway Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP gt Neighbors Core Core Non Core Specifies the gateway mode for this EGP neighbor If you choose Core the default the local AS to which this EGP neighbor belongs will act as a transit AS That is it will advertise networks that reside within the AS as well as within external networks If you choose Non Core the AS to which this EGP neighbor belongs will act as a stub AS That is it will advertise only networks that reside within the AS Set this parameter to either Core or Non Core depending on how you want this EGP neighbor to function 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 3 1 5 A 24 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP gt Neighbors Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables an EGP neighbor relationship with the specified IP address Set this parameter to Disable if you want to temporarily disable this neighbor relationship rather than delete it Or set it to Enable if you previously disabled
476. r value This value determines the order of precedence for policies that match the same route For example the following command sets the state to disabled for RIP accept policy pol_l accept pol_1 rip state disabled accept pol_1 rip 117356 D Rev 00 6 31 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens Choose RIP The RIP window opens Choose Policies Choose Accept The RIP Accept Policies window opens PIJ AJL N Set the following parameters Enable Name Action e Route Preference e Route Precedence Networks From Gateway Received on Interface Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page B 2 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 6 32 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing RIP Services Supplying Modification Values for a RIP Accept Policy You can use the BCC or Site Manager to supply values that RIP uses to modify fields in a RIP update that matches the policy Using the BCC Navigate to the policy specific prompt and enter modify A set prompt appears for the policy For example the following command invokes a modification prompt for RIP accept policy pol_1
477. rameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID AS List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of autonomous system numbers Specifies one or more autonomous system numbers This policy applies to EGP advertisements from peers located in the autonomous systems on this list Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to EGP advertisements from peers in any AS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 11 Gateway List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IP address of one or more EGP gateways This policy applies to EGP advertisements that use these gateways as the next hop Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to EGP advertisements with any gateway address EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 12 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services BGP 3 Specific Accept Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Injection List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of network identifiers Specifies network IDs to be included in the routing table in place of
478. rameter to Announce If you use the default the RIP metric is the routing table metric calculated for RIP plus the interface cost 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 23 OSPF Specific Announce Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies 0 Type 1 Type 210 Specifies an OSPF ASE metric type to use in advertisements for routes that match this policy Enter 0 if you want to use the default metric that IP includes in the advertisement based on the route source For a BGP EGP or RIP route the default is Type 2 For routes from all other sources the default is Type 1 Set the Action parameter to propagate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 22 B 44 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Tag Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Null Null or a tag value Specifies a value for the OSPF external route tag field If the outgoing route matches this policy the router places this value in the field Set the Action parameter to Propagate and set the Automatic Tag p
479. re ASs This policy applies to BGP advertisements from peers in the autonomous systems on this list Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements from peers in any AS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 10 Peer Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies one or more BGP peers This policy applies to BGP advertisements from the peers on this list To indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements from any BGP peer use the default empty list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 11 Originating AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of autonomous system numbers Specifies one or more autonomous systems This policy applies to BGP advertisements that originate from the ASs on this list To indicate that the policy applies to BGP advertisements originating from any AS use the default empty list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 12 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Route Origin Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt
480. rea_id is the identifier expressed in dotted decimal notation of the OSPF area to which the router is connected through the IP interface For example the following command adds OSPF to IP interface 2 3 3 3 255 0 0 0 This interface connects the router to OSPF area 0 0 0 0 the OSPF backbone ip 2 3 3 3 255 0 0 0 ospf area 0 0 0 0 ospf 2 3 3 3 OSPF is now running on the router and on the interface with default values for all interface parameters You customize OSPF on the interface by modifying interface parameters as described in Chapter 7 When you add OSPF to an IP interface the BCC automatically starts OSPF on the router with default values for all global parameters You customize global IP by modifying OSPF parameters as described in Chapter 7 2 4 117356 D Rev 00 Starting IP Services with the BCC Starting BGP To start BGP 1 Configure BGP on the router 2 Define a BGP peer to peer connection Step 1 Configuring Global BGP To configure BGP on the router navigate to the global IP prompt and enter bgp BGP is now running on the router with default values for all BGP parameters You customize BGP by modifying BGP parameters as described in Chapter 8 Step 2 Defining a Peer to Peer Connection BGP exchanges routing information with BGP peers located in another autonomous system AS or within the same AS To define a peer to peer connection navigate to the BGP prompt and enter peer local lt ocal_ip_a
481. red data is known as the black network 117356 D Rev 00 11 1 Configuring IP Services BFE X 25 DDN BFE Router L Router Black network l Red network Router IP0015A Figure 11 1 Blacker Front End Network Configuration BFE devices receive authorization and address translation services from an access control center ACC residing on the black network The ACC makes access control decisions that determine which hosts are allowed to communicate with each other A key distribution center KDC residing on the black network provides encryption keys and key management services A BFE device uses these encryption keys for encrypting traffic between itself and other BFE devices The router to BFE interface is a modified version of the interface presented in the 1983 DDN X 25 Host Interface Specification It supports data rates between 1200 b s and 64 KB s In order to support BFE services the interface must be configured to support IP with the Revised IP Security Option RIPSO enabled All IP datagrams transmitted on the interface must contain a RIPSO security label The first option in each IP datagram header must be the Basic Security option 11 2 117356 D Rev 00 Connecting the Router to a Blacker Front
482. rface e The timeout period that RIP will wait before considering a network unreachable e The holddown period that unreachable routes will be retained in the routing table and advertised Specifying an Update Interval By default RIP generates a full update every 30 seconds on each interface configured with RIP If you have enabled dial optimized routing on this interface the default is 1 hour You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify an update interval for the interface 6 22 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing RIP Services Using the BCC Navigate to a RIP interface specific prompt and enter broadcast timer lt seconds gt seconds is the broadcast interval in seconds the default interval is 30 seconds For example the following command causes RIP to broadcast a full update every 15 seconds on IP interface 2 2 2 2 rip 2 2 2 2 broadcast timer 15 rip 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Configuration window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want to The parameter values for that interface enable appear in the IP RIP Interface Configuration window 6 Set the Broadcast Timer parameter Click on Help or see the parameter descrip
483. ring OSPF Accept and Announce Policies 7 58 117356 D Rev 00 7 1 Configuring IP Services OSPF Concepts and Terminology OSPF is a link state protocol A router running a link state protocol periodically tests the status of the physical connection to each of its neighbor routers and sends this information to its other neighbors A link state protocol does not require each router to send its entire routing table to its neighbors Instead each OSPF router floods only link state change information throughout the autonomous system or area if the AS is divided into areas This process is referred to as the synchronization of the routers topological databases With the link information each router builds a shortest path tree with itself as the root of the tree It then can identify the shortest path from itself to each destination and build its routing table This section covers the following topics Topic Page OSPF Addresses and Variable Length Masks 7 3 OSPF Neighbors 7 3 Neighbor Adjacencies 7 4 Designated Routers 7 4 OSPF Areas 7 5 OSPF Router Types 7 6 AS External Routes 7 6 OSPF Implementation Notes 7 7 7 2 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services OSPF Addresses and Variable Length Masks A destination in as OSPF route advertisement is expressed as an IP address and a variable length mask Taken together the address and the mask indicate the range of destinatio
484. ring the Router for Not Forwarding Mode By default IP forwards all packets that are not addressed to itself You can also configure IP in not forwarding or host only mode Use the forwarding mode if you want the IP router to route forward IP traffic Forwarding configures the IP router to process all broadcast packets and all IP packets explicitly addressed to it and to route all other IP packets Choose not forwarding mode on the router if you want to provide IP management access by means of TFTP and SNMP to all active IP interfaces but also want to prohibit the IP router from forwarding IP traffic You must specify an identical IP address and mask combination for each active IP interface that will provide management access Not forwarding mode configures the IP router to act as an IP host it does not forward IP traffic but it still processes packets explicitly addressed to it In not forwarding mode only static routes and adjacent host routes are allowed No routing protocols are initiated You can use the BCC or Site Manager to select the forwarding mode Using the BCC Navigate to the IP global prompt and enter forwarding lt mode gt mode is one of the following forwarding default notforwarding For example the following command puts the router in not forwarding mode ip forwarding notforwarding ip 4 6 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing IP Site Manager Procedure
485. rmation window opens you want to delete and click on Delete 6 Click on Yes You return to the GRE Remote Connections List window 7 Click on Done until you return to the Configuration Manager window 13 10 117356 D Rev 00 Deleting a GRE Tunnel Generic Routing Encapsulation Tunnel You can use Site Manager to delete a GRE tunnel To delete a GRE tunnel complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose GRE The GRE Create Tunnels List window opens 4 Choose the tunnel that you want to delete A confirmation window opens and click on Del Tunnel 5 Click on OK The GRE Create Tunnels List window opens 6 Click on Done You return to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 13 11 Appendix A Site Manager Parameters Topic Page BGP Parameters A 2 EGP Parameters A 22 IP Parameters A 27 OSPF Parameters A 69 RIP Parameters A 92 NAT Parameters A 99 GRE Tunnel Configuration Parameters A 104 117356 D Rev 00 A 1 Configuring IP Services BGP Parameters Topic Page BGP Configuration Parameters A 3 BGP Global Parameters A 3 BGP 3 Global Parameter A 10 BGP 4 Global Parameter A 10 BGP Peer Parameters A 10 BGP AS We
486. rned over numbered interfaces IP stores each route learned over an unnumbered interface in the routing table The routing table entry for a route learned over an unnumbered interface contains the following values Next hop address 0 Next hop mask 0 Next hop interface Circuit number of the unnumbered interface Note Unnumbered interfaces cannot be pinged directly For this reason such interfaces can make it difficult to diagnose router problems 3 20 117356 D Rev 00 Starting IP Services with Site Manager Using the Alternate Associated Address Option 4 The alternate associated address option ensures that a network on an unnumbered interface remains reachable IP automatically assigns an alternate associated address to an unnumbered interface in the event that the primary associated address has gone down IP uses the first available interface Note In the event that an unnumbered associated address becomes unreachable some functionality may be lost for certain protocols over the unnumbered interface Note In some configurations changing the associated address can affect the way routes are advertised For example if you change the associated address for an unnumbered interface configured with RIP you may change the way RIP advertises subnets You can use Site Manager to enable the associated address option Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds
487. route echo switch controls the way the router echoes a BGP route that is chosen for forwarding Echoing in this case means advertising the route back to the peer from which it was received By default the router advertises the route back as reachable and includes the local AS You can use the BCC or Site Manager to configure BGP to echo the route as unreachable withdrawn Using the BCC Navigate to a BGP peer prompt and enter route echo lt state gt state is one of the following enabled disabled default For example the following command causes BGP to echo a route as unreachable bgp route echo enable bgp 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing BGP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on the peer for which you want to edit The parameters for that peer appear in parameters the window 8 Set the Peer Route Echo Switch parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 16 9 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the
488. route for unknown subnets The default route must be present in the routing table When you set this parameter to Enable the IP router uses a default route When you set this parameter to Disable the IP router does not use a default route Accept the default Disable if you do not want the IP router to use a default route for unknown subnets Otherwise reset this parameter to Enable 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 14 Maximum Policy Rules Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 32 Any integer Specifies the maximum number of policy rules that can be configured per policy type accept or announce per protocol To configure more than 32 accept or announce policy rules for a protocol you must set this parameter to a larger value IP will round the value up to the next multiple of 32 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 15 Route Filter Support Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether or not IP supports route filters If you do not require support for route filters select Disable Otherwise use the default 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 16 A 48 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters RIP Maximum Eq
489. rs Topic Page EGP Global Parameters A 23 EGP Neighbor Parameters A 24 A 22 117356 D Rev 00 Site Manager Parameters EGP Global Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP Enable Enable Disable This parameter allows you to globally enable or disable EGP on all router interfaces Set to Disable if you want to disable EGP for the entire router Set to Enable if you previously disabled EGP and now want to reenable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 1 2 Local Autonomous System ID Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP None 1 to 65 535 Identifies the local autonomous system the AS to which this router belongs by the NIC assigned decimal number There is no default for this parameter Either accept the current value for this parameter or enter a new value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 1 7 117356 D Rev 00 A 23 Configuring IP Services EGP Neighbor Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Remote Peer IP Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP gt Neighbors Null Any IP address Specifies the IP address of the remote route
490. rs Enable Name e Networks Action Rule Precedence e Route Source e External Route Source Advertise From RIP Gateway Received on RIP Interface RIP Metric From OSPF Router ID e Received OSPF Type Received OSPF Tag From EGP Peer From EGP AS Received EGP Gateway From BGP Peer From BGP AS Received BGP Next Hop Type Tag Automatic Tag OSPF Metric Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page B 25 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 7 74 117356 D Rev 00 Chapter 8 Configuring and Customizing BGP You configure and customize the Border Gateway Protocol BGP by setting BGP parameters as described under the following topics Topic Page BGP Concepts and Terminology 8 2 Configuring BGP Globally 8 11 Establishing a Peer to Peer Session 8 34 Using the Circuitless IP Interface for a Peer to Peer Session 8 58 Configuring Peers over an Unnumbered Point to Point Link 8 59 Assigning Weight and Class Values to an AS 8 61 Configuring BGP Accept and Announce Policies 8 63 Configuring BGP Message Logging 8 87 Configuring IBGP as a Route Reflector or an RR Client 8 88 Configuring IBGP for Route and Traffic Load Balancing 8 100 Configuring EBGP for Route and Traffic Load Balancing 8 106 Configuring EBGP Route Flap Dampening 8 111 117356 D Rev 00
491. ructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters 1 1 to 16 Assigns a weighted preference value to a route included in the routing tables If confronted with multiple routes to the same destination the router by default grants preference to routes in the following order direct OSPF internal static BGP 3 OSPF external EGP and RIP If this hierarchy is acceptable accept the default value 1 for preference If you want to grant preference to this RIP derived route assign a new preference value in the range of 1 to 16 the greater the number the higher the preference Routes for all networks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 should have the lowest preference Routes for the most specific networks longest address and mask should have the highest preference The default preference for static routes is 1 but may be set to any value from 1 to 16 If you want to grant a RIP derived route preference over a static route make sure the preference value you assign to the RIP derived route is greater than the preference value of the static route you want it to override 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 6 Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this import route filter Set to Disab
492. s Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens Choose Global The Edit OSPF Global Parameters window opens Set the following parameters Primary Log Mask Backup Log Mask Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 72 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 7 23 Configuring IP Services Configuring External Route Preference By default when OSPF receives multiple AS external LSAs for the same destination OSPF applies the preference rules specified by RFC 1583 You can use Site Manager to configure OSPF to apply the preference rules specified by RFC 1583 These rules are designed to prevent routing loops when AS external LSAs for the same destination originate from different areas Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Global The Edit OSPF Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Set the RFC 1583 Compatibility parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 75 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 7 24 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF on an IP Interface Customizing OSPF Services When
493. s Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Multi Exit Discriminator Value Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies Null Null or a metric value Specifies a metric for the Multi Exit Discriminator attribute To advertise a multi exit discriminator value set the Action parameter to Propagate and set the Multi Exit Discriminator parameter to Specified 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 25 Origin Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies As Is As Is IGP EGP Incomplete Specifies an Origin attribute override The Origin attribute of a route matching this policy will be replaced with the indicated value To allow the existing Origin attribute use the default 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 26 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies AS Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies Null An AS path Specifies an AS path that overrides the AS path attribute of a route matching this policy Constructs a BGP 4 AS path composed of AS path segments Each AS pa
494. s Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export from Protocol Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters Any Any RIP EGP OSPF Direct Static BGP 3 Identifies the source of the routing information direct connection static route or a RIP EGP OSPF or BGP 3 derived route Select the appropriate option 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 5 Export Peer AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters 0 1 to 65 535 Identifies the autonomous system to which the BGP router at the remote end of this BGP peer connection belongs This filter will apply to updates sent to any router in this AS The value 0 means any AS Enter the appropriate AS number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 7 Export Peer Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Specifies the IP address of the interface on the remote side of this BGP peer connection This filter will apply to updates sent to this router The value 0 0 0 0 means any peer Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation If the peer is in a remote AS the address must be on the same subnet as the local interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 8 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Optio
495. s Null Null or a route weight value Specifies an override value for the Local Preference attribute Enter a value and set the Local Preference Override parameter to True 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 29 Next Hop Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies Null An IP address Overrides the Next Hop path attribute with the IP address you specify To allow the existing Next Hop attribute use the default null value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 30 Atomic Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies Automatic Automatic Force Ignore Allows control over the atomic path attribute By default the router automatically sets this parameter if it knows that certain networks in aggregate range have not been included in an aggregate advertisement To include the atomic attribute even if the router does not assume one is required set the parameter to Force B 56 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies AS Pattern Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies Empty string Any regular expression or empty string Allows AS_PATH pattern matching Enter a valid regular expression to indicate an AS
496. s If you want to specify different values consult the Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center 4 24 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Specifying the Percentage of Buffers Available to ARP By default ARP can use 100 percent of the available buffers for saving buffers when resolving ARP requests You can use Site Manager to specify the percentage of buffers available to ARP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IP Global Parameters window opens 4 Set the Percentage of ARP Buffers parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 50 5 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 4 25 Configuring IP Services Customizing an IP Interface An IP network interface consists of a physical circuit configured with the appropriate data link and IP protocols Each interface connects the router to one or more IP networks For example the router in Figure 4 14 lis configured with three IP interfaces One of these interfaces is a point to point interface that connects the router to a single long haul medium terminated by a host or another router The other two interfaces are LAN interfaces that connect the router to an Ethernet or FDDI local area medium An
497. s gt IP gt BGP gt Peers None 1 to 65535 Identifies the autonomous system to which the BGP router at the remote end of this BGP peer connection belongs Enter the appropriate AS number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 10 Local Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers None Any IP address Specifies the IP address of the interface on the local side of this BGP peer connection Enter the appropriate address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 4 Peer Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers None None Internal External Indicates the route server mode of the remote BGP peer If the peer is a node use the default None If the peer is an RS client specify Client If the peer is a route server in the same cluster specify Internal If the peer is a route server in a different cluster specify External 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 35 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables a BGP peer relationship with the specified IP address Set this parameter to Disable if you want to temporarily di
498. s for other network types supported by OSPF Table 7 5 Dead Interval Settings Network Type Suggested Dead Interval seconds Broadcast 40 default Point to point 60 NBMA 80 Point to multipoint 60 Note This value must be the same for all routers attached to the same network You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a dead interval Using the BCC Navigate to an interface specific OSPF prompt and enter dead interval lt interval gt interval is the dead interval expressed in seconds For example the following command causes OSPF to wait 60 seconds on IP interface 2 2 2 2 for a hello message before declaring the neighbor down ospf 2 2 2 2 dead interval 60 ospf 2 2 2 2 117356 D Rev 00 7 39 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The OSPF Interfaces window opens 5 Click on the OSPF interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the OSPF Interfaces window 6 Set the Dead Interval parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 79 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 7 40 117356 D
499. s in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 10 1 3 C 8 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Import Filters 0 0 to 16 Assigns a weighted preference value to a route included in the routing tables If confronted with multiple routes to the same destination the router by default grants preference to routes in the following order direct OSPF internal static BGP 3 OSPF external EGP and RIP If this hierarchy is acceptable accept the default value 0 for preference If you want to grant preference to this OSPF derived route assign a new preference value in the range of 1 to 16 the greater the number the higher the preference Routes for all networks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 should have the lowest preference Routes for the most specific networks longest address and mask should have the highest preference The default preference for static routes is 0 but it may be set to any value from 0 to 16 If you want to grant an OSPF derived route preference over a static route make sure the preference value you assign to the OSPF derived route is greater than the preference value of the static route you want it to override 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 10 1 6 OSPF Export Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instr
500. s menu opens 4 Choose Delete The Select Protocols window opens The NAT button is highlighted to show that NAT is enabled on the circuit 5 Click on NAT Site Manager deletes NAT services from the connector 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Circuit Definition window 7 Choose File The File menu opens 8 Choose Exit Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 3 15 Configuring IP Services Using the Circuitless IP Interface A circuitless IP interface has an IP address that is not mapped to a specific circuit If one or more of the router s IP interfaces become disabled this circuitless feature ensures that the router is always reachable using the circuitless IP interface address as long as a viable path to the router exists The IP router can support one circuitless IP interface IP traffic is delivered to and transmitted from the circuitless interface in the same way as any other IP interface In addition the circuitless IP interface can receive packets from any application When you configure a circuitless IP interface note the following e You can configure one circuitless IP interface per router Additional circuitless IP interfaces will not initialize e You can add BGP and OSPF to a circuitless interface e You must assign a unique IP address and subnetwork number to the circuitless IP interface e You cannot configur
501. s not flood ASB datagrams You can use the BCC or Site Manager to turn this feature on and off as required Using the BCC Navigate to an IP interface specific prompt and enter all subnet broadcast lt state gt state is one of the following on off default For example the following command causes IP to flood ASB datagrams out interface 2 2 2 2 ip 2 2 2 2 all subnet broadcast on ip 2 2 2 2 117356 D Rev 00 4 41 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 5 Set the ASB parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 32 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Disabling UDP Checksum Processing on the Interface Using the BCC udp checksum lt state gt state is one of the following on default off By default UDP checksum processing is enabled on this interface All outgoing and incoming UDP datagrams are subject to checksum processing You can use the BCC or Site Manager to turn this feature on a
502. s on those neighboring networks Routers use the information in the RIP updates to keep their internal routing tables current For RIP the best path to a destination is the shortest path the path with the fewest hops RIP computes distance as a metric usually the number of hops or routers from the origin network to the target network 117356 D Rev 00 1 9 Configuring IP Services Open Shortest Path First OSPF Protocol The Open Shortest Path First OSPF protocol is an interior gateway protocol IGP intended for use in large networks Using a link state algorithm OSPF exchanges routing information between routers in an autonomous system Routers synchronize their topological databases Once the routers are synchronized and the routing tables are built the routers will flood topology information only in response to some topological change For OSPF the best path to a destination is the path that offers the least cost metric delay In OSPF cost metrics are configurable allowing you to specify preferred paths OSPF supports CIDR and can carry supernet advertisements within a routing domain Border Gateway Protocol BGP The Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an exterior gateway protocol used to exchange network reachability information with other BGP systems BGP routers form relationships with other BGP routers Using an entity called a BGP speaker BGP routers transmit and receive current routing information over a re
503. s the packet The router that originates the packet sets the TTL to a positive value Each router that receives the packet decrements the TTL counter by one A router that receives a packet with a TTL of zero discards the packet if the packet is not addressed to itself The TTL counter prevents packets from looping endlessly through the network By default IP sets the TTL field on each source packet that is each packet that it originates and transmits to 30 hops You can use the BCC or Site Manager to set the TTL value as required Using the BCC Navigate to the global IP prompt and enter time to live lt max_hops gt max_hops is the maximum number of hops the packet can traverse before an intermediate router discards it For example the following command sets the TTL value to 25 hops ip time to live 25 ip 117356 D Rev 00 4 11 Configuring IP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IP Global Parameters window opens 4 Set the Default TTL parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 45 5 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Allowing an All Zero or All One Subnet Addre
504. s you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 4 55 Configuring IP Services Defining a Static Route A static route is a manually configured route that specifies the transmission path a datagram must follow based on the datagram s destination address A static route specifies a transmission path to another network You configure a static route if you want to restrict datagrams to paths you specifically configure Static routes remain in IP routing tables until you remove them Note however that if the interface that was used to reach the next hop in the static route becomes disabled the static route disappears from the IP routing table You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify the following e The state active or inactive of the static route record in the IP routing tables e The IP address of the network to which you want to configure the static route e The subnet mask of the destination network e The number of router hops a datagram can traverse before reaching the destination IP address The IP router uses the cost value when determining the best route for a datagram to follow e The IP address of the next hop router e The subnet mask of the next hop router e A weighted value from 1 to 16 with 16 being the most preferred that the IP router uses to choose a route when its routing tables contain multiple routes to the same destination e The local router circuit associated with the stati
505. sable this peer relationship rather than delete it Or set it to Enable if you previously disabled this peer relationship and now want to reenable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 2 Min BGP Version Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 4 3 or 4 Specifies the minimum acceptable BGP version to run on this peer connection Specify BGP 3 or BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 8 Max BGP Version Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 4 3 or 4 Specifies the maximum acceptable BGP version to run on this peer connection Specify BGP 3 or BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 9 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Peer AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers None 1 to 65535 Identifies the autonomous system to which the BGP router at the remote end of this BGP peer connection belongs Either accept the current value or enter a new one 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 10 External Advertisement Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 5 seconds 1 to 2 147 483 647 Specifies the minimum number of seconds allowed between BGP updates for this peer connec
506. se Site Manager to specify a value between 120 and 480 seconds Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose EGP 4 Choose Neighbors The EGP menu opens The IP Interface List for EGP window opens Click on the IP interface for which you want to specify the neighbor s address The parameter values for that interface appear in the window Set the following parameters Hello Timer Poll Timer Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 26 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 Chapter 10 Configuring RIPSO on an IP Interface IP routers support the Department of Defense DoD Revised IP Security Option RIPSO as defined in RFC 1108 on a per interface basis While RIPSO RFC 1108 specifies both basic and extended security options the Bay Networks implementation supports only the basic option RIPSO is a feature that allows end systems and intermediate systems routers to add labels to or process security labels in IP datagrams that they transmit or receive on an IP network The labels specify security classifications for example Top Secret Confidential and Unclassified in descending order which can limit the d
507. sical addresses learned by means of ARP or Proxy ARP A host entry is timed out deleted if the IP router sends no traffic destined for that host within the specified timeout period Select Off to disable timeout on this interface the IP router does not time out address resolution cache entries Select one of the other options to enable timeout with a timeout interval equal to the value you select for example 120 seconds the IP router removes address resolution cache entries that have not been accessed within the specified number of seconds Once an entry is removed the IP router must use ARP to reacquire the physical level address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 15 117356 D Rev 00 A 33 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Upd Xsum On Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces On On Off Specifies whether UDP checksum processing is enabled on this interface Select On to enable UDP checksum processing for the interface all outgoing and incoming UDP datagrams are subject to checksumming You should select On in virtually all instances Select Off to disable UDP checksum processing and provide backward compatibility with UNIX BSD 4 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 16 MAC Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces
508. specify the base address and a prefix from 0 to 32 decimal to designate the range of addresses To add a global address range to the NAT Global Address Range List proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose NAT The NAT menu opens 4 Choose Dynamic The Local Global menu opens 5 Choose Global The NAT Global Address Range List window opens 6 Click on the ADD button Enter a global base address The NAT Global Address Range Add window opens 8 Enter a prefix that designates the address range 0 to 32 decimal 9 Click on OK The address range appears in the NAT Global Address Range List 12 22 117356 D Rev 00 Deleting a Global Address Range Configuring Network Address Translation To delete a global address range proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose NAT The NAT menu opens 4 Choose Dynamic The Local Global menu opens 5 Choose Global The NAT Global Address Range List window opens 6 Click on a global address range The global address range is highlighted 7 Click on the Delete button 8 Click on
509. ss By default for IP an address with a subnet portion of all zeros or all ones is an illegal address You can configure IP to allow an all zero and all one subnet address Enable this feature with caution however for it can result in an ambiguous address For example if an all zero subnet address and an all zero broadcast address are both valid the router cannot distinguish an all subnets broadcast from a directed broadcast for the zero subnet Using the BCC Navigate to the IP global prompt and enter all subnets enabled For example ip all subnets enabled ip Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IP Global Parameters window opens 4 Set the Zero Subnet Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 46 5 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 4 13 Configuring IP Services Estimating the Size of the Routing Table IP allows you to estimate how many networks and hosts require an entry in the IP routing table The router uses your estimate to preallocate memory for the routing table Preallocation of memory increases the speed with which IP software can learn routes because it removes the overhead caused by dynamic memory allocatio
510. ss has gone down IP uses the first available interface Use the alternate unnumbered address option to ensure that the unnumbered interface has a usable associated address on the router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 111 ATM ARP Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Client Client Server Specifies whether the router is running as an ATM client or server on this interface You must configure one ATMARP server for each logical IP subnet you define 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 112 ARP Server ATM Address Network Prefix Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces None XX000000000000000000000000 to XXPFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF where XX 39 45 or 47 Defines the ATM address network prefix of the ATMARP server on your network Enter the ATM address network prefix of the ATMARP server on your network A complete ATM address consists of a network prefix and a user part Use the ARP Server ATM Address User Part parameter to supply the user part of the ATM address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 113 117356 D Rev 00 A 41 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID ARP Server ATM Address User Part Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt
511. ssicccstnchascsessiecencernissnerssnieveedsemadsecece 12 19 Ageing a Local Address Range ceesisvsteid ivedee nites aasguccausiacaepvaeenniamaiiesd 12 19 Deleting a Local Address Range EA PEE raan er 12 20 Enabling or Disabling a Local Address mange E E P E 12 21 Configuring Dynamic Global Address Ranges 2 cccccceccceeceeeeceeeeceeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaes 12 22 Adding a Global Address Range gosia PT obeki T ee T A 12 22 Delsing a Global Address Range sorsiiuininisiaiie an 12 23 Enabling or Disabling a Global Address Range cccccssscceeesssteeeeseesseeeeseeaas 12 24 Configuring N to 1 Address Translatigii cscs cestsecincitaeeaccetivenncatusnesoccesineecunndenetenseans 12 25 Chapter 13 Generic Routing Encapsulation Tunnel GRE Overview aeee Sheets ee nunn E o paiia uA ry e How GRE Tunneling Works PE pastas E E EAE aS AA T ala acaba a pte E E pea 13 2 Avoiding THT Misconfiguration tconsssssicaersswonmeeusomeie ures uueietna whims 13 3 xiv 117356 D Rev 00 POOR FG ssid oataniatna eer shtorn aes aoa arene eR EE ote eM oAN 13 4 ere PAN cc ses anase PT O E E O P A T E T 13 5 Slate OUTS cioara R E 13 5 Configuring a Generic Routing Encapsulation Tunnel eesseseesseeseessesseessressrsesresree 13 6 Adding and Deleting Protocols for GRE Tunnels mone meine TE 13 6 Adding a Protocolo a GRE TUNNEL simieca eaii 13 7 D leting a Protocol from GRE TUNNEL srssssuiassuirnscnni nisin ainaani ians 13 8 Conf
512. ssumes that the area you define is not a stub area If the area is a stub navigate to the prompt for the area and enter non stub false By default a border router that injects a default route into a stub area assigns a cost metric of 1 to that default route To specify a different cost metric enter stub metric lt cost gt cost is an integer By default a border router injects network summaries into an attached stub area To disable this function enter import summaries false Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Areas The OSPF Areas window opens 5 Click on the area you want The parameter values for that area appear in the OSPF Areas window 6 Set the following parameters Import AS Extern e Stub Default Metric Import Summaries Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 86 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 7 53 Configuring IP Services Configuring an Area Border Router Each area is connected to the backbone by one or more border routers In Figure 7 1 on page 7 5 for example R3 is a border router connecting area 0 0 0 1 to the backbone A border router can have
513. st packets on this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 30 Opaque On Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces On On Off Controls whether or not OPAQUE LSAs are to be flooded out this interface If you have enabled the MOSPF opaque capability globally you can turn it on and off on this interface as required 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 31 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters MTU Mismatch Detect Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces Enabled Enabled Disabled Controls the interpretation of the MTU field in the database description packet header According to RFC 2178 the MTU indicates the largest size IP packet that an OSPF interface can receive If the MTU is greater than that which the interface can receive the packet is ignored and an adjacency is not formed In RFC 1583 this field does not exist The value enabled denotes RFC2178 processing of the MTU field The value disabled denotes RFC 1583 processing 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 34 Neighbor Parameters for an NBMA Interface Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Neighbor s IP Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces gt Neighbors gt Add None IP address of neighbor Indicates by IP address a nonbroa
514. t Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Next Hop Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes 0 0 0 0 Any valid subnet mask address Specifies the subnet mask of the next hop router The parameter also defines a black hole route for a supernet Enter the subnet mask in dotted decimal notation To configure a black hole static route enter 255 255 255 255 If you are configuring a static route to an unnumbered interface enter 0 0 0 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 7 Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes 16 1 to 16 Specifies a weighted value from 1 to 16 with 16 being the most preferred that the IP router uses to select a route when its routing tables contain multiple routes to the same destination Enter a value from 1 to 16 for this static route To configure a black hole static route enter the maximum preference value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 8 Unnumbered CCT Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes None A valid circuit name Specifies the local router circuit associated with the static route over an unnumbered interface An entry for a route using an unnumbered interface must include the circuit associated with the interface Use this parameter to specify that circuit name 1 3 6 1 4 1 18
515. t By default BGP considers all slots with IP interfaces to be eligible slots You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a slot for the BGP soloist Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP prompt and enter slot mask lt s ot gt slotis one of the values listed in Table 8 4 Table 8 4 Slot Mask Parameter Values Value Meaning all slots default BGP runs on all slots BGP is not a soloist 1 to 14 BGP is a soloist running on the specified slot For example the following command causes BGP to run as a soloist on slot 5 bgp slot mask 5 bgp 8 24 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing BGP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the BGP Soloist Slots parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 7 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 8 25 Configuring IP Services Associating a Route Reflector with a Cluster ID In an AS with multiple clusters of route reflectors you assign a cluster ID to each cluster and associate each route reflector with a cluster For information about the IBGP route re
516. t IP gt GRE gt Remote Conn None IP interface address Identifies the IP address of the remote tunnel interface Enter the appropriate IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 Remote Logical IPX Address hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt GRE gt Remote Conn None Valid host ID of the adjacent host Specifies the host ID of the adjacent host Enter the appropriate host ID up to 12 hexadecimal characters Not applicable 117356 D Rev 00 A 105 Appendix B Routing Policies Topic Page Accept Policies Common Accept Policy Parameters B 2 RIP Specific Accept Policy Parameters B 8 OSPF Specific Accept Policy Parameters B 9 EGP Specific Accept Policy Parameters B 10 BGP 3 Specific Accept Policy Parameters B 12 BGP 4 Specific Accept Policy Parameters B 16 Announce Policies Common Announce Policy Parameters B 25 RIP Specific Announce Policy Parameters B 43 OSPF Specific Announce Policy Parameters B 44 EGP Specific Announce Policy Parameters B 46 BGP 3 Specific Announce Policy Parameters B 48 BGP 4 Specific Announce Policy Parameters B 52 117356 D Rev 00 B 1 Configuring IP Services Common Accept Policy Parameters Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters
517. t Policies gt Route Flap 2000 1 to 20000 Specifies the maximum threshold for the route penalty value If the penalty value rises above the value for this parameter BGP suppresses the route The router increments the penalty value by 1000 for each withdrawal and increments it by 500 for each reachable announcement Enter a number for the cutoff penalty value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 8 1 4 117356 D Rev 00 B 21 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Reuse Threshold Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies gt Route Flap 750 1 to 20000 Specifies the minimum threshold for the route penalty value If the penalty value falls below the value you enter for this parameter BGP no longer suppresses the route The penalty value decreases over time based on the values you set for the Reachable Decay and Unreachable Decay parameters Enter a number for the reuse penalty value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 8 1 5 Reachable Decay Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies gt Route Flap 5 1 to 45 minutes Specifies the amount of time in minutes before BGP decrements the penalty value of a reachable route by half BGP uses a half life decay algorithm to decrement
518. t 3 4 gt RR client 4 Autonomous system Key lt lt Peer to peer session BOP route advertisement IP0065A Figure 8 5 IBGP Single Route Reflector Topology You configure an IBGP speaker as a route reflector by establishing a peer to peer session with an RR client You can do this with the BCC or Site Manager 117356 D Rev 00 8 89 Configuring IP Services Using the BCC Navigate to the global BGP prompt and enter peer local lt reflector_address gt remote lt client_address gt as lt as_number gt reflector_address is the IP address of the local route reflector client_address is the IP address of the remote RR client as_number is an integer identifying the AS in which the remote client is located Because the reflector and the client are located in the same AS BGP recognizes that this is an IBGP session For complete information see Establishing a Peer to Peer Session on page 8 34 When the session specific prompt appears enter the following command to specify that the remote client is an internal peer that is located in the same cluster peer mode reflector internal For example the following command sequence defines a peer to peer session between the route reflector represented by IP address 2 2 2 2 and an RR client represented by IP address 2 2 2 3 ip bgp bgp peer local 2 2 2 2 remote 2 2 2 3 as 2 peer
519. t EGP Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Local Autonomous System ID parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 23 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 9 7 Configuring IP Services Configuring a Neighbor You define a neighbor to neighbor relationship by setting EGP neighbor parameters as described under the following topics Topic Page Specifying the Neighbor s Address 9 9 Specifying the Gateway Mode 9 10 Enabling and Disabling the Neighbor Relationship 9 11 Choosing the Acquisition Mode 9 12 Choosing the Poll Mode 9 13 Setting Neighbor Timers 9 14 9 8 117356 D Rev 00 Specifying the Neighbor s Address Customizing EGP Services You define the neighbor to neighbor relationship by specifying the IP address of the router that is to be the remote neighbor You can use Site Manager to supply the address of the remote neighbor Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose EGP The EGP menu opens 4 Choose Neighbors The IP Interface List for EGP window opens 5 Click on the IP interface for which you The parameter values for that interface want to specify the neighbor s address appear in the win
520. t Forwarding Mode c ccesceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Configuring Bridging on a Router in Not Forwarding Mode T a a 4 8 Setting the Time to Live Value on a Source Packet cccccsccccesesteeeeessssteeeeessnaes 4 11 Allowing an All Zero or All One Subnet Address ccccecceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 13 Estimating the Size of the Routing Table sssrinin 4 14 Using a Default Route for an Unknown Subnet ssssssssssessssssreesnessnessnnssnsssnessses 4 15 Specifying the Maximum Number of IP Policies PE R PPE 4 16 Disabling and Reenabling Route Filter Support ecceeeeeee eects eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeee 4 17 Enabling EguakGost Multipath SUPOTE sionecccssaiisosnccedearensiawscsscarisaideuaniebamenard 4 18 Configuring Equal Cost Multipath for RIP and OSPF eee P araa 4 20 Enabling and Disabling ECMP Support for IBGP sssseseeeesreseerresrrereeren 4 22 Enabling ISP Mode on the ROuU ET ccciicscessciisconetiieeexcouiiseinaderiecerieriveesuntiveeriuus 4 22 Customizing the IP Routing Table StruUCtUrE ccc iciscicscdecessccetoleeccacecsneisdeuaentevasincnnse 4 24 Specifying the Percentage of Buffers Available to ARP ccccccssseceeeessteeeeeeaes 4 25 Customizing an IP Interface T E A rer ests orai O 4 26 Navigating the BCC to an IP Interface Prompt 0 c cccceeceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeee 4 29 Opening the Site Manager Window for IP Interface Par
521. t ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters MAC Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts None Depend on the data link you have selected Specifies the physical address of the adjacent host This value can be a 48 bit Ethernet address a 64 bit SMDS address an ATM PVC VPI VCI address or for an ATM SVC the address of the ATM interface Enter the MAC address as a 12 digit hexadecimal number Enter an ATM PVC address in the form virtual path identifier virtual channel identifier for example 0 32 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 6 Host Encapsulation Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts Ethernet Ethernet SNAP PDN DDN SNAPIP NULL Specifies the adjacent host s encapsulation method Select Ethernet or SNAP Service Network Access Point if you are defining a point to point network interface or if the adjacent host resides on an Ethernet For an X 25 interface select PDN or DDN For an adjacent host on an ATM logical IP subnet select SNAP SNAPIP and NULL also specify host encapsulation methods for ATM networks 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 7 Adjacent Host X 121 Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts None Any valid X 121 address Specifies the X 121 address of the adj
522. t Timer parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 95 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 6 25 Configuring IP Services Specifying a Holddown Period Once RIP has determined that a network is unreachable RIP continues to advertise a route to that network for a default holddown period of 90 seconds If you have enabled dial optimized routing on this interface the default is 3 hours You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a holddown period between 15 seconds and 259 200 seconds 72 hours For dial optimized routing the maximum value is 3 628 800 seconds 6 weeks Using the BCC Navigate to a RIP interface specific prompt and enter holddown timer lt seconds gt seconds is the holddown period expressed in seconds For example the following command sets the holddown timer to 60 seconds on IP interface 2 2 2 2 rip 2 2 2 2 holddown timer 60 rip 2 2 2 2 6 26 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing RIP Services Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Configuration window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want to The parame
523. t to use in sending advertisements You should use multicast the default broadcast type wherever possible that is on any link where all listening hosts support IP multicast Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Router Discovery The IP Router Discovery window opens 4 Set the Broadcast Type parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 67 5 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 4 64 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Specifying a Minimum Time Interval Between Advertisements You can use Site Manager to specify the minimum number of seconds between advertisements Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP 3 Choose Router Discovery The IP menu opens The IP Router Discovery window opens 4 Set the Minimum Interval parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 67 5 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Specifying a Maximum Time Interval Between Advertisements You can use Site Manager to specify the ma
524. tate enabled area 0 0 0 1 authentication type broadcast priority 1 transit delay 1 retransmission interval 5 hello interval 10 dead interval 40 poll interval 120 metric 1 mtu 1 ospf 2 2 2 2 7 26 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Opening the Site Manager Window for OSPF Interfaces Use the following Site Manager procedure to open the OSPF Interfaces window and choose the OSPF interface whose parameter values you want to display Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The OSPF Interfaces window opens 5 Click on the OSPF interface you want to The parameter values for that interface enable appear in the OSPF Interfaces window 117356 D Rev 00 7 27 Configuring IP Services Enabling and Disabling OSPF When you add OSPF to an IP interface OSPF is automatically enabled on that interface The interface will be advertised as an internal route In addition the interface can be used to form a neighbor relationship You can use the BCC or Site Manager to disable and reenable OSPF on an interface Using the BCC Navigate to an OSPF interface specific prompt and enter state lt state gt state is one of the following enabled default disabled Using Site Manager Site Manager
525. tch Criterion for BGP Announce Policies continued Criterion Values Function network List of IP Specifies which networks will match this policy addresses Each identifier consists of a network number a mask and a flag to indicate whether the ID refers to a specific network or a range of networks Enter a specific encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match the default route Enter a range encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match any route Enter an empty list to match any route ospf router id List of IP Specifies the IDs of one or more OSPF routers addresses This policy applies to OSPF advertisements authored by a router on this list and applies only to OSPF sourced routes and if OSPF is included as a route source ospf tag List of OSPF ASE Specifies tag values that could be present in an tag values OSPF ASE advertisement This policy applies to OSPF ASE advertisements that contain tag values in this list and applies only to OSPF sourced ASE routes and if OSPF is included as a route source outbound interface List of IP Specifies a list of outbound RIP interfaces If an addresses interface appears in this list the policy applies to RIP advertisements sent via that interface rip gateway List of IP Specifies the addresses of one or more routers addresses that could send RIP updates to this router This policy applies to RIP advertisements from routers on this list and applies only to RIP sourced routes and if RIP is included as a route s
526. tch bgp accept pol_l To supply matching criteria for an accept policy enter lt match_parameter gt lt value gt match_parameter value is one of the parameter value pairs described in Table 8 10 Table 8 10 BCC Matching Parameters for BGP Accept Policies Parameter Values Function as path pattern Null or an AS path Specifies an AS path that overrides the AS path attribute of a route matching this policy origin Any default Specifies the values of the BGP origin path IGP attribute that apply to this policy EGP IGP or EGP Incomplete Incomplete or IGP Incomplete or EGP aggregator as AS number Specifies an autonomous system This policy applies to BGP advertisements that contain in their aggregator path attribute this AS number continued 8 70 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Table 8 10 BCC Matching Parameters for BGP Accept Policies continued Parameter Values Function aggregator router IP address Specifies a BGP router This policy applies to BGP advertisements that contain in their Aggregator path attribute this IP address as AS number Specifies an AS This policy applies to BGP advertisements from the peer in this AS community BGP community Specifies a BGP community This policy applies to all BGP advertisements that match the community network IP address Specifies a network ID to be included in the routing table in place of the networ
527. template to an existing BGP accept policy complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Policy Filters The Policy Filters menu opens 4 Choose BGP 4 The BGP 4 menu opens 5 Choose Accept Policies The BGP4 Accept Policy Filters window opens 6 Click on the accept policy to which you The BGP4 Accept Policy Filters window want to apply route flap dampening opens 7 Set the following parameters BGP Route Flap Dampening BGP Route Flap Dampening Template Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page B 20 8 Click on Done You return to the BGP4 Accept Policy Filters window 8 116 117356 D Rev 00 Chapter 9 Customizing EGP Services This chapter explains how to configure the Exterior Gateway Protocol EGP Topic Page EGP Concepts and Terminology 9 2 Customizing EGP on the Router 9 6 Configuring a Neighbor 9 8 117356 D Rev 00 9 1 Configuring IP Services EGP Concepts and Terminology EGP 2 is an exterior gateway protocol used to exchange network reachability information between routers in different autonomous systems In each AS routers share routing information using one or more interior gateway protocols for example RIP or OSPF The routers that serv
528. ter will send the message to all OSPF designated routers Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 5 Set the following parameters FRM Broadcast FRM Cast 1 DLCI FRM Cast 2 DLCI Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 37 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 4 48 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Specifying the Maximum Size of the Forwarding Table To minimize the amount of time it spends looking up routes IP creates and maintains a cache of frequently used routes called a forwarding table or cache for each IP interface A forwarding table is a first in first out FIFO buffer When a datagram arrives on an IP interface for forwarding IP searches the forwarding table associated with the interface for the destination network If the search is successful IP dispatches the datagram to the interface noted in the table entry If the search is unsuccessful IP consults the routing table to get the same information dispatch
529. ter on each AN is set to 0 When the spokes of the topology the AN routers are computing routes through the other spokes the next hop is forced to be the hub the BCN router The hub can then forward the packet to the correct spoke Running OSPF with point to multipoint network interfaces addresses two problems how to minimize the number of subnets and the number of interfaces required to support communications within the star topology With point to multipoint interfaces each star topology requires only one subnet rather than one subnet for each PVC Also the hub needs to support only one interface for each star rather than one interface for each PVC reducing the demand for resources on the router The Bay Networks proprietary point to multipoint solution is intended for routers running OSPF in star frame relay topologies Figure 7 4 for example shows a point to multipoint topology in which four AN routers are connected by frame relay links to a BCN router The AN routers are the spokes of the topology and the BCN router is the hub All of the routers are running OSPF The BCN router is connected to the frame relay network over a PVC in group mode The AN routers are connected over PVCs in direct or group mode For details on frame relay see Configuring Frame Relay Services 7 32 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Group mode PVC Frame relay Group mode or direct mode PVC
530. ter values for that interface enable appear in the IP RIP Interface Configuration window 6 Set the Holddown Timer parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 96 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 6 27 Configuring IP Services Specifying a Stabilization Time The stabilization time is the period that RIP allows itself to learn all routes from its neighbors before sending full updates By default RIP uses a stabilization time of 120 seconds You can use Site Manager specify a stabilization time for this interface Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Configuration window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want to enable The parameter values for that interface appear in the IP RIP Interface Configuration window 6 Set the Initial Stabilization Timer parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 98 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 6 28 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing RIP Services Configuring RIP Accept and Announce Policies RIP
531. terface 2 as the next hop 117356 D Rev 00 8 107 Configuring IP Services 3 BGP submits a BGP route to destination_3 and specifies interface 1 as the next hop If you configure EBGP for traffic balancing BGP submits multiple BGP routes one for each static ECMP route in the following manner 1 BGP submits two routes to destination_1 One route specifies interface 1 the second route specifies interface 2 2 BGP submits two IP routes to destination_2 One route specifies interface 1 the second route specifies interface 2 3 BGP submits two IP routes to destination_3 One route specifies interface 1 the second route specifies interface 2 You can use the BCC or Site Manager to configure EBGP for ECMP route balancing and traffic load balancing Using the BCC Navigate to the BGP global prompt and enter ebgp ecmp method lt methoad gt method is one of the values shown in Table 8 16 Table 8 16 EBGP ECMP Methods Method route balance Meaning BGP submits one BGP route to the IP routing table for each BGP destination using in turn round robin the available ECMP routes to the next hop traffic balance BGP submits multiple routes to IP using all known IGP ECMP IP next hops 8 108 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP For example the following sequence of BCC commands 1 Configures an IP circuitless interface 201 1 1 1 on the local router s virtu
532. terface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window 5 Set the following parameters ATM ARP Mode ARP Server ATM Address Network Prefix ARP Server ATM Address User Part e Registration Refresh Interval Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 41 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 4 52 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Configuring an Adjacent Host Address An adjacent host is a device on a locally attached network This device may or may not be a router You must configure a MAC address for each adjacent host that does not implement ARP Also if a local network does implement ARP you may want to configure a MAC address for an adjacent host to preempt the ARP process You can use the BCC or Site Manager to configure an adjacent host Using the BCC To associate the IP address of an adjacent host with its physical address navigate to the global IP prompt and enter one of the following adjacent host ip address lt ip_address gt mac address lt physical_address gt adjacent host ip address lt ijp_address gt vpi vci lt physical_address gt adjacent host ip address lt p_address gt nsap lt physical_address gt adjacent host ip address lt ip_address gt dlci lt physical_address gt adjacent host ip address lt p_address gt
533. terminator oran T PEET dianian airan T aaae 9 3 Table 11 1 BFE X 25 Packet Level Parameter Settings ccccsseeeseeeeseeeeenes 11 6 Table 11 2 BFE X 25 Network Service Record Parameter Settings 008 11 8 Table 12 1 Default Values for NAT Global Attributes 0 0 0 ceceecsneeeeeesneeeeeeeenaees 12 8 Table 122 Log Mesage pos scrcccsnanneinonienninsnaiss tend Table E 1 Internal Backbone Router 1 ere ree anoei eee Perr r TA E 3 Table E 2 Area Border ROUIET 2 vus srioniei naaar a E 4 Table E 3 Area Border OU g voios aeaa E 5 Table E 4 Area Border Router 4 Seni POT PRE pohone nai P eni E 6 Table E 5 internal Backbone Router 5 cccissciecssevienasncsvenserssnansias ssmie dees aaa E 7 Table E 6 AS Boundary ROUGE O aose inanni niona a NAR E 7 117356 D Rev 00 Preface This guide describes IP services and what you do to start and customize IP services on a Bay Networks router You can use the Bay Command Console BCC or Site Manager to configure IP services on a router In this guide you will find instructions for using both the BCC and Site Manager Before You Begin Before using this guide you must complete the following procedures For a new router e Install the router see the installation guide that came with your router e Connect the router to the network and create a pilot configuration file see Quick Starting Routers Configuring BayStack Remote Access or Connecting
534. th segment includes a path segment type a path segment length specifying the number of ASs in the segment and a path segment value containing one or more AS numbers There are two AS path segment types type 1 an unordered set of ASs that a route in the UPDATE message has traversed and type 2 an ordered set of ASs that a route in the UPDATE message has traversed 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 27 Local Preference Override Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies Local Pref Override False False True Indicates whether or not you are supplying an override value for the Local Preference path attribute in the routing Update message The Local Pref attribute is valid only in an Update advertised to an IBGP peer If you select False the router uses the IP route weight value to calculate the LOCAL_PREF path attribute To override the Local Preference attribute select True and supply a value for the Local Preference Value parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 28 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Local Preference Value Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policie
535. that interface For unnumbered links using RIP V1 the defined associated addresses at each end of the link must belong to the same network and have the same mask for routes to be exchanged correctly If a subnetwork on the router has the same mask as the associated address RIP V1 will advertise that subnet over the unnumbered interface If the mask on the subnetwork is different from the mask of the associated address RIP V1 advertises only the natural network of the subnet Bay Networks recommends that you select RIP2 mode for unnumbered interfaces With RIP2 RIP updates contain both the route and mask information 117356 D Rev 00 3 19 Configuring IP Services Because all traffic over an unnumbered interface uses broadcast addressing at the link layer neither an adjacent host specification nor address resolution is required Note BGP peers NetBIOS and BootP cannot be configured directly on an unnumbered interface For information about using Site Manager to configure a BGP peer to peer session on routers connected through unnumbered interfaces see Configuring Peers over an Unnumbered Point to Point Link on page 8 59 To route NetBIOS packets over an unnumbered interface you must configure a static entry to the name server To run BootP over unnumbered interfaces you must select a preferred BootP server For instructions see Configuring SNMP BootP DHCP and RARP Services As it does with routes lea
536. that interface Hosts discover the addresses of their neighboring routers by listening for these advertisements Hosts will use the router with the highest preference level as a gateway By default Router Discovery is enabled on each IP interface You can use the BCC or Site Manager to choose the operating characteristics of Router Discovery on the interface as described under the following topics Topic Page Enabling and Disabling Router Discovery 4 64 Choosing a Broadcast Type 4 64 Specifying a Minimum Time Interval Between Advertisements 4 65 Specifying a Maximum Time Interval Between Advertisements 4 65 Configuring the Lifetime of Advertised Addresses 4 66 Specifying Interface Preference 4 66 117356 D Rev 00 4 63 Configuring IP Services Enabling and Disabling Router Discovery You can use Site Manager to enable and disable Router Discovery on an interface Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Router Discovery The IP Router Discovery window opens 4 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 67 5 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Choosing a Broadcast Type You can use Site Manager to specify the type of broadcas
537. the configured message size the actual message size can exceed the configured value Using the BCC Navigate to a BGP peer specific prompt and enter max update size lt bytes gt bytes is an integer indicating the maximum size of updates that BGP sends on this peer session For example the following command specifies a maximum size of 950 bytes for updates sent on the peer session established between interfaces 2 2 2 2 and 2 2 2 5 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 max update size 950 peer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 8 50 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose Peers The IP Interface List for BGP window opens 5 Click on the IP interface for which you want to edit BGP peer parameters 6 Click on BGP Peers The BGP Peer List window opens 7 Click on the peer for which you want to edit The parameters for that peer appear in parameters the window 8 Set the Peer Max Update Size parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 15 9 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the IP Interface List for BGP window 117356 D Rev 00 8 51 Configuring IP Services Setting the Route Echo Switch The peer
538. the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols Choose IP The Protocols menu opens The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interfaces window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interfaces window 5 Set the following parameters Must Out Authority May Out Authority Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 61 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 10 11 Configuring IP Services Choosing Authority Flags in Inbound Datagrams Use Site Manager to specify which authority flags must be set and which authority flags may be set in the protection authority field of all inbound datagrams Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interfaces window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interfaces window 5 Set the following parameters Must In Authority May In Authority Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 62 6 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configura
539. the Max Timeout parameter 12 14 configuring the soloist slot mask 12 10 customizing global attributes 12 8 deleting from an interface 3 15 disabling the mapping entry timeout 12 13 disabling the max entry timeout 12 14 dynamic address translation 12 9 dynamic global address ranges 12 22 dynamic local address ranges 12 19 Enable A 101 Enable global mapping parameter A 103 Enable local address mapping parameter A 102 Enable parameter A 99 Enable static address mapping parameter A 101 enabling on an interface 12 9 enabling the mapping entry timeout 12 13 enabling the max timeout 12 14 global default values 12 8 local address 12 17 Mapping Entry Timeout parameter 12 9 12 13 Max Timeout parameter 12 9 12 14 N to 1 translation 12 25 Soloist Slot Mask parameter A 99 specifying 12 12 starting 3 14 static address mapping 12 17 static address translation 12 9 NAT Enable parameter A 99 NAT enabling and disabling A 99 Index 8 negotiating the BGP version 8 39 Neighbor s IP Address parameter 7 46 A 83 Next Hop Addr parameter 4 61 A 52 Next Hop Interface Addr parameter 4 55 A 54 Next Hop Mask parameter 4 61 A 53 Nonlocal ARP Destination parameter 5 5 A 45 Nonlocal ARP Source parameter 5 5 A 44 non stub command 7 53 O Opaque Capability parameter A 74 Opaque On parameter A 82 A 83 OSPF area creating 7 47 enabling and disabling 7 48 area ID 7 29 area definition 7 5 backbon
540. the interface Select ARPPROBE to enable both ARP and HP Probe 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 13 A 32 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Proxy Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Off On Off Specifies whether this interface uses Proxy ARP to respond to ARPs for a remote network Select On to enable Proxy ARP on this interface In order to enable Proxy ARP you must have set the ARP parameter to Enable for this interface When you enable Proxy ARP the IP router assumes responsibility for IP datagrams destined for the remote network To enable Proxy ARP for subnets reachable via a default route also set the Enable Default Route for Subnets parameter to Enable To enable Proxy ARP for remote destinations on other networks set the Nonlocal ARP Destination parameter to Accept Select Off to disable Proxy ARP on this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 14 Host Cache Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Off Off 120 180 240 300 600 900 1200 seconds Specifies whether the IP router times out entries in the address resolution cache for this interface and specifies the timeout interval in seconds if the interface does time out entries The address resolution cache contains host phy
541. the new route In the event that the routing table contains multiple equal cost best routes IP discards all of these routes e IP determines that the new route and the current route have the same cost IP adds the new route to the routing table up to a maximum number that you specify If the routing table already contains the maximum number of equal cost routes from RIP or OSPF IP discards the route You can use the BCC and Site Manager to specify the number of equal cost routes up to five that IP can store in the routing table for RIP and OSPF 4 20 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Using the BCC To specify the maximum number of equal cost paths for RIP navigate to the IP global prompt and enter rip max paths lt max_number gt max_number is an integer from 1 the default to 5 To specify the maximum number of equal cost paths for OSPF navigate to the IP global prompt and enter ospf max paths lt max_number gt max_number is an integer from 1 the default to 5 For example the following command sequence enables round robin ECMP routing and allows up to five distribution paths for RIP and OSPF ip ecmp method roundRobin ip rip max paths 5 ip ospf max paths 5 ip Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit
542. this route as described in RFC 1364 BGP OSPF Interaction Set to Enable if you are running BGP 3 as your exterior gateway protocol 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 9 BGP 3 Import Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP network address Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies Enter the appropriate network address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 3 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Import Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Depends on the address class of the network address Specifies the range of addresses upon which this filter acts For example consider Class B Network 172 32 0 0 which allocates the upper 8 bits of the host identification field to the Subnet ID and the final 8 bits to the Host ID The address mask directs the filtering process to a specific portion of the IP address In other words any IP address that matches the masked portion of 172 32 0 0 is subject to filtering If you enter 255 255 0 0 for this parameter only the Net I
543. tifies the source of the routing information direct connection static route or RIP EGP OSPF or BGP 3 derived route Select the appropriate option 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 5 C 24 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Export Peer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Specifies the IP address of the interface on the remote side of this EGP peer connection This filter will apply to updates from this router The default value 0 0 0 0 means any router Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation The address must be on the same subnet as a local interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 7 Export OSPF Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters None Type 1 Type 2 Internal Specifies the type of routes to which this filter applies If you specify Type 1 then only AS external type 1 routes are filtered If you specify type 2 then only AS external type 2 routes are filtered Note that this parameter is used only if the Export From Protocol parameter is set to OSPF Depending on the type of routes you want to filter select Type 1 Type 2 or Internal 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 8 117
544. tihomed ASs usually do not use IBGP intra AS routing 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 8 A 4 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters BGP From Protocols Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global BGP BGP All Controls if intra AS routing is enabled the types of routes that BGP advertises in any IBGP sessions Select BGP to propagate only advertised routes learned from external BGP peers Select All to propagate routes learned from all route sources excluding IBGP and OSPF interarea and intra area routes which are never advertised with IBGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 9 BGP Interval Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global 5 seconds 1 to 2 147 483 647 Specifies the minimum time interval in seconds between injections of external BGP routes into the IP routing table Accept the default or enter a nonzero value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 10 117356 D Rev 00 A 5 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID BGP Collision Detect Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global Enable Enable Disable S
545. time in seconds For example the following command specifies 5 seconds as the OSPF holddown time ospf holddown 5 ospf Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Global The Edit OSPF Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Hold Down Timer parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 71 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 7 21 Configuring IP Services Configuring Message Logging OSPF maintains a primary and backup log for OSPF messages By default OSPF logs the following messages in the primary log e Trace e Info e Debug e INTF State e NBR State e BadLs By default OSPF logs no messages in the backup log You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify the messages that OSPF writes to the primary and backup log OSPF can log any or all of the messages shown in Table 7 1 Table 7 1 OSPF Log Messages Message Example Trace Designated Router changed on network x x Xx X X X X X gt X X X X Info OSPF enabled OSPF debug OSPF couldn t get a buffer dying INTF state Interface x x x x up on Circuit x NBR state T2 Neighbor x x x x
546. tion Either accept the current value or enter a value greater than 0 seconds The external advertisement interval controls how often the IP routing table is examined for changes BGP update messages for routes that originate outside this AS will be issued no faster than the number of seconds you specify with this parameter Connect Retry Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 120 seconds 0 to 2 147 483 647 Specifies the maximum number of seconds allowed between TCP connection attempts for this peer connection Either accept the current value or set this parameter to some other value A value of 0 indicates that no active attempt to establish a BGP connection to the peer is to be done Incoming calls from the peers will be accepted 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 12 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Holdtime Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 90 seconds 0 or any decimal number greater than 2 Specifies the holdtime that will be inserted into an open message Upon receipt of the peer s open message the lesser of the two holdtimes will be used this must be at least 3 seconds There are two exceptions If one peer sends a zero holdtime then the nonzero holdtime is used If both peers send z
547. tion window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the IP RIP Interface Configuration window 6 Set the Default Route Listen parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 94 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 6 21 Configuring IP Services Configuring a RIP Interface for Dial Optimized Routing Dial optimized routing is a method of reducing costs on dialed lines Under dial optimized routing RIP exchanges routing information on the interface only when the router or a peer has activated the connection for a data transmission RIP does not initiate a connection on a dialed line solely for the purpose of issuing a routing update For information about enabling dial optimized routing see Configuring Dial Services Once you have enabled dial optimized routing you can use Site Manager to set RIP timers to control the way RIP generates updates on interfaces to dialed lines For information on setting timers for dial optimized routing see the next section Setting RIP Timers on an Interface Setting RIP Timers on an Interface Configurable timers determine the way RIP manages route information on an interface Setting these timers allows you to specify the following e The frequency at which RIP broadcasts full RIP updates on the inte
548. tion on page A 95 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 6 23 Configuring IP Services Specifying a Timeout Period By default RIP waits 90 seconds for an update from a network before it considers that network to be unreachable If you have enabled dial optimized routing on this interface the default is 3 hours You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a timeout period between 15 seconds and 259 200 seconds 72 hours For dial optimized routing the maximum value is 3 628 800 seconds 6 weeks Using the BCC Navigate to a RIP interface specific prompt and enter timeout timer lt seconds gt seconds is the timeout interval in seconds For example the following command sets the RIP timeout timer to 120 seconds on IP interface 2 2 2 2 rip 2 2 2 2 timeout timer 120 rip 2 2 2 2 6 24 117356 D Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing RIP Services Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Configuration window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want to The parameter values for that interface enable appear in the IP RIP Interface Configuration window 6 Set the Timeou
549. tion Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies 1 1 to 16 Assigns a metric value the higher the number the greater the preference to a route that the protocol forwards to the routing table manager If confronted with multiple routes to the same destination the routing table manager may need to use this value to decide which route to insert Either accept the default value 1 or enter a new value Routes for all networks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 should have the lowest preference and routes for the most specific networks longest address and mask should have the highest preference RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 7 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 7 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 7 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 7 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 7 B 6 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Rule Precedence Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Acce
550. tion Manager window 10 12 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring RIPSO on an IP Interface Supplying Implicit Labels for Unlabeled Inbound Datagrams Use Site Manager to specify whether the router should supply implicit labels to unlabeled inbound datagrams received by an interface The router uses the Implicit Authority and Implicit Level fields to create an implicit label By default implicit labeling is enabled Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interfaces window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interfaces window Set the following parameters Implicit Label Implicit Authority Implicit Level Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page A 63 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 10 13 Configuring IP Services Enabling and Disabling Default Labels for Unlabeled Outbound Datagrams Use Site Manager to specify whether you want the router to supply a default label to unlabeled outbound datagrams originated or forwarded out this interface The router uses the Default Authority and Default Lev
551. tion Mask 128 10 4 5 255 255 255 252 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 1 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Point to point 117356 D Rev 00 E 5 Configuring IP Services Table E 4 Area Border Router 4 Site Manager Window Parameter Setting Interface F31 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 2 4 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 248 OSPF Global Rtr ID 128 10 2 4 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 0 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast Interface S21 WAN Protocol Frame relay IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 6 4 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 248 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 2 OSPF Area AS External No area 0 0 0 2 is a stub OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Point to multipoint standard Note Router 4 must be the designated router for the frame relay network within the cloud To ensure this set the Router Priority parameter on the OSPF frame relay interfaces for router V and router W to zero The broadcast type should be set to Point to multipoint standard In addition router V and router W must have IP adjacent host entries configured for each other E 6 117356 D Rev 00 Table E 5 Internal Backbone Router 5 IP OSPF Configuration Site Manager Window Parameter Setting Interface F31 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 2 5 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 248 OSPF Global Rtr ID 128 10 2 5 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 0 OSPF Interface Broadcast Typ
552. tion of the packet can occur due to extra bytes introduced by encapsulation e Troubleshooting the physical link when problems occur is difficult How GRE Tunneling Works You configure a GRE tunnel manually assigning it a unique name The source address is the IP address of an interface on the router on which you are configuring the GRE tunnel and the destination address is the IP address of an interface on the router where the tunnel terminates The GRE tunnel can use any IP interface configured on the router as a physical end point To maximize the robustness of the tunnel use a circuitless IP address as a tunnel s physical end point whenever possible see Using the Circuitless IP Interface on page 3 16 The following steps explain how GRE tunneling takes place refer to Figure 13 1 1 The router interface on router 1 receives a packet from host 1 looks up the packet s destination address in its routing table and determines that the next hop to the destination address is the remote end of a GRE tunnel The router interface places the packet in the queue of the tunnel interface for GRE encapsulation 2 The tunnel interface router 1 adds a GRE header to the packet and sends the packet to IP 3 IP looks up the route to the remote tunnel end point and sends the GRE encapsulated packet to the appropriate next hop address 4 The remote tunnel interface on router 2 removes the outer IP header and the GRE header 5 T
553. to any outbound interface EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 23 EGP Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies 0 0 or an export metric value Specifies an optional export metric to use when advertising a route that matches this policy Select the default to indicate that the routing table metric calculated for EGP is to be used This parameter is valid only if the Action parameter is set to Propagate EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 24 117356 D Rev 00 B 47 Configuring IP Services BGP 3 Specific Announce Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID External Route Source Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Any Direct Static RIP OSPF with Type 2 metric EGP BGP Any Specifies one or more external route source identifiers If you specify an external route source a route from that source that meets the other criteria of this policy matches the policy This parameter applies only to OSPF external routes that use the new ASE Type 2 metric The protocol from which OSPF received the route is encoded in the ASE metric along with the route s metric To specify any external route source use the default BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 9
554. to which peer allowing for precise determination of which routes must be sent and which must be withdrawn If you modify an IP policy with this feature disabled BGP restarts all BGP connections There is no advantage to disabling dynamic policy configuration Disabling this parameter will significantly impact BGP protocol operation overhead and network stability You can use the following Site Manager procedure to disable and reenable dynamic policy configuration Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The Protocols menu opens The IP menu opens 3 Choose BGP The BGP menu opens 4 Choose BGP Global The Edit BGP Global Parameters window opens Set the BGP Dynamic Policy Change Support parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 7 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 8 23 Configuring IP Services Configuring BGP as a Soloist By default BGP runs as a soloist on a slot determined by the BGP soloist slot mask Bay Networks recommends that the slot mask include only nonforwarding slots so that BGP operations route calculation for example occur on one slot while the other slots maintain maximum forwarding capability If the slot on which the soloist is running fails BGP runs on an eligible slo
555. tocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Disable Enable Disable Causes the router to use the route weight as the OSPF metric in OSPF ASE Type 2 advertisements Disable ASE metric support if the router is to interoperate with routers using an OSPF version earlier than Version 8 00 The new metric is not compatible with the earlier metric 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 11 117356 D Rev 00 A 71 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Backup Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Disable Enable Disable Enables or disables the backup OSPF soloist s backup link state database When the parameter is set to Disable the OSPF backup soloist will not maintain a copy of the OSPF link state database Select the default Disable if you do not want to back up the OSPF soloist 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 12 Primary Log Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Trace Info Debug INTF state NBR state Bad LS Trace Info Debug INTF state NBR state LSA self origin LSA receipt Route change Bad LS Less recent LSA More recent LSA Max age LSA Specifies which OSPF log messages should be logged in the primary
556. tor metric is to be advertised for a Originating network matching this policy and if advertised what value to use Select None to indicate that no value is to be advertised Select Specified to indicate that the value you specify for the Multi Exit Discriminator Value parameter is to be used Select Originating to indicate that the metric from the originating protocol is to be used This parameter is valid only if the Action parameter is set to Propagate med Null default ora Specifies a metric for the multiexit discriminator metric value attribute next hop Null default or an Overrides the next hop path attribute with the IP address IP address you specify origin As Is default Specifies an origin attribute override The IGP Origin attribute of a route matching this policy EGP will be replaced with the indicated value Incomplete community method as is default remove append replace Specifies the action to take on the BGP communities attribute in updates matching this policy continued 117356 D Rev 00 8 77 Configuring IP Services Table 8 12 BCC Override Attributes for BGP Announce Policies continued Attribute Values Function advertise List of IP Specifies a list of networks that BGP addresses advertises instead of the networks in the routing table communhity List of Specifies a list of communities that BGP communities advertises The BCC treats this attrib
557. tric command 7 53 subnet mask function 1 4 specifying 1 5 Subnet Mask parameter BGP 3 9 EGP 3 12 IP configuration 3 2 A 28 IP interface A 29 OSPF 3 7 RIP 3 4 Subnet Mask parameter NAT 3 14 subnets broadcast address for 4 35 enabling all zero and all one addresses 4 13 unknown using default route for 4 15 subnets definition 1 4 summary network command 7 51 Index 12 summary route OSPF 7 51 supernet defining black hole for 4 62 8 27 definition 1 7 supply command 6 10 support Bay Networks xxvii T Tag Generation Method parameter 7 20 A 73 technical publications xxvii technical support xxvii text conventions xxiv Time to Live parameter 6 15 A 95 timeout period 12 13 Timeout Timer parameter IP RIP interface 6 25 RIP interface A 95 Timeout Value parameter A 75 timeout timer command 6 24 timers configuring for RIP 6 22 time to live command 4 11 6 14 timing out entries in the address resolution cache 5 12 token ring networks ARP requests 4 44 using IP over 4 44 TR Endstation ARP Type parameter 4 46 A 42 TR Endstation parameter 4 46 A 35 traffic filters for IP 1 18 Transit Delay parameter OSPF interface 7 35 A 78 OSPF virtual interface 7 57 A 89 transit delay estimating for OSPF 7 35 transit delay command 7 35 Transmit Beast Addr parameter BGP 3 9 EGP 3 12 IP configuration 3 2 A 28 NAT 3 14 OSPF 3 7 RIP 3 4 117356 D Rev 00 Tri
558. tructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies Networks Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of network identifiers Each identifier consists of a network number a mask and a flag to indicate whether the ID refers to a specific network or a range of networks Specifies which networks will match this policy Enter a specific encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match the default route Enter a range encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match any route Enter an empty list to match any route RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 5 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 5 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 5 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 5 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 5 117356 D Rev 00 B 27 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Action Co
559. ts and misses will help determine the optimal size of the forwarding table For debugging purposes if you see the wfIpInterfaceCacheMisses statistic going up at an alarming rate you should consider increasing the table size However an occasional cache miss does not warrant an increase in table size 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 104 Enable Security Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Disable Enable Disable Specifies whether Revised IP Security Option RIPSO is enabled for the interface If you do not support RIPSO on your network simply accept the default setting Disable If you are configuring RISPO support set this parameter to Enable Once you set this parameter to Enable you can access the rest of the RIPSO parameters If you do not enable this parameter Site Manager does not activate the RIPSO parameters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 76 A 40 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Unnumbered Associated Alternate Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Disable Enable Disable Automatically assigns an alternate associated address to an unnumbered interface in the event that the primary associated addre
560. ttributes in the update 7 18 117356 D Rev 00 Customizing OSPF Services Aj AS external route IP0001A Figure 7 3 AS External Route Tag You can use the BCC or Site Manager to choose the tag generation method 117356 D Rev 00 7 19 Configuring IP Services Using the BCC Navigate the global IP prompt and enter as default tag lt method gt method is one of the following zero default auto wf Using Site Manager You do this Site Manager Procedure System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose OSPF The OSPF menu opens 4 Choose Global The Edit OSPF Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Tag Generation Method parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 73 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 7 20 117356 D Rev 00 Setting the Holddown Timer Customizing OSPF Services The holddown timer controls how often OSPF calculates a route Its purpose is to free up the CPU Note that a value of 0 means there is no holddown time By default the holddown timer is set at 1 second You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify a different value Using the BCC Navigate to the global OSPF prompt and enter holddown lt value gt value is 0 no holddown time or the holddown
561. tween router A and router B 1 Choose a numbered interface on each router for the peer to peer session Note the network subnet that each interface is on In Figure 8 4 router A has a numbered interface to network 1 Router B has a numbered interface to network 3 The network administrator has chosen these two interfaces to support the peer to peer session If the two routers are in different ASs enable multihop EBGP connections If no IGP protocol RIP or OSPF is running over the unnumbered link configure a static route on each router to the other router s network and subnet Because the routers do not share a numbered subnet each BGP peer needs to know a route to the network subnet of the interface that the other BGP peer uses If there is an IGP protocol RIP or OSPF running over the unnumbered link RIP or OSPF will learn the route and store it in the routing table Otherwise you need to configure a static route on each router to the other BGP peer s network subnet The route should point to the unnumbered link 4 Configure the BGP connection on each router 8 60 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Assigning Weight and Class Values to an AS You can assign a weight class to any AS number and a weight value to a weight class Weights provide a way either to prefer or to avoid routes that pass through certain ASs The weights of each AS in a path are added and the path with the smallest total weig
562. twork layer reachability information NLRI is not deaggregated Aggregator Identifies which AS performed the most recent route aggregation The attribute contains the last AS number that formed the aggregate route followed by the IP address of the BGP speaker that formed the aggregate route Route clusters Lists the route clusters that may be traversed to reach a given destination Advertiser Identifies which border router injected the route BGP community Identifies the communities to which the route belongs A community is a group of destinations that share some common property 117356 D Rev 00 8 7 Configuring IP Services BGP 4 Local Preference Calculation BGP 4 update messages include a local preference attribute that allows an AS border router to assign a preference value to a route when advertising it to IBGP peers The calculation of the local preference attribute is specific to each implementation A higher value indicates that the route is more preferred The router uses the following equation to calculate a value for the local preference attribute local preference 8191 origin value AS path weight where origin value is 0 for routes with an origin path attribute of IGP or 4096 for other routes and AS path weight is a sum of weight values associated with AS numbers listed in the route s AS Path attribute These weight values can be configured and default to 8 A steep
563. u can use the BCC or Site Manager to enable the feature and to specify a timeout interval in seconds 117356 D Rev 00 5 11 Configuring IP Services Using the BCC Navigate to the IP interface specific prompt and enter aging lt action gt action is one of the following cacheoff default cache120 cache180 cache240 cache300 cache600 cache900 cache1200 For example the following command causes IP to time out entries from the address resolution cache on IP interface 2 2 2 2 after 300 seconds ip 2 2 2 2 aging cache300 ip 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IP Interface List window opens 4 Click on the interface you want to edit Site Manager displays the parameter values for that interface in the IP Interface List window Set the Host Cache parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 33 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 5 12 117356 D Rev 00 Chapter 6 Customizing RIP Services You customize the Routing Information Protocol RIP by setting RIP parameters as described under the following topics Topic Page Customizing RIP Global Parameters 6 2
564. u opens 4 Choose Global Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 71 5 Set the ASE Metric Support parameter The Edit OSPF Global Parameters window opens 6 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Choosing a Tag Generation Method for an ASE Advertisement Note This parameter applies to boundary routers only An OSPF AS external route advertisement includes an external route tag field This field allows boundary routers in an AS to exchange information about external routes The specific nature of this information is outside the scope of OSPF By default Bay Networks boundary routers that generate ASEs set the external route tag field to 0 For a boundary router running OSPF and BGP you can configure OSPF to set the external route tag field with a value in accordance with RFC 1403 OSPF BGP Interaction In Figure 7 3 for example boundary router R14 running OSPF and BGP learns external routes via BGP 1 Router R14 generates an ASE describing the route OSPF fills in the external route tag with BGP specific information according to RFC 1403 2 Router R14 injects the ASE into the AS and OSPF routers flood the ASE throughout the AS 3 Router R1 which runs OSPF and BGP receives the ASE R1 generates a BGP update using the contents of the external route tag to set the Origin and AS Path a
565. u return to the GRE Create Tunnels List window Go to the next section to add a protocol for the GRE tunnel you just configured Adding and Deleting Protocols for GRE Tunnels The Bay Networks implementation of GRE tunneling supports IP and IPX traffic encapsulated in IP You can use Site Manager to add or delete a protocol for a GRE tunnel Note Configuration of OSPF on both the physical and logical interfaces of a GRE tunnel is not supported 13 6 117356 D Rev 00 Adding a Protocol for a GRE Tunnel Generic Routing Encapsulation Tunnel To add a protocol for a GRE tunnel complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose GRE The GRE menu opens 4 Choose a tunnel from the list and click on The Select Protocols window opens Add Del Prot 5 Choose one or more protocols from the list The appropriate configuration windows and click on OK open 6 For instructions on configuring IP RIP You return to the GRE Create Tunnels BGP and OSPF see Chapter 3 For List window instructions on configuring IPX see Configuring IPX Services 7 Click on Done You return to the Configuration Manager window Note When configuring OSPF on a GRE tunnel Bay Networks recommends that you disable M
566. u to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 10 7 Configuring IP Services Specifying the Outbound Datagram Type Requiring Security Labels Use Site Manager to specify the type of outbound datagrams that require IP security labels Options are None The router forwards unlabeled IP datagrams unchanged on this interface In addition those IP datagrams that it originates and transmits do not require labels Forwarded All IP datagrams the router forwards on this interface not those it originates must contain basic IP security options If the datagram already contains an IP security label the router forwards the datagram unchanged If the datagram is unlabeled the router adds the implicit or default label to the datagram before forwarding it Originated The router specifies basic IP security options for all IP datagrams it originates and transmits on this interface The router adds the default label to IP datagrams it originates and transmits on this interface All All datagrams both those that the router forwards and those it originates on this interface must contain basic IP security options RIPSO supplies the implicit or default label for those datagrams that do not already contain one Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces T
567. ual Cost Paths Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 1 lto5 Specifies the maximum number of equal cost paths allowed for a network installed in the routing table by RIP Use the IP global Multipath Method parameter to enable multipath costs and specify the method that IP uses to choose the next hop for a datagram 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 17 Multiple Nexthop Calculation Method Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Disable Enable Disable Enables and disables equal cost multipath support for RIP and OSPF and specifies the method that IP uses to choose the next hop when more than one is available Three methods are available round robin selection selection based on the source addresses IP forwards all packets with the same source address to the same next hop and selection based on the source and destination address IP forwards all packets with the same source and destination address to the same next hop Configure RIP and OSPF to support equal cost routes to the same destination 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 18 OSPF Maximum Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global 1 path 1 to 5 equal cost paths Specifies the maximum number of equal cost paths allowed for a network installed by OSPF If you have enabled equal cost multipath support on the router specify a value from 2 to 5 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 18 117356 D Rev 00 A 49 Configuring I
568. uctions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID AS Pattern Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies Empty string Any regular expression or empty string Allows AS_PATH pattern matching Enter a valid regular expression to indicate an AS and its position in a path The policy applies to all routes whose AS path includes the AS in that position For example the expression 200 means that the policy applies to all routes whose AS_PATH attribute contains AS 200 as the last AS in the path 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 19 BGP Communities to Match Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of BGP communities Specifies one or more BGP communities This policy applies to all BGP advertisements that match the list Supply an octet string using the following format each community ID is 4 bytes long 0 in the two most significant bits causes the router to perform the match on the lower 16 bits the default empty list means match any list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 20 Route Flap Dampening Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Accept Policies Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables route flap da
569. uctions MIB Object ID Export Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP network address Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies If set to 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to all networks Enter the appropriate IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 3 117356 D Rev 00 C 9 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters None Depends on the address class of the network address Specifies the range of addresses upon which this filter acts For example consider Class B Network 172 32 0 0 The address mask directs the filtering process to a specific portion of the IP address In other words any IP address that matches the masked portion of 172 32 0 0 is subject to filtering If you enter 255 255 0 0 for this parameter only the Net ID portion of the address will be filtered If you enter the mask 255 255 255 0 for this parameter the Net ID and Subnet ID portions of the address will be filtered If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 0 0 0 0 then the filter applies to all routes If you set the Export Address field to 0
570. ulate a decimal or hexadecimal value using one of the following formulas 8192 16 BGP4 Import BGP3 Preference IGP Origin 0 4096 AS Weighted Path Length lt 4095 AS Weighted Path Length 4095 or 0x2000 16 BGP4 Import BGP3 Preference IGP Origin 0 0x1000 AS Weighted Path Length lt OxOfff AS Weighted Path Length OxOfff 117356 D Rev 00 D 3 Configuring IP Services IBGP imported Calculate a decimal or hexadecimal value using one of the following formulas 8192 16 BGP4 Import BGP3 Preference Local Pref lt 8191 8191 Local Pref 0 or 0x2000 16 BGP4 Import BGP4 Preference Local Pref lt Ox1fff Ox1fff Local Pref 0 RIP imported Metric EGP imported Distance Static SR cost 8 Add the values you have calculated The total is the route weight D 4 117356 D Rev 00 Appendix E IP OSPF Configuration The IP OSPF configuration in Figure E 1 shows an AS divided into different types of OSPF areas using several types of OSPF routers and interfaces as well as variable length subnetting This appendix describes parameter settings for router 1 through router 6 Routers W through Z and A through D are included on the network map for completion In the configuration in Figure E 1 e The OSPF Area Authentication parameter is set to none for all areas e All Timer parameter values are left at their defaults he
571. ule is not currently loaded on the router As the network administrator you must ensure that ARP is loaded correctly on a slot To do this through Site Manager choose Events Manager gt Options gt Filters then select LOADER and Debug and choose File gt Get Current Log File Verify that ARP is loaded on a slot by locating the following message in the log xx 01 01 95 10 10 55 00 DEBUG SLOT x LOADERCODE 33 Loader service completed for ARP EXE OxxxxxxxxxX 117356 D Rev 00 5 3 Configuring IP Services Enabling and Disabling Global ARP ARP is configured and enabled on the router at startup You can use the BCC to disable and reenable ARP as required Navigate to the global IP prompt and enter arp The global ARP prompt appears Enter state lt state gt state is one of the following enabled default disabled For example the following command sequence disables ARP on the router ip arp arp state disabled arp 5 4 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Address Resolution Customizing Global ARP Characteristics You can use the BCC or Site Manager to do the following Control how ARP acts in relation to IP s forwarding state Control whether IP drops and logs an invalid ARP source address or simply drops the request Control whether IP drops or accepts ARP requests in which the source and destination addresses are located in different networks or subnetworks Th
572. ult Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Route with MED Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global Enabled Enabled Disabled Specifies whether BGP considers the Multi Exit Discriminator attribute in the route selection process Set this parameter as required 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 24 IBGP ECMP Method Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global Disabled Disabled Route Balance Traffic Balance Specifies whether IBGP uses ECMP paths provided by the IGP for route balancing or traffic load balancing To configure IBGP to use IGP ECMP routes for route balancing set this parameter to Route Balance To configure IBGP to use IGP ECMP routes for traffic load balancing set this parameter to Traffic Balance 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 26 Local Pref Calculation Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP Global Enabled Enabled Disabled Disables BayRS local preference calculation of received EBGP routes Set this parameter as required 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 27 117356 D Rev 00 A 9 Configuring IP Services BGP 3 Global Parameter Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable
573. unce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the addresses of one or more interfaces on this router This policy applies to RIP advertisements received on the interfaces in this list and applies only to RIP sourced routes and if RIP is included as a route source Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to RIP updates received on any interface RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 12 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 12 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 12 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 12 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 12 117356 D Rev 00 B 33 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID From OSPF Router ID Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP 3 gt Announce Policies
574. unction Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas gt Ranges Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this range for the specified area This parameter is useful if you want to disable the range rather than delete it Set this parameter to Disable if you want to disable this range Set the parameter to Enable if you previously disabled this range and now want to reenable it 1 3 6 14 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 4 1 2 Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas gt Ranges None Any address mask This parameter allows you to change the mask portion of this area range Mask together with Range Net indicates all of the networks that belong to this range Mask is not restricted to the natural address class mask for the address supplied in the Range Net parameter Enter the appropriate address mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 14 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 4 1 6 Status Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas gt Ranges Advertise Advertise Do Not Advertise Specifies whether the border router advertises a summary route to other areas Select Do Not Advertise if you want to hide the existence of certain networks from other areas By default the border router advertises a single route for the range of routes you specify 1 3 6 14 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 4 1 7 A 88 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Fun
575. ung TIDIG oiiaee 1 15 Accept and Announce PONCE ccc sssssaaioerrsensigeistinbetasauvaendsartanesimannes 1 16 IP Interac sanutnsisimins nornin A ere TT Cente rate sheila a 4 26 Muimet Conngurakion emcee peeeere secreces weceee ni anaa Senne secrete 4 31 IP Routers Source Routing Across a Token Ring Network 05 4 45 ARP EKIPIE iinan reer reer ere reece rrrer reer eet rrr rT ater Se 5 2 PONV ARP Exaile drina a OPE NO asera E E STENS E S 7 5 OFFA E ROOS sinian 7 16 An Eemal Route Tae enanar NAANA 7 19 Point to Multipoint Topology E PEE E E RETA 7 33 Example of Using Configurable Cost Metrics ccccccsceeeesteeeeenees 7 42 Area Border ROUET sui sasha sscasnnvioordh satasgaencaninads iadatnsausd mano aA iad a 7 54 Virtual Link and Transit Area eerie rere chanted iras Area a OG BGP Connecting Autonomous Systems Running OSPF seses 8 2 Transit Autonomous System AS o ecceeesceeesceeeececeeeeeeeeeeceeseeeeeeeaaeeeseneens 8 5 Establishing and Confirming a Connection Between BGP Peers 8 37 BGP over an Unnumbered Point to Point Link ccecesseeeesssteeeeeees 8 59 IBGP Single Route Reflector Topology rere ee meee goes 8 89 BGP OSPF Autonomous SYSIGIN siictiis cart ceria esters 8 101 IBGP EOMP Route Balantihg oranensis aia 8 102 IBGP ECMP Trafiic Load Balancing ccsiccc ceccesssscossdadetateicausseccdivectennssaas 8 103 ECMP Statie Routes sisniiadainniiniieemnmiii ain niente 8 107 EG
576. ute as a BCC object When you press Enter the BCC creates the object and displays an object specific prompt To specify multiple attributes create multiple objects Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Policy Filters The Policy Filters menu opens 4 Choose BGP 4 The BGP 4 menu opens 5 Choose Announce Policies The BGP4 Announce Policy Filters window opens 6 Click on Add The BGP4 Announce IP Policy Filter Configuration window opens continued 8 78 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Site Manager Procedure continued You do this 7 Set the following parameters Enable Name Networks Action e Rule Precedence e Route Source Advertise From RIP Gateway e Received on RIP From OSPF Router ID e Received OSPF Type Received OSPF Tag From EGP Peer From EGP AS From EGP Gateway From BGP Peer From BGP AS Received BGP Next Hop External Route Source Outbound Peer AS Outbound Peers e Multi Exit Discriminator e Multi Exit Discriminator Value Origin AS Path Local Preference e Local Preference Next Hop Atomic AS Pattern Community Match Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on pages B 25 and B 52 System r
577. uter priority value is used in multiaccess networks broadcast NBMA or point to multipoint for the election of the designated router If this parameter is set to 0 this router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network In the case of equal Rtr Priority values the router ID will determine which router will become the designated router However if there already is a designated router on the network when you start this router it will remain the designated router no matter what your priority or router ID Set the router priority to a value from 0 to 255 or accept the default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 8 117356 D Rev 00 A 77 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Transit Delay Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 1 second 1 to 3 600 seconds Indicates the estimated number of seconds it takes to route a packet over this interface Either accept the default value of 1 second or enter some slightly higher number for slower speed serial lines for example 15 to 20 seconds for a 19 8 KB line 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 9 Retransmit Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 5 seconds 1 to 3 600 seconds Indicates the number of seconds between lin
578. utes and if BGP is included as a route source bgp peer List of IP Specifies the IP address of one or more BGP addresses peers This policy applies to BGP advertisements authored by a router on this list and applies only to BGP sourced routes and if BGP is included as a route source egp as List of AS numbers Specifies one or more autonomous system numbers This policy applies to EGP advertisements received from EGP peers in an AS on this list and applies only to EGP sourced routes and if EGP is included as a route source egp gateway egp peer inbound interface List of IP addresses List of IP addresses List of IP addresses Specifies the IP address of one or more EGP gateways This policy applies to EGP advertisements that use a gateway on this list as the next hop and applies only to EGP sourced routes and if EGP is included as a route source Specifies the IP address of one or more EGP peers This policy applies to EGP advertisements authored by a router on this list and applies only to EGP source routes and if EGP is included as a route source Specifies the address of one or more interfaces on this router This policy applies to RIP advertisements received on the interfaces in this list and applies only to RIP sourced routes and if RIP is included as a route source continued 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing BGP Table 8 13 BCC Ma
579. v 00 Using Site Manager Configuring and Customizing IP Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IP Global Parameters window opens 4 Set the Multiple Nexthop Calculation Method parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 49 5 Click on OK Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 4 19 Configuring IP Services Configuring Equal Cost Multipath for RIP and OSPF By default the IP routing table contains a single best RIP route and single best OSPF route to a given destination If either protocol submits another route to the same destination IP compares the new route with the current route If the new route is better IP replaces the current route with the new route If not IP discards the new route If you have enabled equal cost multipath support on the router IP can store multiple equal cost best RIP and OSPF routes in the routing table When RIP or OSPF submits a route to a destination one of the following events occurs e IP determines that the current route to that destination is better than the new route IP discards the new route e IP determines that the new route is better than the current route IP discards the current route and replaces it with
580. virtual interface 7 57 A 91 PDN X 25 address resolution 5 6 Peer Address parameter BGP peer 3 9 A 10 in multiple RR cluster configuration 8 96 in peer to peer session definition 8 36 in route reflector cluster configuration 8 93 117356 D Rev 00 in RR client configuration 8 99 in single route reflector configuration 8 91 Peer AS parameter BGP peer 3 9 A 11 A 13 in multiple RR cluster configuration 8 96 in peer to peer session definition 8 36 in route reflector cluster configuration 8 93 in RR client configuration 8 99 in single route reflector configuration 8 91 peer local command 8 35 Peer Max Update Size parameter 8 51 A 15 Peer Route Echo Switch parameter 8 53 A 16 peer to peer communications interval for establishing 8 37 Poisoned Reverse parameter 6 12 A 94 poisoned reverse RIP updates 6 11 policies definition 1 14 IP accept and announce 4 16 policy parameters Action accept B 5 Action announce B 28 Advertise announce B 31 Aggregator AS List accept B 18 Aggregator Router List accept B 18 Announce Tag B 45 Apply Subnet Mask accept B 9 C 5 AS List Accept B 11 AS Path announce B 55 AS Path Override announce B 50 AS Pattern announce B 57 AS Weight Class accept B 14 B 19 Atomic announce B 56 BGP Communities to Match accept B 20 BGP 3 Route Preference accept B 14 BGP 4 Preference accept B 19 Community Match accept B 15 Community Match a
581. w The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Configuration window opens 5 Click on the RIP interface you want The parameter values for that interface appear in the IP RIP Interface Configuration window 6 Set the Default Route Supply parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 93 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 6 20 117356 D Rev 00 Listening for a Default Route Customizing RIP Services By default RIP ignores inbound advertisements of a default route on the interfaces where it is configured You can use the BCC or Site Manager to configure RIP to listen for a default route Using the BCC Navigate to a RIP interface specific prompt and enter default listen lt action gt action is one of the following enable disable default For example the following command causes RIP to listen for a a default route on IP interface 2 2 2 2 rip 2 2 2 2 default listen enable rip 2 2 2 2 Using Site Manager Site Manager Path You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP menu opens 4 Choose Interfaces The IP RIP Interface Configura
582. w for IP Global Parameters 4 4 Disabling and Reenabling Global IP 4 5 Configuring the Router for Not Forwarding Mode 4 6 Configuring Bridging on a Router in Not Forwarding Mode 4 8 Setting the Time to Live Value on a Source Packet 4 11 Allowing an All Zero or All One Subnet Address 4 13 Estimating the Size of the Routing Table 4 14 Using a Default Route for an Unknown Subnet 4 15 Specifying the Maximum Number of IP Policies 4 16 Disabling and Reenabling Route Filter Support 4 17 Enabling Equal Cost Multipath Support 4 18 Configuring Equal Cost Multipath for RIP and OSPF 4 20 Enabling and Disabling ECMP Support for IBGP 4 22 Enabling ISP Mode on the Router 4 22 Customizing the IP Routing Table Structure 4 24 Specifying the Percentage of Buffers Available to ARP 4 25 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring and Customizing IP Navigating the BCC to the IP Global Prompt Beginning at the top level box prompt enter ip The IP global prompt appears To display the current values for all IP global parameters enter info For example the following command sequence invokes the IP global prompt and displays current values for IP global parameters box ip ip info on box state enabled forwarding forwarding ttl 30 cache timeout default mib table route all subnets disabled classless disabled max policies 32 route filters enabled rip max paths 1 ecmp method disabled isp mode disabled ospf max paths 1 icmp error limit 0 ip
583. w opens 6 Click on a local address range The local address range is highlighted 7 Click on the Delete button 8 Click on OK The address range disappears from the NAT Local Address Range List 12 20 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring Network Address Translation Enabling or Disabling a Local Address Range To disable a local address range proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose NAT The NAT menu opens 4 Choose Dynamic The Local Global menu opens 5 Choose Local The NAT Local Address Range List window opens 6 Click on a local address range The local address range is highlighted 7 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 102 Click on OK The address range is enabled 117356 D Rev 00 12 21 Configuring IP Services Configuring Dynamic Global Address Ranges Use Site Manager to add delete or change the state of global address ranges Adding a Global Address Range The global address range is a group of registered source addresses that you specify NAT maps these addresses to an unregistered local address replaces the local address with the global address and sends the packet to its destination address in another network You
584. wan address lt physical_address gt physical_address is the address you want to associate with the IP address see Table 4 4 BCC displays a prompt for the adjacent host To set parameters that define the adjacent host enter lt parameter gt lt value gt parameter value is one of the parameter value pairs listed in Table 4 4 117356 D Rev 00 4 53 Configuring IP Services Table 4 4 Adjacent Host BCC Parameters Parameter Value Default Description Instructions Enable Enabled default Specifies the state of the adjacent host Disabled definition IP address No default Specifies the IP address of the device for which you want to configure an adjacent host MAC address No default Specifies the physical address of the adjacent host Enter the MAC address as a 12 digit hexadecimal number VPI VCI No default Specifies the physical address of the adjacent host Enter an ATM PVC address in the form virtual path identifier virtual channel identifier for example 0 32 NSAP No default Specifies the physical address of the adjacent host DLCI No default Specifies the physical address of the adjacent host WAN address No default Specifies the physical address of the adjacent host Encapsulation Ethernet default SNAP Null Specifies the adjacent host s encapsulation method Select Ethernet or SNAP Service Network Access Point if you are defining a point to point network interface or if the
585. ximum number of seconds between advertisements Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Router Discovery The IP Router Discovery window opens 4 Set the Maximum Interval parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 68 5 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window 117356 D Rev 00 4 65 Configuring IP Services Configuring the Lifetime of Advertised Addresses You can use Site Manager to specify the maximum length of time that advertised addresses are to be considered as valid router addresses by hosts in the absence of further advertisements Site Manager Procedure You do this 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols System responds The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose Router Discovery The IP Router Discovery window opens 4 Set the Lifetime parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page A 68 5 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Specifying Interface Preference You can use Site Manager to specify the preferability a higher number indicates more preferred of the address
586. y contains an IP security label the router forwards the datagram unchanged If the datagram is unlabeled the router adds the implicit or default label to the datagram before forwarding it Select Originated the router specifies basic IP security options for all IP datagrams it originates and transmits on this interface The router adds the default label to IP datagrams it originates and transmits on this interface Select All the router requires all datagrams both those that it forwards and those it originates on this interface to contain basic IP security options It supplies the implicit or default label for those datagrams that do not already contain one If you set this parameter to Originated or All then you must enable the Default Label and Error Label parameters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 78 Require In Security Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces All None All Specifies which type of incoming IP datagram requires security labels Select None the router does not require inbound IP datagrams to contain labels Select All the router requires all inbound IP datagrams received on this interface to contain basic IP security options 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 79 117356 D Rev 00 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Min Level Configuration
587. y option from each outgoing IP datagram before checking each datagram against the interface s security configuration All causes the router to strip the IP security options from both incoming and outgoing IP datagrams incoming datagrams after checking each against this interface s security configuration and outgoing datagrams before checking each against the interface s security configuration If you set this parameter to Outgoing or All then you must set the Require Out Security parameter to None Similarly if you set the Require Out Security parameter to Forwarded Originated or All then you must set this parameter to None or Incoming MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 77 A 58 117356 D Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Require Out Security Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces All None Forwarded Originated All Specifies which type of outbound datagrams require IP security labels Select None the router forwards unlabeled IP datagrams unchanged on this interface In addition those IP datagrams that it originates and transmits do not require labels Select Forwarded the router requires all IP datagrams it forwards on this interface not those it originates to contain basic IP security options If the datagram alread
588. zing RIP Services Using Site Manager Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IP The IP menu opens 3 Choose RIP The RIP window opens 4 Choose Policies 5 Choose Announce The RIP Announce Policies window opens 6 Set the RIP Metric parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description in Appendix B 7 Click on Apply and then click on Done Site Manager returns you to the Configuration Manager window Specifying Matching Criteria for a RIP Announce Policy You can use the BCC or Site Manager to specify matching criteria for the policy Using the BCC Navigate to the policy specific prompt and enter match A match prompt for the policy appears For example the following command invokes a match prompt for RIP announce policy pol_1 announce pol_1 rip match match rip announce pol_1l In response to the prompt enter lt match_criterion gt match_criterion is one of the parameter value pairs shown in Table 6 6 117356 D Rev 00 6 41 Configuring IP Services Table 6 6 BCC Match Criteria for RIP Announce Policies Parameter Values Default Function state Enable default Enables or disables this policy Disable external source Any default Direct Static RIP OSPF with type 2 Metric EGP BGP Specifies one or more external route source identifi

Avaya Configuring IP Services User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents